PS BUSINESS PARKS INC/CA
10-Q, 1998-08-14
REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUSTS
Previous: CE SOFTWARE HOLDINGS INC, 10QSB, 1998-08-14
Next: KLEVER MARKETING INC, 10QSB, 1998-08-14



                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-Q


[X] Quarterly Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934

For the quarterly period ended June 30, 1998

                                       or

[ ] Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934

For the transition period from                 to
                               --------------    --------------

Commission File Number 1-10709
                       -------

                             PS BUSINESS PARKS, INC.
                             -----------------------
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


              California                                       95-4300881
              ----------                                       ----------
    (State or Other Jurisdiction                            I.R.S. Employer
          of Incorporation)                              Identification Number)


               701 Western Avenue, Glendale, California 91201-2397
               ---------------------------------------------------
               (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)


Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (818) 244-8080
                                                    --------------







Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports)  and  (2)  has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days.

                                    Yes X No
                                       --

Number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer's classes of common stock, as
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
of August 11, 1998: Common Stock, $0.01 par value, 23,635,650 shares outstanding
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                             PS BUSINESS PARKS, INC.

                                      INDEX
                                                                            Page
PART I.   FINANCIAL INFORMATION


   Item 1.  Financial Statements

        Condensed consolidated balance sheets at June 30, 1998
            and December 31, 1997                                             2

        Condensed consolidated statements of income for the three
            and six months ended June 30, 1998 and 1997                       3

        Condensed consolidated statement of shareholder's equity for
            the six months ended June 30, 1998                                4

        Condensed consolidated statements of cash flows for the
            six months ended June 30, 1998 and 1997                         5-6

        Notes to condensed consolidated financial statements                7-15


   Item 2.  Management's discussion and analysis of
            financial condition and results of operations                  16-23


PART II.  OTHER INFORMATION

   Item 2.  Changes in Securities and Use of Proceeds                         24


   Item 5.  Other Information                                                 24


   Item 6.  Exhibits & Reports on Form 8-K                                    25





<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                             PS BUSINESS PARKS, INC.
                      CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
<CAPTION>

                                                                             June 30,                December 31,
                                                                              1998                      1997
                                                                        -----------------       -----------------
                                                                         (unaudited)

                                     ASSETS
                                     ------

<S>                                                                     <C>                     <C>            
Cash and cash equivalents.............................                  $    36,355,000         $     3,884,000

Real estate facilities, at cost:
     Land.............................................                      191,929,000              91,754,000
     Buildings and equipment..........................                      453,883,000             226,466,000
                                                                        -----------------       -----------------
                                                                            645,812,000             318,220,000
     Accumulated depreciation.........................                      (10,314,000)             (3,982,000)
                                                                        -----------------       -----------------
                                                                            635,498,000             314,238,000

Intangible assets, net................................                        1,733,000               3,272,000
Other assets..........................................                        2,180,000               2,060,000
                                                                        -----------------       -----------------
              Total assets............................                  $   675,766,000         $   323,454,000
                                                                        =================       =================               



                      LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                      ------------------------------------

Accrued and other liabilities............................               $    11,256,000         $     8,331,000
Mortgage notes payable...................................                    29,890,000                       -
Note payable to affiliate................................                             -               3,500,000
                                                                        -----------------       -----------------
   Total liabilities.....................................                    41,146,000              11,831,000

Minority interest........................................                   151,225,000             168,665,000

Shareholders' equity:
   Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value, 50,000,000  
     shares authorized, none outstanding at June 30, 1998 
     and December 31, 1997...............................                             -                       -
   Common stock, $0.01 par value, 100,000,000 shares
     authorized 23,635,650 shares issued and outstanding
     at June 30, 1998 (7,728,309 shares issued and
     outstanding at December 31, 1997)...................                       236,000                 773,000
   Paid-in capital.......................................                   482,167,000             142,581,000
   Cumulative net income.................................                    14,530,000               3,154,000
   Cumulative distributions..............................                   (13,538,000)             (3,550,000)
                                                                        -----------------       -----------------
         Total shareholders' equity......................                   483,395,000             142,958,000
                                                                        -----------------       -----------------
              Total liabilities and shareholders' equity.               $   675,766,000         $   323,454,000
                                                                        =================       =================               
</TABLE>
                             See accompanying notes.
                                        2

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                             PS BUSINESS PARKS, INC.
                   CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                                   (Unaudited)
<CAPTION>


                                                           For the three months                For the six months
                                                              ended June 30,                     ended June 30,
                                                      ---------------------------------   ---------------------------------
                                                           1998             1997              1998             1997
                                                      ---------------  ----------------   -------------   -----------------
Revenues:
<S>                                                   <C>               <C>              <C>               <C>           

   Rental income.................................     $   21,471,000    $    6,978,000   $   35,824,000    $   12,783,000
   Facility management fees primarily from
     affiliates..................................            129,000           228,000          331,000           475,000
   Interest and other income.....................            311,000           110,000          544,000           139,000
                                                      ---------------  ----------------   -------------   -----------------
                                                          21,911,000         7,316,000       36,699,000        13,397,000
                                                      ---------------  ----------------   -------------   -----------------

Expenses:
  Cost of operations.............................          6,355,000         2,526,000       10,982,000         5,019,000
  Cost of facility management....................             12,000            49,000           37,000           109,000
  Depreciation and amortization..................          4,256,000         1,195,000        6,556,000         2,015,000
  General and administrative.....................            551,000           172,000          996,000           385,000
   Interest expense..............................            822,000                 -        1,069,000                 -
                                                      ---------------  ----------------   -------------   -----------------
                                                          11,996,000         3,942,000       19,640,000         7,528,000
                                                      ---------------  ----------------   -------------   -----------------

Income before minority interest..................          9,915,000         3,374,000       17,059,000         5,869,000

  Minority interest in income....................         (2,869,000)       (2,579,000)      (5,683,000)       (4,392,000)
                                                      ---------------  ----------------   -------------   -----------------

Net income.......................................     $    7,046,000    $      795,000   $   11,376,000    $    1,477,000
                                                      ---------------  ----------------   -------------   -----------------


Net income per share:
  Basic..........................................     $         0.38    $         0.36   $         0.76    $         0.68
                                                      ===============  ================   =============   =================
  Diluted........................................     $         0.38    $         0.36   $         0.76    $         0.68
                                                      ===============  ================   =============   =================

Weighted average shares outstanding:
  Basic..........................................         18,649,693         2,197,779       14,926,093         2,185,569
                                                      ===============  ================   =============   =================
  Diluted........................................         18,710,576         2,197,779       14,977,776         2,185,569
                                                      ===============  ================   =============   =================

</TABLE>
                             See accompanying notes.
                                        3
<PAGE>
<TABLE>

                             PS BUSINESS PARKS, INC.
            CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                     For the six months ended June 30, 1998
                                   (Unaudited)
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                         
                                                    Preferred Stock             Common Stock                             
                                                    -----------------     -------------------------                      
                                                   Shares     Amount       Shares         Amount      Paid-in Capital    
                                                   --------   -------     ---------     -----------    --------------    
<S>                                               <C>         <C>           <C>            <C>                <C>        
Balances at December 31, 1997.............            -       $   -       7,728,309     $   773,000    $  142,581,000    

   Issuances of common stock:
       Conversion of OP Units.............            -           -       1,785,008         179,000        32,844,000    
       Private offering, net of costs.....            -           -       2,185,189         219,000        47,381,000    
       Exercise of stock options..........            -           -          39,021           3,000           648,000    
       In connection with a business
         combination......................            -           -       2,283,438          23,000        46,787,000    
       Public offerings, net of costs.....            -           -       5,025,800         504,000       118,356,000    
       Private offering, net of costs.....            -           -       4,588,885          46,000       104,955,000    

   Recapitalization in connection with
     business combination.................            -           -               -      (1,511,000)        1,511,000    

   Net income.............................            -           -               -               -                 -    

   Distributions paid.....................            -           -               -               -                 -    

   Adjustment to reflect minority
     interest to underlying ownership     
     interest.............................            -           -               -               -       (12,896,000) 
                                                    -------   -------     ---------     -----------    --------------  

Balances at June 30, 1998.................            -       $   -      23,635,650     $   236,000    $  482,167,000    
                                                    =======   =======    ==========     ===========    ==============    
</TABLE>
<TABLE>

                             PS BUSINESS PARKS, INC.
            CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                     For the six months ended June 30, 1998
                                   (Unaudited)
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            Total
                                                    Cumulative         Cumulative        Shareholders'
                                                     Net Income        Distributions          Equity
                                                    ------------      --------------     --------------
<S>                                                       <C>                <C>         <C>           
Balances at December 31, 1997.............           $  3,154,000      $  (3,550,000)     $  142,958,000

   Issuances of common stock:
       Conversion of OP Units.............                      -                  -          33,023,000
       Private offering, net of costs.....                      -                  -          47,600,000
       Exercise of stock options..........                      -                  -             651,000
       In connection with a business
         combination......................                      -                  -          46,810,000
       Public offerings, net of costs.....                      -                  -         118,860,000
       Private offering, net of costs.....                      -                  -         105,001,000

   Recapitalization in connection with
     business combination.................                      -                  -                   -

   Net income.............................             11,376,000                  -          11,376,000

   Distributions paid.....................                      -         (9,988,000)         (9,988,000)

   Adjustment to reflect minority
     interest to underlying ownership     
     interest.............................                      -                  -         (12,896,000)
                                                    -------------     ---------------    ----------------

Balances at June 30, 1998.................           $ 14,530,000      $ (13,538,000)     $  483,395,000
                                                    =============     ===============    ===============
</TABLE>
                             See accompanying notes.
                                        4

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             PS BUSINESS PARKS, INC.
                 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                   (Unaudited)



                                                                          For the six months ended June 30,
                                                                      ------------------------------------- 
                                                                            1998                  1997
                                                                      --------------         -------------- 
Cash flows from operating activities:
<S>                                                                   <C>                    <C>           
   Net income.................................................        $   11,376,000         $    1,477,000
   Adjustments  to  reconcile  net  income  to net 
     cash  provided  by  operating activities:
       Depreciation and amortization expense..................             6,556,000              2,015,000
       Minority interest in income............................             5,683,000              4,392,000
       (Increase) decrease in other assets....................              (468,000)               276,000
       Increase (decrease) in accrued and other liabilities...               462,000                (98,000)
                                                                      --------------         -------------- 
            Total adjustments.................................            12,233,000              6,585,000
                                                                      --------------         -------------- 

         Net cash provided by operating activities............            23,609,000              8,062,000
                                                                      --------------         -------------- 

Cash flows from investing activities:
       Acquisition of real estate facilities..................          (241,674,000)                     -
       Acquisition cost of business combination...............              (424,000)                     -
       Capital improvements to real estate facilities.........            (3,175,000)            (1,366,000)
        Payment received from PSI and affiliates for net
          property operating liabilities assumed..............                     -              2,233,000
                                                                      --------------         -------------- 

         Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities..          (245,273,000)               867,000
                                                                      --------------         -------------- 

Cash flows from financing activities:
       Borrowings from an affiliate...........................           179,000,000                      -
       Repayment of borrowings from an affiliate..............          (182,500,000)                     -
       Principal payments on mortgage notes payable...........               (85,000)                     -
       Decrease in receivable from affiliate..................                     -                641,000
       Proceeds from the issuance of common stock, net........           272,112,000                 80,000
       Distributions paid to shareholders.....................            (9,988,000)                     -
       Distributions to minority interests....................            (4,404,000)                     -
                                                                      --------------         -------------- 
         Net cash provided by financing activities............           254,135,000                721,000
                                                                      --------------         -------------- 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents.....................            32,471,000              9,650,000

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period......             3,884,000                919,000
                                                                      --------------         -------------- 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period............        $   36,355,000         $   10,569,000
                                                                      ==============         ============== 
</TABLE>
                             See accompanying notes.
                                        5
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             PS BUSINESS PARKS, INC.
                 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                   (Unaudited)



                                                                          For the six months ended June 30,
                                                                      ------------------------------------- 
                                                                            1998                  1997
                                                                      --------------         -------------- 
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NON CASH INVESTING AND FINANCIAL ACTIVITIES:

Acquisitions of real estate  facilities and associated assets and liabilities in
   exchange for preferred stock, minority interests, and mortgage notes payable:
<S>                                                                 <C>                    <C>           
       Real estate facilities.................................      $     (33,428,000)     $(141,480,000)
       Other assets (deposits on real estate acquisitions)....                800,000                      -
       Accrued and other liabilities..........................              1,245,000                      -
       Minority interest......................................              1,408,000            120,750,000
       Preferred stock........................................                      -                100,000
       Paid in capital .......................................                      -             19,900,000
       Mortgage notes payable.................................             29,975,000                      -
       Intangible assets......................................                      -                730,000

Business combination:
       Real estate facilities.................................            (48,000,000)                     -
       Other assets...........................................               (452,000)                     -
       Accrued and other liabilities..........................              1,218,000                      -
       Common stock...........................................                 23,000                      -
       Paid in capital........................................             46,787,000                      -

Recapitalization in connection with business combination:
       Common stock...........................................             (1,511,000)                     -
       Paid in capital........................................              1,511,000                      -

Conversion of OP Units into shares of common stock:
       Minority interest......................................            (33,023,000)                     -
       Common stock...........................................                179,000                      -
       Paid in capital........................................             32,844,000                      -

Adjustment to reflect minority interest to underlying ownership interest:
       Minority interest......................................             12,896,000                      -
       Paid in capital........................................            (12,896,000)                     -

Exchange of preferred stock for common stock:
       Preferred stock........................................                      -               (175,000)
       Common stock...........................................                      -                175,000

Adjustment to acquisition cost (see Note 2):
       Real estate facilities.................................             (1,315,000)            (7,146,000)
       Accumulated depreciation...............................                      -               (820,000)
       Intangible assets......................................              1,315,000             (4,395,000)
       Paid in capital........................................                      -             12,361,000

</TABLE>
                             See accompanying notes.
                                        6

<PAGE>

                             PS BUSINESS PARKS, INC.
              NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                  June 30, 1998


1.   ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

     ORGANIZATION

     PS Business Parks, Inc. ("PSB"), a California corporation, is the successor
     to American  Office Park  Properties,  Inc.  ("AOPP") which merged with and
     into Public  Storage  Properties XI, Inc. ("PSP 11") on March 17, 1998 (the
     "Merger"). The name of the company was changed to "PS Business Parks, Inc."
     in connection  with the Merger.  See Note 3 for a description of the Merger
     and its terms.

     Based upon the terms of the Merger, the transaction for financial reporting
     and  accounting  purposes has been  accounted for as a reverse  acquisition
     whereby  AOPP is  deemed  to have  acquired  PSP11.  However,  PSP11 is the
     continuing  legal entity and  registrant  for both  Securities and Exchange
     filing  purposes  and  income  tax  reporting   purposes.   All  subsequent
     references to PSB for periods prior to March 17, 1998 shall refer to AOPP.

     PSB was  organized in California  in 1986 as a  wholly-owned  subsidiary of
     Public Storage Management,  Inc. ("PSMI"),  a privately owned company of B.
     Wayne Hughes and his family (collectively "Hughes").

     On November 16, 1995,  Public  Storage,  Inc.  ("PSI")  acquired  PSMI in a
     business combination accounted for using the purchase method. In connection
     with  the  transaction,  PSI  exchanged  its  common  stock  for all of the
     non-voting  participating  preferred  stock  of  PSB,  representing  a  95%
     economic interest, and Hughes purchased all the voting common stock of PSB,
     representing  the remaining 5% economic  interest.  During  December  1996,
     Ronald L. Havner,  Jr. (then an executive  officer of PSI)  acquired all of
     Hughes' common stock in PSB.

     On January 2, 1997, in connection with the reorganization of the commercial
     property  operations  of  PSI  and  affiliated   entities,   PSB  formed  a
     partnership  (the "Operating  Partnership")  whereby PSB became the general
     partner.  Concurrent with the formation of the Operating  Partnership,  PSI
     and affiliated entities contributed  commercial properties to the Operating
     Partnership  in exchange for limited  partnership  units ("OP  Units").  In
     addition,  PSI  contributed  commercial  properties  to PSB in exchange for
     shares of non-voting  participating  preferred  stock,  and such properties
     were  immediately  contributed  by PSB along with its  commercial  property
     management operations and cash to the Operating Partnership for OP Units.

     Subject to certain limitations as described in Note 8, holders of OP Units,
     other than PSB,  have the right to require PSB to redeem  such  holders' OP
     Units at any time or from  time to time  beginning  on the date that is one
     year  after the date on which  such  limited  partner  is  admitted  to the
     Operating Partnership.

     On March 31, 1997,  PSI exchanged its  non-voting  participating  preferred
     stock into common shares of PSB. As a result of the  exchange,  PSI owned a
     majority of the voting common stock and  effectively  gained control of PSB
     at that time.

     DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

     PSB  is a  fully-integrated,  self-managed  real  estate  investment  trust
     ("REIT") that acquires,  owns and operates commercial properties containing
     commercial and industrial  rental space. From 1986 through 1996, PSB's sole
     business  activity  consisted of the  management of  commercial  properties
     owned primarily by PSI and affiliated entities.

     Commencing in 1997, PSB began to own and operate commercial  properties for
     its own  behalf.  At June  30,  1998,  PSB  and the  Operating  Partnership
     collectively  owned and operated 97  commercial  properties  (approximately
     10.2 million net rentable  square feet) located in 11 states.  In addition,
     the  Operating  Partnership  managed,  on  behalf  of  PSI  and  affiliated
     entities, 35 commercial properties  (approximately 1.0 million net rentable
     square feet).
                                       7
<PAGE>
2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     BASIS OF PRESENTATION

     The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have
     been prepared in accordance with generally accepted  accounting  principles
     for interim  financial  information and with  instructions to Form 10-Q and
     Article 10 of Regulation S-X.  Accordingly,  they do not include all of the
     information  and  footnotes  required  by  generally  accepted   accounting
     principles  for  complete  financial  statements.  The  preparation  of the
     condensed  consolidated  financial  statements in conformity with generally
     accepted  accounting  principles  requires management to make estimates and
     assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the condensed  consolidated
     financial  statements and accompanying  notes.  Actual results could differ
     from estimates.  In the opinion of management,  all adjustments (consisting
     of normal recurring  accruals)  necessary for a fair presentation have been
     included.  Operating  results  for the three and six months  ended June 30,
     1998 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for
     the year ended  December 31, 1998.  For further  information,  refer to the
     consolidated  financial  statements and footnotes of PSB for the year ended
     December 31, 1997 filed on Form 8-K/A dated April 17, 1998  (amending  Form
     8-K dated March 17, 1998).

     The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of PSB
     and the Operating Partnership. At June 30, 1998, PSB owned approximately 73
     % of the OP Units of the  Operating  Partnership.  PSB, as the sole general
     partner of the  Operating  Partnership,  has full,  exclusive  and complete
     responsibility  and  discretion in managing and  controlling  the Operating
     Partnership.

     On  March  31,  1997,  PSB  and  PSI  agreed  to  exchange  the  non-voting
     participating  preferred  stock held by PSI for 2,098,288  shares of voting
     common stock of PSB. After the exchange,  PSI owned in excess of 95% of the
     outstanding  common  voting  common stock of PSB and PSB  accounted for the
     transaction  as if PSI acquired  PSB in a  transaction  accounted  for as a
     purchase. Accordingly, PSB reflected PSI's cost of its investment in PSB in
     accordance with Accounting  Principles Board Opinion No. 16. As a result of
     PSI  attaining  control  of PSB,  the  carrying  value of PSB's  assets and
     liabilities  were  adjusted  to  reflect  PSI's  acquisition  cost  of  its
     controlling  interest in PSB of approximately $35 million. As a result, the
     carrying value of real estate facilities was increased  approximately  $8.0
     million, intangible assets increased approximately $4.4 million and paid in
     capital increased approximately $12.4 million.

     STOCK SPLIT AND STOCK DIVIDEND:

     On January  1, 1997,  the number of  outstanding  shares of  preferred  and
     common  stock  increased  as a result of a 10 for 1 stock  split.  In March
     1997, the preferred stock of PSB was converted into common stock on a share
     for share basis.  In December 1997, PSB declared a common stock dividend at
     a rate of .01583 shares for each common share outstanding.  Similarly,  the
     Operating  Partnership's  outstanding OP Units were adjusted to reflect the
     stock dividend.  No adjustment was made to the outstanding OP Units for the
     January 1997 stock  split,  as the issuance of OP Units during 1997 already
     reflected the stock split.

     On March 17, 1998, in connection with the merger,  PSB's common shares were
     converted  into  1.18  shares  of  PSP11.  Similarly,  holders  of OP Units
     received an additional  0.18 OP Units for each  outstanding OP Unit held at
     the time of the merger.

     References in the condensed  consolidated  financial  statements  and notes
     thereto with  respect to shares of preferred  stock,  common  stock,  stock
     options,  and OP Units and the related per share/per unit amounts have been
     retroactively  adjusted  to  reflect  the  January  1997 stock  split,  the
     December  1997 stock  dividend and the March 1998  conversion in connection
     with the Merger.

                                       8
<PAGE>

     CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:

     PSB considers all highly liquid  investments  with an original  maturity of
     three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.

     REAL ESTATE FACILITIES:

     Costs  related  to  the   improvements   of  properties  are   capitalized.
     Expenditures  for  repair and  maintenance  are  charged  to  expense  when
     incurred.  After March 31, 1997,  acquisition  of  facilities  from PSI and
     entities  controlled by PSI have been recorded at the predecessor's  basis.
     Buildings and equipment  are  depreciated  on the straight line method over
     the  estimated   useful   lives,   which  is  generally  25  and  5  years,
     respectively.

     INTANGIBLE ASSETS:

     Intangible assets consist of property  management  contracts for properties
     managed,  but not owned, by PSB. The intangible  assets are being amortized
     over seven years. As properties  managed are subsequently  acquired by PSB,
     the  unamortized  basis of  intangible  assets  related to such property is
     included in the cost of acquisition  of such  property.  During April 1997,
     PSB  acquired  four  properties  from PSI and  included in the cost of real
     estate  facilities  for such  properties  is  $730,000  of cost  previously
     classified  as  intangible  assets.  In  connection  with the  Merger,  PSB
     acquired  13  properties  and  included in the cost of such  properties  is
     $1,315,000 (which was net of accumulated amortization of $194,000) of costs
     previously  classified as intangible assets.  Intangible assets at June 30,
     1998 are net of accumulated amortization of $422,000.

     EVALUATION OF ASSET IMPAIRMENT:

     In 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Statement
     of Financial  Accounting  Standards  ("SFAS") No. 121,  "Accounting for the
     Impairment of Long-Lived  Assets and for  Long-Lived  Assets to be Disposed
     Of" which requires  impairment losses to be recorded on long-lived  assets.
     PSB evaluates its assets used in operations,  by identifying  indicators of
     impairment  and by comparing the sum of the estimated  undiscounted  future
     cash flows for each asset to the asset's carrying  amount.  When indicators
     of impairment are present and the sum of the undiscounted future cash flows
     is less  than the  carrying  value of such  asset,  an  impairment  loss is
     recorded equal to the difference between the asset's current carrying value
     and its value based on discounting  its estimated  future cash flows.  SFAS
     No. 121 also  addresses  the  accounting  for  long-lived  assets  that are
     expected to be disposed  of. Such assets are to be reported at the lower of
     their  carrying  amount or fair value,  less cost to sell. PSB adopted SFAS
     No.  121  in  1996  and  the  adoption  had  no  effect.  PSB's  subsequent
     evaluations  have  indicated no  impairment  in the carrying  amount of its
     assets.

     NOTE PAYABLE TO AND BORROWINGS FROM AFFILIATE:

     Note  payable to  affiliate  at December  31, 1997 of  $3,500,000  reflects
     amounts borrowed from PSI on that date. The note bore interest at 6.97% and
     was repaid on January 31, 1998. On May 1, 1998,  PSB borrowed  $179,000,000
     from  PSI to  fund a  portion  of  the  acquisition  cost  of  real  estate
     facilities.  On May 6, 1998,  $105.0  million was repaid and the  remaining
     balance was repaid on May 27, 1998. The  borrowings  bore interest at 6.91%
     (per annum).

     REVENUE AND EXPENSE RECOGNITION:

     All leases are classified as operating leases.  Rental income is recognized
     on a straight-line basis over the terms of the leases.  Reimbursements from
     tenants for real estate taxes and other recoverable  operating expenses are
     recognized as revenue in the period the applicable costs are incurred.


                                       9
<PAGE>

     Costs incurred in connection with leasing  (primarily  tenant  improvements
     and leasing  commissions)  are  capitalized  and  amortized  over the lease
     period.

     Property management fees are recognized in the period earned.

     NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE:

     In 1997,  the FASB issued SFAS No. 128,  Earnings  per Share.  SFAS No. 128
     replaced the  calculation  of "primary"  and "fully  diluted"  earnings per
     share with "basic" and "diluted" earnings per share.

     "Diluted"  shares  include  the  dilutive  effect of stock  options,  while
     "basic" shares exclude such effect.  In addition,  weighted  average shares
     utilized in computing  basic and diluted  earnings  per share  includes the
     weighted average participating  preferred shares,  because such shares were
     allocated income (subject to certain preferences upon liquidation described
     below) on an equal per share basis with the common shares.

     INCOME TAXES:

     During  1997,  PSB  qualified  and intends to continue to qualify as a real
     estate investment trust ("REIT"), as defined in Section 856 of the Internal
     Revenue  Code.  As a REIT,  PSB is not taxed on that portion of its taxable
     income which is  distributed  to its  shareholders  provided that PSB meets
     certain  tests.  PSB believes it met these tests during 1997.  In addition,
     PSP11 (the legal entity for income tax reporting purposes subsequent to the
     March 17, 1998 merger)  believes it has also met the REIT tests during 1997
     and for the six months ended June 30, 1998.  Accordingly,  no provision for
     income taxes has been made in the accompanying financial statements.

     GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE:

     General and administrative expense includes legal and office expense, state
     income taxes,  executive salaries,  cost of acquisition personnel and other
     such administrative  items. Such amounts include amounts incurred by PSI on
     behalf of PSB, which were  subsequently  charged to PSB in accordance  with
     the   allocation   methodology   pursuant  to  the  cost   allocation   and
     administrative services agreement between PSB and PSI.

     RECLASSIFICATIONS:

     Certain  reclassifications  have been made to the financial  statements for
     1997 in order to conform to the 1998 presentation.

3.   BUSINESS COMBINATION

     On March 17, 1998,  AOPP merged into PSP11,  a publicly  traded real estate
     investment  trust and an affiliate of PSI. Upon  consummation of the Merger
     of AOPP into PSP11,  the  surviving  corporation  was renamed "PS  Business
     Parks, Inc." (PSB as defined in Note 1). In connection with the Merger:

     *    Each  outstanding  share of PSP11  common  stock,  which did not elect
          cash,  continued  to be owned by current  holders.  A total of 106,155
          PSP11 common shares elected to receive cash of $20.50 per share.

     *    Each  share of PSP11  common  stock  Series B and each  share of PSP11
          common  stock  Series C  converted  into .8641  share of PSP11  common
          stock.

     *    Each share of AOPP common  stock  converted  into 1.18 shares of PSP11
          common stock.

                                       10
<PAGE>

     *    Concurrent with the Merger, PSP11 exchanged 11 mini-warehouses and two
          properties  that combine  mini-warehouse  and commercial  space for 11
          commercial  properties  owned by PSI.  The fair value of each group of
          real estate facilities was approximately $48 million.

     The  Merger  has been  accounted  for as a reverse  merger  whereby  PSB is
     treated as the accounting acquirer using the purchase method. This has been
     determined  based  upon the  following:  (i) the  former  shareholders  and
     unitholders of PSB owned in excess of 80% of the merged  companies and (ii)
     the  business  focus  post-Merger  will  continue to be that of PSB's which
     includes  the   acquisition,   ownership   and   management  of  commercial
     properties.  Prior to the Merger, PSP11's business focus has been primarily
     on the  ownership  and  operation  of  its  self-storage  facilities  which
     represented approximately 81% of its portfolio.

     Allocations of the total  acquisition  cost to the net assets acquired were
     made based upon the fair value of PSP11's assets and  liabilities as of the
     date of the Merger.  The acquisition cost and the fair market values of the
     assets  acquired and  liabilities  assumed in the Merger are  summarized as
     follows:

                 ACQUISITION COST:
                 -----------------
                 Issuance of common stock.........          $46,810,000
                 Cash.............................              424,000
                                                            ------------
                     Total acquisition cost.......          $47,234,000

                 ALLOCATION OF ACQUISITION COST:
                 -------------------------------
                 Real estate facilities...........          $48,000,000
                 Other assets.....................              452,000
                 Accrued and other liabilities....          (1,218,000)
                                                            ------------
                     Total allocation.............          $47,234,000
                                                            ============





                                       11
<PAGE>



     The historical operating results of PSP11 prior to the Merger have not been
     included in PSB's historical  operating results. Pro forma data for the six
     months ended June 30, 1998 and 1997 as though the Merger had been effective
     at the beginning of fiscal 1997 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                               Six months ended June 30,
                                                                               1998                1997
                                                                           -------------      ------------
<S>                                                                          <C>                <C>     
       Revenues......................................................        $ 38,577           $ 17,494
       Net income....................................................          12,161              3,152
       Net income per share - basic..................................        $   0.77           $   0.71
       Net income per share - diluted................................        $   0.77           $   0.71
</TABLE>
  
     The pro forma data does not purport to be indicative  either of the results
     of  operations  that would have  occurred  had the Merger  occurred  at the
     beginning of fiscal 1997 or of the future results of PSB.

4.   REAL ESTATE FACILITIES

     The activity in real estate  facilities for the three months ended June 30,
     1998 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         Accumulated
                                                         Land           Buildings       Depreciation           Total
                                                    ------------     -------------   -----------------   ---------------
<S>                                                 <C>              <C>              <C>                <C>            
            Balances at December 31, 1997........   $ 91,754,000     $ 226,466,000    $    (3,982,000)   $   314,238,000
            Property acquisitions................     85,775,000       189,327,000                  -        275,102,000
            Acquired in connection with the
              Merger.............................     14,400,000        33,600,000                  -         48,000,000
            Adjustment from intangible assets....              -         1,315,000                  -          1,315,000
            Capital improvements.................              -         3,175,000                  -          3,175,000
            Depreciation expense.................              -                 -         (6,332,000)        (6,332,000)
                                                    ------------     -------------   -----------------   ---------------
            Balances at June 30, 1998............   $191,929,000     $ 453,883,000    $   (10,314,000)   $   635,498,000
                                                    ============     =============   =================   ===============
</TABLE>
     
     On  January  13,  1998,  PSB  purchased  a  commercial   property  from  an
     unaffiliated  third  party for  approximately  $22,518,000,  consisting  of
     $22,325,000  cash (of which $500,000 was paid before December 31, 1997) and
     the issuance of 8,428 OP Units having a value of approximately $193,000.

     In March 1998, PSB purchased two commercial  properties  from  unaffiliated
     third parties for an aggregate cost of approximately $32,916,000,  composed
     of $17,377,000  cash (of which $300,000 was paid before December 31, 1997),
     the issuance of 44,250 OP units having a value of approximately $1,013,000,
     and the assumption of mortgage notes payable of $14,526,000.

     On  May  4,  1998,   the   Company   acquired  29   commercial   properties
     (approximately  2.3 million net rentable square feet) for an aggregate cost
     of approximately $190 million in cash. 

     In June 1998, the Company acquired three properties  (approximately 343,000
     net rentable  square feet) for an aggregate cost of $29,101,000  consisting
     of $13,449,000 in cash,  $15,449,000 in debt  assumption and $203,000 in OP
     Units.

                                       12
<PAGE>

5.   LEASING ACTIVITY

     Future minimum rental revenues under  non-cancelable  leases as of June 30,
     1998 with tenants for the above real estate facilities are as follows:

          1998 (July - December)                     $   40,940,000
          1999                                           68,379,000
          2000                                           48,142,000
          2001                                           31,847,000
          2002                                           21,603,000
          Thereafter                                     29,283,000
                                                     ---------------
                                                     $  240,194,000
                                                     ===============

6.   REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT

     At June 30,  1998,  the  Company  had no  borrowings  on its line of credit
     agreement  with PSI. On August 6, 1998,  PSB entered into an unsecured line
     of credit (the "Credit  Agreement")  with a commercial bank and the line of
     credit provided by PSI was canceled.  The Credit  Agreement has a borrowing
     limit of $100.0  million  and an  expiration  date of August 5,  2000.  The
     expiration  date may be  extended  by one year on each  anniversary  of the
     Credit Agreement. Interest on outstanding borrowings is payable monthly. At
     the option of the Company, the rate of interest charged is equal to (i) the
     prime rate or (ii) a rate  ranging from the London  Interbank  Offered Rate
     ("LIBOR") plus 0.55% to LIBOR plus .95%  depending on the Company's  credit
     ratings and  coverage  rations,  as defined.  In  addition,  the Company is
     required to pay a quarterly commitment fee of 0.25% (per annum).


7.   MORTGAGE NOTES PAYABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Mortgage notes at June 30, 1998 consist of the following:
     <S>                                                                       <C>                       
      7-1/8 % mortgage note, secured by one commercial property,
           principal and interest payable monthly, due May 2006                $8,984,000

      8-1/8 % mortgage note, secured by one commercial property,
           principal and interest payable monthly, due July 2005                5,461,000

      8-1/2 % mortgage note, secured by one commercial property,
           principal and interest payable monthly, due July 2007                1,960,000

      8 % mortgage note, secured by one commercial property, principal
           and interest payable monthly, due April 2003                         1,714,000

      7-5/8 % mortgage note, secured by one commercial property,
           principal and interest payable monthly, due May 2004                11,771,000
                                                                              ------------
                                                                              $29,890,000
                                                                              ============
</TABLE>
                                       13
<PAGE>

     At June 30,  1998,  approximate  principal  maturities  of  mortgage  notes
     payable are as follows:

                   1998 (July - December)                     $      521,000
                   1999                                            1,103,000
                   2000                                            1,190,000
                   2001                                            1,285,000
                   2002                                            1,386,000
                   Thereafter                                     24,405,000
                                                              ---------------
                                                              $   29,890,000
                                                              ===============

8.   MINORITY INTERESTS

     In  consolidation,  PSB  classifies  ownership  interests in the  Operating
     Partnership,  other than its own, as minority  interest on the consolidated
     financial statements.  Minority interest in income consists of the minority
     interests' share of the consolidated operating results.

     Subject to certain limitations  described below, each limited partner other
     than PSB has the right to require the redemption of such limited  partner's
     partnership  interests  at any time or from time to time  beginning  on the
     date  that is one year  after the date on which  such  limited  partner  is
     admitted to the Operating Partnership.

     Unless PSB, as general partner,  elects to assume and perform the Operating
     Partnership's  obligation with respect to a redemption  right, as described
     below, a limited  partner that exercises its redemption  right will receive
     cash from the Operating  Partnership in an amount equal to the market value
     (as defined in the  Operating  Partnership  Agreement)  of the  partnership
     interests  redeemed.  In lieu of the  Operating  Partnership  redeeming the
     partner  for  cash,  PSB,  as  general  partner,  has the right to elect to
     acquire the partnership interest directly from a limited partner exercising
     its redemption right, in exchange for cash in the amount specified above or
     by  issuance  of one share of PSB  common  stock  for each unit of  limited
     partnership interest redeemed.

     A limited  partner  cannot  exercise  its  redemption  right if delivery of
     shares  of PSB  common  stock  would be  prohibited  under  the  applicable
     articles of incorporation,  if the general partner believes that there is a
     risk  that  delivery  of shares of common  stock  would  cause the  general
     partner to no longer  qualify as a REIT,  would  cause a  violation  of the
     applicable securities laws, or would result in the Operating Partnership no
     longer being treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.

     At June 30, 1998, there were 7,394,411 OP Units owned by minority interests
     (7,305,355 were owned by PSI and affiliated  entities and 89,056 were owned
     by unaffiliated  third parties).  On a fully converted basis,  assuming all
     7,394,411  minority  interest OP Units were converted into shares of common
     stock  of  PSB  at  June  30,  1998,  the  minority   interests  would  own
     approximately 23.8% of the pro forma common shares outstanding.  At the end
     of each reporting  period,  PSB determines the amount of equity (book value
     of net assets) which is allocable to the minority  interest based upon this
     pro forma  ownership  interest  and an  adjustment  is made to the minority
     interest,  with a corresponding  adjustment to Paid in Capital,  to reflect
     the minority interests' equity.

9.   PROPERTY MANAGEMENT CONTRACTS

     The Operating Partnership manages industrial,  office and retail facilities
     for PSI and entities  affiliated  with PSI, and third party  owners.  These
     facilities,  all located in the United  States,  operate  under the "Public
     Storage" or "PS Business Parks" name.

     The property management  contracts provide for compensation of five percent
     of the gross revenue of the facilities  managed.  Under the  supervision of
     the property owners, the Operating Partnership coordinates rental policies,
     rent  collections,  marketing  activities,  the purchase of  equipment  and


                                       14
<PAGE>

     supplies,  maintenance  activities,  and the  selection  and  engagement of
     vendors, suppliers and independent contractors.  In addition, the Operating
     Partnership  assists  and  advises  the  property  owners  in  establishing
     policies for the hire,  discharge  and  supervision  of  employees  for the
     operation  of  these  facilities,  including  property  managers,  leasing,
     billing and maintenance personnel.

     The property management contract with PSI is for a seven year term with the
     term being  extended one year each  anniversary.  The  property  management
     contracts with  affiliates of PSI are cancelable by either party upon sixty
     days notice.

10.  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

     In addition  to common and  preferred  stock,  PSB is  authorized  to issue
     100,000,000  shares of Equity Stock. The Articles of Incorporation  provide
     that the Equity Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series
     and gives the Board of  Directors  broad  authority to fix the dividend and
     distribution rights,  conversion and voting rights,  redemption  provisions
     and liquidation rights of each series of Equity Stock.

     On January 7, 1998, a holder of OP Units exercised its option and converted
     its  1,785,008 OP Units into an equal number of shares of PSB common stock.
     The  conversion  resulted  in an  increase  in  shareholders'  equity and a
     corresponding  decrease in minority  interest of approximately  $33,023,000
     representing the book value of the OP Units at the time of conversion.

     In  January  1998,   PSB  entered  into  an  agreement   with  a  group  of
     institutional  investors  under  which PSB agreed to issue up to  6,774,074
     shares of PSB  common  stock at $22.88 per share in cash (an  aggregate  of
     $155,000,000)  in  separate  tranches.  The  first  tranche,   representing
     2,185,189 shares or $50.0 million,  was issued in January 1998. The Company
     incurred $2,400,000 in costs associated with the issuance. The remainder of
     the common shares  (4,588,885 common shares) were issued on May 6, 1998 and
     the net proceeds  ($105.0  million) were used to fund a portion of the cost
     to acquire commercial properties in May 1998.

     On March 17, 1998, in connection  with the Merger,  PSB  recapitalized  its
     equity by  changing  the par value of its common  stock from $0.10 to $0.01
     per share.  This resulted in a decrease in common stock and a corresponding
     increase in Paid-in Capital totaling $1,511,000.

     In May 1998, the Company completed two common stock offerings,  raising net
     proceeds in  aggregate  totaling  $118.9  million  through the  issuance of
     5,025,800  common  shares.  A  portion  of the net  proceeds  were  used in
     connection with a $190 million property portfolio acquisition.

     On March 31, 1998 and June 30, 1998,  PSB paid quarterly  distributions  to
     its common shareholders'  totaling $4,079,000 ($0.347 per common share) and
     $5,909,000 ($0.25 per common share), respectively.


                                       15
<PAGE>

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

GENERAL: Private Securities Litigation Reform Act Safe Harbor Statement. In
addition  to  historical  information,   management's  discussion  and  analysis
includes  certain  forward-looking  statements  regarding  events and  financial
trends which may affect the  Company's  future  operating  results and financial
position.  Such  forward-looking  statements  are often  identified by the words
"estimate,"   "project,"  "intend,"  "plan,"  "expect,"  "believe,"  or  similar
expressions.  Such statements are subject to risks and uncertainties  that could
cause the Company's actual results and financial  position to differ  materially
from that indicated by the forward-looking  statement. Such factors include, but
are not limited to a change in economic conditions in the various markets served
by the Company's operations which would adversely affect the level of demand for
rental of commercial  space and the cost  structure of the Company.  Readers are
cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which
speak only as of the date  hereof.  The  Company  undertakes  no  obligation  to
publicly release the result of any revisions to these forward-looking statements
to reflect  events or  circumstances  after the date  hereof or to  reflect  the
occurrence of unanticipated events.

HISTORICAL  OVERVIEW:  PS Business  Parks,  Inc.  ("PSB" or the  "Company") is a
self-managed,  self-advised real estate investment trust that acquires, owns and
operates  commercial  properties.  The Company is the sole general partner of PS
Business  Parks,  L.P. (the "Operating  Partnership")  through which the Company
conducts most of its activities  and owned,  as of June 30, 1998, an approximate
73%  partnership  interest.  Substantially  all  of  the  remaining  partnership
interest is owned by Public Storage, Inc. ("PSI") and its affiliates.

The  commercial  properties  owned by the Company and the Operating  Partnership
generally include both business park  (industrial/flex  space) and office space.
The industrial space is used for, among other things,  light  manufacturing  and
assembly,  storage and  warehousing,  distribution  and research and development
activities. Most of the office space is occupied by tenants who are also renting
industrial  space.  The commercial  properties  typically  consist of one to ten
one-story  buildings located on three to 20 acres and contain from approximately
10,000 to 500,000 square feet of rentable space (more than 50,000 square feet in
the case of the free-standing  properties). A property is typically divided into
units ranging in size from 500 to 10,000  square feet.  Leases  generally  range
from one to five years and some  tenants  have  options  to extend the  original
terms of their leases.

During 1997 and the first six months of fiscal  1998,  the  Company  completed a
number of  business  transactions  which  have had a  significant  impact to the
Company's  comparative operating results for the three and six months ended June
30, 1998 and 1997:


     *    Merger:  PS Business Parks,  Inc. ("PSB") is the successor to American
          Office  Park  Properties,  Inc.  ("AOPP")  which  merged with and into
          Public  Storage  Properties XI, Inc. ("PSP 11") on March 17, 1998 (the
          "Merger").  The  name of the  surviving  company  was  changed  to "PS
          Business Parks, Inc." in connection with the merger.

          Based upon the terms of the  Merger,  the  transaction  for  financial
          accounting  purposes has been  accounted for as a reverse  acquisition
          whereby AOPP is deemed to have acquired PSP11.  However,  PSP11 is the
          continuing  legal  entity  and  registrant  for  both  Securities  and
          Exchange Commission filing purposes and income tax reporting purposes.
          All subsequent  references to "PSB" or the "Company" for periods prior
          to March 17, 1998 shall refer to AOPP.

     In connection with the Merger,  PSP11 exchanged eleven  mini-warehouses and
     two properties that combine  mini-warehouse and commercial space for eleven
     commercial  properties  owned  by PSI.  The fair  value of the real  estate
     facilities owned by PSP11 and the commercial  facilities  received by PSP11
     was  approximately  $48  million.  As a  result  of this  transaction,  PSB
     acquired 13 properties with a total of  approximately  815,000 net rentable
     square feet.


     *    Property  acquisitions:  Prior to January 2, 1997, the Company and its
          Operating  Partnership  did not  have  an  ownership  interest  in any
          properties.

                                       16
<PAGE>

          On January 2, 1997,  the  Company  acquired 35  commercial  properties
          (approximately  3.0  million  net  rentable  square  feet) from Public
          Storage,   Inc.  ("PSI")  and  affiliated  entities  in  exchange  for
          1,198,680  shares  of  non-voting  participating  preferred  stock and
          5,824,383 units of the Operating Partnership ("OP Units").

          On April 1, 1997, the Company acquired four commercial properties from
          PSI  (approximately  370,000  million  net  rentable  square  feet) in
          exchange for 1,480,968 OP Units.

          On July 31,  1997,  the Company  acquired  two  commercial  properties
          (approximately  435,000 net rentable square feet) from an unaffiliated
          third party for cash totaling $33,310,000.

          On September  24,  1997,  the Company  acquired a commercial  property
          (approximately  150,000 net rentable square feet) from an unaffiliated
          third party for an aggregate cost of $10,283,000 consisting of cash of
          $9,959,000 and the issuance of 14,384 OP Units.

          On December 10,  1997,  the Company  purchased a  commercial  property
          (approximately  51,000 net rentable  square feet) from an unaffiliated
          third party for  $3,854,000,  consisting of cash of $3,554,000 and the
          issuance of 13,111 OP Units.

          On December 24, 1997, the Company  acquired six commercial  properties
          (approximately  2.0  million  net  rentable  square  feet)  valued  at
          $118,655,000  and  $1,000,000  in cash  from a  subsidiary  of a state
          pension plan through a merger and contribution. In connection with the
          transaction, the Company issued to the subsidiary of the state pension
          plan  3,504,758  common  shares of the Company and 1,785,007 OP Units.
          The Company incurred  approximately  $3,300,000 in costs in connection
          with the transaction.

          On January  13,  1998,  the  Company  acquired a  commercial  property
          (approximately  308,000 net  rentable  square  feet) for  $22,518,000,
          consisting of cash of  $22,325,000  and the issuance of 8,428 OP Units
          having a value of approximately $193,000.

          In  March  1998,  the  Company  acquired  two  commercial   properties
          (approximately 403,000 net rentable square feet) for an aggregate cost
          of  $32,916,000,  consisting  of cash of  $17,377,000,  assumption  of
          mortgage  notes payable of  $14,526,000  and the issuance of 44,250 OP
          Units having a value of approximately $1,013,000.

          On  May  4,  1998,  the  Company  acquired  29  commercial  properties
          (approximately  2.3 million net rentable square feet) for an aggregate
          cost of  approximately  $190 million in cash. 

          In June 1998,  the Company  acquired three  properties  (approximately
          343,000  net  rentable  square  feet) for an  aggregate  cost of $29.1
          million,  consisting  of  $13,449,000  in  cash,  $15,448,000  in debt
          assumption and $203,000 in OP Units.

     *    Common stock issuances for cash: In connection with the Company's July
          1997 acquisition of properties, the Company issued 2,025,769 shares of
          common stock primarily to PSI for cash totaling $33,800,000.

          In January 1998, the Company entered into an agreement with a group of
          institutional  investors under which the Company agreed to issue up to
          6,774,074  shares of  common  stock at  $22.88  per share in  separate
          tranches.  The first tranche,  representing  2,185,189 shares or $50.0
          million was issued in January  1998.  The remainder of the shares were
          issued on May 6, 1998 for $105.0 million.

          In May 1998, the Company completed two common stock offerings, raising
          net proceeds  totaling  $118.9  million.  In the first  offering,  the
          Company  sold  4,000,000  shares  of common  stock to an  underwriter,
          resulting in approximately $95.2 million of net proceeds. These shares
          were  resold to  various  institutional  investors.  A portion  of the
  
                                       17
<PAGE>

          proceeds  were  used  to  retire  debt  incurred  with a $190  million
          property portfolio  acquisition.  In the second common stock offering,
          the Company sold 1,025,800 common shares to an underwriter,  resulting
          in net proceeds of $23.7 million.

     *    Exchange of non-voting  preferred  stock for voting  common stock:  On
          March 31, 1997, PSI exchanged its  non-voting  common stock for voting
          common  stock  of the  Company  in a  transaction  accounted  for as a
          purchase of PSB by PSI. As a result of PSI  attaining a 95%  ownership
          interest in PSB voting common stock,  PSB reflected  PSI's cost of its
          investment  in PSB in  accordance  with  Accounting  Principles  Board
          Opinion  No.  16. As a result of PSI  attaining  control  of PSB,  the
          carrying  value of PSB's  assets  and  liabilities  were  adjusted  to
          reflect PSI's  acquisition cost of its controlling  interest in PSB of
          approximately  $35 million.  As a result,  the carrying  value of real
          estate  facilities  was  increased at March 31, 1997 by  approximately
          $8.0  million,  intangible  assets  increased  by  approximately  $4.4
          million and paid in capital increased by approximately $12.4 million.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Three and six months  ended June 30,  1998  compared to the three and six months
ended June 30,  1997:  Net income for the three  months  ended June 30, 1998 was
$7,046,000  compared to $795,000 for the same period in 1997. Net income for the
six months ended June 30, 1998 was  $11,376,000  compared to $1,477,000  for the
same period in 1997.  Net income per common  share on a diluted  basis was $0.38
(based on weighted  average  diluted shares  outstanding of 18,710,576)  for the
three  months  ended June 30, 1998  compared to net income per common share on a
diluted basis of $0.36 (based on diluted weighted average shares  outstanding of
2,197,779) for the three months ended June 30, 1997, representing an increase of
5.6%.  Net  income  per  common  share on a diluted  basis  was $0.76  (based on
weighted  average  diluted shares  outstanding of 14,977,776) for the six months
ended June 30, 1998  compared to net income per common share on a diluted  basis
of $0.68 (based on diluted weighted average shares outstanding of 2,185,569) for
the six months  ended June 30,  1997,  representing  an increase  of 11.8%.  The
increases  in net  income  and net  income  per  share  reflects  the  Company's
significant  growth in its asset base  through  the  acquisition  of  commercial
properties.

PROPERTY OPERATIONS: The Company's property operations account for almost all of
the net  operating  income  earned by the  Company  for the three and six months
ended June 30, 1998. The following  table presents the operating  results of the
properties for the six months ended June 30, 1998 and 1997:

                                       18
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                 Three months ended June 30,           Six months ended June 30,
                                             ------------------------------------ ------------------------------------
                                                1998        1997        Change       1998         1997        Change
                                             -----------  -----------  ---------- -----------  ------------  ---------
Rental income:
Facilities owned throughout each period
  (35 facilities, 3.0 million net       
<S>                                         <C>          <C>               <C>   <C>           <C>              <C>   
  rentable square feet).................    $6,366,000   $6,059,000        5.1%  $12,381,000  $11,864,000        4.4%
Facilities acquired between March 31,
  1997 and March 31, 1998 (30
  facilities, 4.6 million net rentable  
  square feet)..........................    11,070,000      919,000    1,104.6%   19,408,000      919,000    2,011.9%
Facilities acquired during the three
  months ended June 30, 1998 (32
  facilities, 2.6 million net rentable  
  square feet)..........................     4,035,000            -         n/a    4,035,000            -         n/a
                                           -----------   -----------   ---------  ----------   ----------    ---------
Total rental income.....................   $21,471,000   $6,978,000      207.7%  $35,824,000  $12,783,000      180.3%
                                           ===========   ===========   =========  ==========   ==========    =========

Cost   of   operations   (excluding
  depreciation):
Facilities owned throughout each period.    $2,154,000   $2,241,000      (3.9%)   $4,682,000   $4,734,000      (1.1%)
Facilities acquired between March 31
  1997 and March 31, 1998...............     3,540,000      285,000    1,142.1%    5,639,000      285,000    1,878.6%
Facilities acquired during the three
  months ended June 30, 1998............       661,000            -         n/a      661,000            -         n/a
                                           -----------   -----------   ---------  ----------   ----------    ---------
Total cost of operations................    $6,355,000   $2,526,000      151.6%  $10,982,000   $5,019,000      118.8%
                                           ===========   ===========   =========  ==========   ==========    =========

Net operating income (rental income
  less cost of operations):
Facilities owned throughout each period.    $4,212,000   $3,818,000       10.3%   $7,699,000   $7,130,000        8.0%
Facilities acquired between March 31
  1997 and March 31, 1998...............     7,530,000      634,000    1,087.8%   13,769,000      634,000    2,071.8%
Facilities acquired during the three
  months ended June 30, 1998............     3,374,000            -         n/a    3,374,000            -         n/a
                                           -----------   -----------   ---------  ----------   ----------    ---------
Total net operating income..............   $15,116,000   $4,452,000      239.5%  $24,842,000   $7,764,000      220.0%
                                           ===========   ===========   =========  ==========   ==========    =========



Other operating data:
For the facilities owned throughout
  each period:
  Annualized realized rent per occupied 
  square foot...........................          $9.00       $8.52        5.6%        $8.76        $8.40        4.3%
  Weighted average occupancy for the    
  period................................          94.8%       95.8%      (1.0%)        95.0%        95.6%      (0.6%)
</TABLE>

SUPPLEMENTAL  PROPERTY  DATA AND TRENDS:  In order to evaluate how the Company's
overall portfolio has performed,  management analyzes the operating  performance
of a consistent  group of 51 properties  (4.2 million net rentable square feet).
These 51  properties  represent  a mature  group of  properties  which have been
managed by the Company for at least three years and, as of June 30,  1998,  were
owned by the Company.  The table below  summarizes the historical  operations of
the 51  properties  for the three and six months  ended June 30,  1998 and 1997;
however,  the Company did not own all of the  properties  throughout the periods
presented and therefore,  such operations are not all reflected in the Company's
historical operating results.




<PAGE>



The following table summarizes the pre-depreciation historical operating results
of these "Same Park" facilities:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                   Three months ended June 30,
                                                                         ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                             1998(1)            1997(1)            Change
                                                                         -------------   ------------------    --------------
                                                            
<S>                                                                      <C>                <C>                    <C> 
          Rental income..........................................        $9,767,000         $9,300,000             5.0%
          Cost of operations.....................................         3,529,000          3,568,000            (1.1)%
                                                                         -------------   ------------------    --------------
            Net operating income.................................        $6,238,000         $5,732,000             8.8%
                                                                         =============   ==================    ==============
              Gross Margin (2)...................................            63.9%              61.6%              2.3%

          Annualized realized rent per occupied square foot (3)..            $9.85              $9.32              5.7%

          Weighted average occupancy for the period..............            95.1%              96.1%             (1.0%)


                                                                                    Six months ended June 30,
                                                                         ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                            1998(1)            1997(1)            Change
                                                                         -------------   ------------------    --------------

          Rental income..........................................       $19,157,000        $18,176,000            5.4%
          Cost of operations ....................................         7,221,000          7,240,000           (0.3%)
                                                                         -------------   ------------------    --------------
            Net operating income.................................       $11,936,000        $10,936,000            9.1%
                                                                         =============   ==================    ==============
              Gross Margin (2)...................................            62.3%              60.2%               2.1%

          Annualized realized rent per occupied square foot (3)..            $9.64              $9.16               5.2%

          Weighted average occupancy for the period..............            95.3%              95.9%              (0.6%)

</TABLE>
(1)  Operations  for the three and six months ended June 30, 1998  represent the
     historical operations of the 51 properties however, the Company did not own
     all of the properties  throughout all periods  presented and therefore such
     operations are not reflected in the Company's historical operating results.
     All such properties were owned effective March 17, 1998.
(2)  Gross  margin is computed  by dividing  property  net  operating  income by
     rental  revenues.
(3)  Realized  rent per square foot  represents  the actual  revenue  earned per
     occupied square foot.

FACILITY MANAGEMENT OPERATIONS: The Company's facility management accounts for a
small  portion  of the  Company's  net  operating  income  (less  than 1% of net
operating  income for the three  months ended June 30,  1998).  During the three
months ended June 30, 1998, $117,000 in net operating income was recognized from
facility management operations compared to $179,000 for the same period in 1997.
During the six months ended June 30, 1998,  $294,000 in net operating income was
recognized from facility management operations compared to $366,000 for the same
period  in 1997.  Due to the  Company's  acquisition  of  properties  previously
managed,  where the  Company  managed  53  facilities  at March 31,  1997 and 35
facilities at June 30, 1998, facility management fees have decreased.

INTEREST AND OTHER INCOME: Interest and other income primarily reflects earnings
on cash  balances.  Interest  and other income was $311,000 for the three months
ended  June 30,  1998 as  compared  to  $110,000  for the same  period  in 1997.
Interest and other income was $544,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1998 as
compared to $139,000 for the same period in 1997. The increases are attributable
to increased average cash balances  principally due to the Company's issuance of
common stock in January and May 1998 and the timing of investing  these funds in
newly acquired real estate facilities.

DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION EXPENSE: Depreciation and amortization expense for
the three months ended June 30, 1998 was  $4,256,000,  as compared to $1,195,000
for the same period in 1997.  Depreciation and amortization  expense for the six

                                       20

<PAGE>

months ended June 30, 1998 was  $6,556,000,  as compared to  $2,015,000  for the
same period in 1997.  The  increases are due to the  acquisition  of real estate
facilities in 1997 and 1998.

GENERAL  AND  ADMINISTRATIVE  EXPENSE:  General and  administrative  expense was
$551,000 for the three  months ended June 30, 1998  compared to $172,000 for the
three  months  ended June 30,  1997.  General  and  administrative  expense  was
$996,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1998 compared to $385,000 for the six
months  ended June 30,  1997.  The  increase is due to the  increased  scope and
acquisition  activities  of the Company.  Management  anticipates  that with the
hiring of executive  staff,  and as the Company's  asset and  shareholder  bases
increase, general and administrative expense will increase.

INTEREST EXPENSE: Interest expense was $822,000 and $1,069,000 for the three and
six months  ended June 30,  1998 (none for the same  periods in 1997).  Interest
expense for 1998 is  attributable  to mortgage notes assumed in connection  with
the  acquisition of real estate  facilities in March and June 1998 combined with
interest expense incurred on short-term borrowings from PSI.

MINORITY  INTEREST IN INCOME:  Minority  interest in income  reflects the income
allocable to equity interests in the Operating  Partnership  which are not owned
by the Company.  Minority interest in income for the three months ended June 30,
1998 was  $2,869,000  as  compared  to  $2,579,000  for the same period in 1997.
Minority  interest  in  income  for the six  months  ended  June  30,  1998  was
$5,683,000 as compared to $4,392,000  for the same period in 1997. The increases
in minority  interest in income are due to  improved  operating  results and the
issuance of additional Operating Partnership units, primarily in connection with
the acquisition of real estate facilities from PSI on April 1, 1997.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Net cash provided by operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 1998
and 1997 was $23,609,000 and $8,062,000, respectively.  Management believes that
its internally generated net cash provided by operating activities will continue
to  be  sufficient  to  enable  it  to  meet  its  operating  expenses,  capital
improvements,  debt service  requirements and  distributions to shareholders and
holders of Operating Partnership units for the foreseeable future.

The  following   table   summarizes  the  Company's   ability  to  make  capital
improvements  to maintain  its  facilities  through the use of cash  provided by
operating activities. The remaining cash flow is available to the Company to pay
distributions to shareholders and acquire property interests.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                             Six months ended June 30,
                                                                         -------------------------------
                                                                               1998            1997
                                                                         --------------   --------------
<S>                                                                      <C>                <C>       
Net income..........................................................     $ 11,376,000       $1,477,000
Depreciation and amortization.......................................        6,556,000         2,015,000
Change in working capital...........................................           (6,000)          178,000
Minority interest in income.........................................        5,683,000         4,392,000
                                                                         --------------   --------------
Net cash provided by operating activities...........................       23,609,000         8,062,000
Capital improvements to maintain facilities.........................       (3,175,000)       (1,366,000)
                                                                         --------------   --------------
Funds available for distributions to shareholders, minority
  interests, acquisitions and other corporate purposes..............       20,434,000         6,696,000
Cash distributions to shareholders and minority interests...........      (14,392,000)                -
                                                                         --------------   --------------
Excess funds available for acquisitions and other corporate purposes     $  6,042,000       $ 6,696,000
                                                                         ==============   ==============

</TABLE>
The Company's capital structure is characterized by low level of leverage. As of
June 30, 1998, the Company had five fixed rate mortgage  notes payable  totaling
$29,890,000,  which  represented 4% of its total  capitalization  (based on book
value, including minority interests and debt).

At June 30, 1998, the Company had no borrowings on its line of credit  agreement
with PSI. On August 6, 1998,  PSB entered into an unsecured  line of credit (the
"Credit  Agreement")  with a commercial  bank and the line of credit provided by


                                       21
<PAGE>

PSI was canceled.  The Credit  Agreement has a borrowing limit of $100.0 million
and an expiration date of August 5, 2000. The expiration date may be extended by
one year on each  anniversary of the Credit  Agreement.  Interest on outstanding
borrowings  is  payable  monthly.  At the  option  of the  Company,  the rate of
interest  charged is equal to (i) the prime rate or (ii) a rate ranging from the
London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") plus 0.55% to LIBOR plus 0.95% depending
on the Company's credit ratings and coverage rations,  as defined.  In addition,
the Company is required to pay a quarterly commitment fee of 0.25% (per annum).

The Company expects to fund its growth strategies with cash on hand,  internally
generated  retained  cash  flows and  borrowings  from its line of  credit.  The
Company  intends  to repay  amounts  borrowed  under the  credit  facility  from
undistributed  cash flow or, as market conditions permit and as determined to be
advantageous, from the public or private placement of equity securities.

In January  1998,  the Company  entered  into an  agreement  with  institutional
investors  whereby the Company  agreed to issue  6,774,074  shares of its common
stock  for  cash  ($155  million)  in  separate  tranches.  The  first  tranche,
representing  2,185,189 shares or $50.0 million, was issued in January 1998. The
Company incurred $2,400,000 in costs associated with the issuance. The remainder
of the common shares  (4,588,885  common  shares) were issued on May 6, 1998 and
the net proceeds ($105.0 million) were used to repay short-terms borrowings from
PSI.

In May 1998,  the Company  completed  two common  stock  offerings,  raising net
proceeds  totaling  $118.9  million.  In the first  offering,  the Company  sold
4,000,000  shares of common stock to an underwriter,  resulting in approximately
$95.2 million of net proceeds. These shares were resold to various institutional
investors In the second common stock offering, the Company sold 1,025,800 common
shares to an underwriter,  resulting in net proceeds of $23.7 million. A portion
of the proceeds from these  offerings were used to repay  short-term  borrowings
from PSI and to fund the acquisitions of real estate facilities.

FUNDS FROM OPERATIONS:  Funds from operations  ("FFO") is defined by the Company
as net income (loss),  computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles  ("GAAP"),  before  depreciation,  amortization and  extraordinary or
non-recurring  items. FFO is presented because the Company considers FFO to be a
useful measure of the operating  performance of a REIT which,  together with net
income and cash flows, provides investors with a basis to evaluate the operating
and cash flow  performances of a REIT. FFO does not represent net income or cash
flows from  operations as defined by GAAP. FFO does not take into  consideration
scheduled principal payments on debt and capital improvements.  Accordingly, FFO
is not  necessarily  a  substitute  for cash flow or net  income as a measure of
liquidity or operating  performance or ability to make  acquisitions and capital
improvements or ability to pay distributions or debt principal  payments.  Also,
FFO as  computed  and  disclosed  by the Company  may not be  comparable  to FFO
computed and disclosed by other REITs.

Funds from operations for the Company is computed as follows:

                                                      Six months ended June 30,
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                         1998            1997
                                                   -------------   -------------
Net income........................................ $  11,376,000   $  1,477,000
Minority interest in income.......................     5,683,000      4,392,000
Depreciation and amortization.....................     6,556,000      2,015,000
                                                   -------------   -------------
  Subtotal........................................    23,615,000      7,884,000
FFO allocated to minority interests...............    (7,867,000)    (5,900,000)
                                                   -------------   -------------
Funds from operations allocated to shareholders... $  15,748,000   $  1,984,000
                                                   =============   =============

DISTRIBUTIONS:  The  Company  has  elected  and intends to qualify as a REIT for
federal  income tax  purposes.  As a REIT,  the Company  must meet,  among other
tests,  sources of income, share ownership and certain asset tests. In addition,
the  Company  is not  taxed  on that  portion  of its  taxable  income  which is
distributed to its shareholders provided that at least 95% of its taxable income
is so distributed to its shareholders prior to filing of its tax return.

On August 6, 1998,  the Company  declared a regular  dividend of $0.25 per share
payable on September 30, 1998 to  shareholders  of record on September 15, 1998.
This  reflects a decrease  from  $0.34 per  common  share  which was paid to the
previous  shareholders  of  Public  Storage  Properties  XI,  Inc.  The Board of
Directors  has  established a  distribution  policy to maximize the retention of
operating  cash flow and only  distribute  the minimum  amount  required for the
Company to maintain its tax status as a REIT.


                                       23
<PAGE>

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

Item 2.  Changes in Securities and Use of Proceeds

         (c) On May 6, 1998, the Registrant sold in a private placement pursuant
to Section  4(2) of the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  an  aggregate of
4,588,885  shares of its common stock for an aggregate amount of $104,999,911 in
cash to the  following  institutional  investors:  State of Michigan  Retirement
Systems,  Cohen  &  Steers  Capital  Management,   Inc.,  Morgan  Stanley  Asset
Management,  Harvard  Private  Capital  Realty,  Inc.,  ABKB/LaSalle  Securities
Limited  Partnership,   Fidelity  Real  Estate  Investment  Portfolio,  Stanford
University,  The Fidelity REIT Collective Pool, State Employees' Retirement Fund
of the State of Delaware and J.W. McConnell Family Foundation.

Item 5.  Other Information

         (a)      Appointment of Executive Officers
                  ---------------------------------

                    On June 8, 1998,  Jack E.  Corrigan  became Vice  President,
Chief  Financial  Officer and Secretary of the  Registrant  and J. Michael Lynch
became  Vice  President  -  Director  of  Acquisitions  and  Development  of the
Registrant.

                    Jack E. Corrigan,  age 38, is a certified public accountant.
From  February  1991  until  June  1998,  Mr.  Corrigan  was a partner of LaRue,
Corrigan & McCormick with responsibility for the audit and accounting  practice.
He was Controller of Storage Equities,  Inc., now known as Public Storage, Inc.,
from 1989  until  February  1991 and was also a Vice  President  from 1990 until
February 1991.

                    J. Michael Lynch, age 45, was Vice President of Acquisitions
and  Development  of Nottingham  Properties,  Inc. from 1995 until May 1998. Mr.
Lynch has 16 years of real estate  experience,  primarily  in  acquisitions  and
development.  From 1988 until 1995, he was a development project manager for The
Parkway  Companies.  From 1983  until  1988,  Mr.  Lynch was an  Assistant  Vice
President, Real Estate Investment Department of First Wachovia Corporation.

         (b)      Credit Agreement
                  ----------------

                    On August 6, 1998, PS Business  Parks,  L.P.  entered into a
$100 million  Revolving  Credit  Agreement  with a bank.  The  Revolving  Credit
Agreement is attached hereto as Exhibit 10.5 and is incorporated  herein by this
reference.

                                       24
<PAGE>

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

Item 6.    Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K

          (a)     The following exhibits are included herein:

          (10.1)  Agreement of Limited  Partnership of PS Business  Parks,  L.P.
                  dated as of March 17, 1998.

          (10.2)  Registration  Rights  Agreement  dated  as of March  17,  1998
                  between PS Business Parks,  Inc. and Acquiport Two Corporation
                  ("Acquiport Registration Rights Agreement").

          (10.3)  Letter dated May 20, 1998  relating to Acquiport  Registration
                  Rights Agreement.

          (10.4)  Employment  Agreement  between PS Business Parks,  Inc. and J.
                  Michael Lynch dated as of May 20, 1998.

          (10.5)  Revolving  Credit  Agreement  dated  August 6,  1998  among PS
                  Business Parks, L.P., Wells Fargo Bank, National  Association,
                  as Agent, and the Lenders named therein.

          (11)    Statement re: Computation of Earnings per Share

          (12)    Statement  re:  Computation  of  Ratio  of  Earnings  to Fixed
                  Charges

          (27)    Financial Data Schedule

          (b)     Reports on Form 8-K

               The  Registrant  filed a Current Report on Form 8-K/A dated April
17, 1998 (amending Form 8-K dated March 17, 1998) pursuant to Item 7 which filed
financial  statements for PS Business Parks, Inc.  (successor to American Office
Park Properties, Inc.).

               The  Registrant  filed a Current  Report on Form 8-K dated May 4,
1998  (filed  May  14,  1998)  pursuant  to  Items 2 and 7  which  reported  the
acquisition  of properties  from  affiliates of Principal  Mutual Life and filed
financial statements for those properties.

               The  Registrant  filed a Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 20,
1998  pursuant  to  Item  5  which  filed  certain  exhibits   relating  to  the
Registrant's public offering of 4,000,000 shares of common stock.

               The  Registrant  filed a Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 27,
1998  pursuant  to  Item  5  which  filed  certain  exhibits   relating  to  the
Registrant's public offering of 1,025,800 shares of common stock.

                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934,  the
Registrant  has duly  caused  this  report  to be  signed  on its  behalf by the
undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

                                 Dated:  August 14, 1998



                                 PS BUSINESS PARKS, INC.
                                 BY: /s/ Jack Corrigan
                                     ------------------
                                     Jack Corrigan
                                     Vice President and Chief Financial Officer


  

                                     25
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                            PS BUSINESS PARKS, INC.
          Exhibit 11: Statement re: Computation of Earnings per Share


                                                                For the Three Months Ended      For the Six Months Ended
                                                                         June 30,                       June 30,
                                                               ------------------------------------------------------------
Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share:                              1998            1997           1998            1997
                                                               -----------   --------------  --------------   -------------
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>              <C>            <C>
Net income and net income allocable to
   common shareholders (same for Basic and
   Diluted computations)................................       $7,046,000      $  795,000     $11,376,000     $1,477,000
                                                               ===========   =============   ==============   =============

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

   Basic - weighted average common shares outstanding...       18,649,693       2,197,779     14,926,093       2,185,569
   Net effect of dilutive stock options - based on treasury
     stock method using average market price............           60,883               -         51,683               -
                                                               -----------   --------------  --------------   -------------

   Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding...       18,710,576       2,197,779     14,977,776       2,185,569
                                                               ===========   =============   ==============   =============

Basic earnings per common share.........................       $     0.38      $     0.36     $     0.76      $     0.68
                                                               ===========   =============   ==============   =============
Diluted earnings per common share.......................       $     0.38      $     0.36     $     0.76      $     0.68
                                                               ===========   =============   ==============   =============

</TABLE>
                                   Exhibit 11
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             PS BUSINESS PARKS, INC.
           Exhibit 12: Statement re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings
                                to Fixed Charges


                                                                                  Six Months Ended
                                                                                      June 30,
                                                                      --------------------------------------------
                                                                            1998                     1997
                                                                      ----------------          --------------
                                                                           (Amounts in thousands, except ratios)

<S>                                                                   <C>                     <C>        
      Net income                                                      $    11,376             $     1,477
      Add:  minority interest                                               5,683                   4,392
      Less:  minority interest that does not have fixed
        charges                                                                 -                  (4,392)
                                                                      ----------------          --------------
                
                                                                           17,059                   1,477

        Add:  Interest expense                                              1,069                   -
                                                                      ----------------          --------------
      Earnings available to cover fixed charges                       $    18,128             $     1,477
                                                                      ================          ==============

      Fixed charges (interest expense)                                $     1,069             $     -
                                                                      ================          ==============

      Ratio of earnings to fixed charges                                    16.96                   NA
                                                                      ================          ==============
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                Year Ended December 31,
                                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        1997             1996            1995             1994            1993
                                    -----------      -----------     -----------      -----------     -----------
                                                         (Amounts in thousands, except ratios)


<S>                                 <C>              <C>             <C>              <C>             <C>        
Net income before taxes             $     3,836      $       519     $     1,192      $     1,245     $     1,517
Minority interest                         8,566                -               -                -               -
                                    -----------      -----------     -----------      -----------     -----------
                                         12,402              519           1,192            1,245           1,517

   Interest expense                           1                -               -                -               -
                                    -----------      -----------     -----------      -----------     -----------
Earnings available to cover
   fixed charges                    $    12,403      $       519     $     1,192      $     1,245     $     1,517
                                    ===========      ===========     ===========      ===========     ===========

Fixed charges - interest expense    $         1      $         -     $         -      $         -     $         -
                                    ===========      ===========     ===========      ===========     ===========
Ratio of earnings to fixed
   charges                               12,403               NA              NA               NA              NA
                                    ===========      ===========     ===========      ===========     ===========
</TABLE>
                                 Exhibit 12


                                                                    Exhibit 10.1


                        AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                                       OF
                             PS BUSINESS PARKS, L.P.



[Exhibits to this Agreement have been omitted and will be furnished to the
Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.]

<PAGE>

                        AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                                       OF
                             PS BUSINESS PARKS, L.P.


        This AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP ("Agreement"), dated as of March
17, 1998, of PS BUSINESS PARKS, L.P. (the "Partnership") is entered into by and
among PS BUSINESS PARKS, INC., a California corporation (the "General Partner"),
and the Persons whose names are set forth on the attached Exhibit A as the
Limited Partners, together with any other Persons who become Partners in the
Partnership as provided below.

        A. Effective on March 17, 1998, the General Partner (American Office
Park Properties, Inc.) merged with and into Public Storage Properties XI, Inc.,
and the name of Public Storage Properties XI, Inc. (which became the General
Partner of the Partnership) was changed to PS Business Parks, Inc. In that
merger, each outstanding share of common stock of American Office Park
Properties, Inc. was converted into 1.18 shares of common stock of PS Business
Parks, Inc.

        B. This Agreement amends and restates in its entirety that certain
Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of American Office
Park Properties, L.P., dated as of February 24, 1998 in order to: reflect the
change in the General Partner, change the name of the Partnership to PS Business
Parks, L.P., and convert each outstanding Unit into 1.18 Units (as reflected on
the attached Exhibit A).

        C. The Partners desire to ratify the formation of the Partnership, and
to set forth their respective rights and duties relating to the Partnership on
the terms as provided in this Agreement.

        The parties agree as follows:

                                1. DEFINED TERMS

        The following definitions shall be applied to the terms used in this
Agreement for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary.

        "Act" means the California Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, as
it may be amended from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

        "Additional Funds" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
4.1(b)(1).

        "Additional Limited Partner" means a Person admitted to the Partnership
as a Limited Partner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and who is
shown as such on the books and records of the Partnership.

        "Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, (a) any Person directly
or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such
Person, (b) any Person owning or controlling 10 percent or more of the
outstanding voting interests of such Person, (c) any Person of which such Person
owns or controls 10 percent or more of the voting interest, or (d) any officer,
director, general partner or trustee of such Person or any Person referred to in
clauses (a), (b) and (c) above.

        "Agreement" means this Agreement of Limited Partnership, as it may be
amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

        "Articles of Incorporation" means the Restated Articles of Incorporation
of the General Partner filed with the Office of the Secretary of State of the
State of California on March 17, 1998, as amended or restated from time to time,
or the articles of incorporation, as amended, of any permitted successor by
merger to the General Partner.

        "Assignee" means a Person to whom one or more Partnership Units (as
defined below) have been transferred in a manner permitted under this Agreement,
but who has not become a Substituted Limited Partner, and who has the rights set
forth in Section 11.5.

        "Available Cash" means with respect to any period for which such
calculation is being made:

        (a) all cash revenues and funds received by the Partnership from
    whatever source (excluding the proceeds of any capital contribution) plus
    the amount of any reduction (including, without limitation, a reduction
    resulting because the General Partner determines such amounts are no longer
    necessary) in reserves, working capital accounts or other cash or similar
    balances of the Partnership referred to in clause (b)(iv) below;

        (b) less the sum of the following (except to the extent made with the
    proceeds of any capital contribution):

            (i) all interest, principal and other debt payments made during such
        period by the Partnership,

            (ii) all cash expenditures (including capital expenditures) made by
        the Partnership during such period,

            (iii) investments in any entity (including loans made to the entity)
        to the extent that such investments are not otherwise described in
        clauses (b)(i) or (ii), and

            (iv) the amount of any increase during such period in reserves,
        working capital accounts or other cash or similar balances that the
        General Partner determines is necessary or appropriate to meet the needs
        of the Partnership in its sole and absolute discretion.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Available Cash shall not include any cash
received or reductions in reserves, or take into account any disbursements made
or reserves established, after commencement of the dissolution and liquidation
of the Partnership.

        "Business Day" means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on
which commercial banks in Los Angeles, California are authorized or required by
law to close.

        "Capital Account" means the Capital Account maintained for a Partner
pursuant to Section 4.4.

        "Certificate" means the Certificate of Limited Partnership relating to
the Partnership filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of
California, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement and the Act.

        "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any
reference in this Agreement to a specific section or sections of the Code shall
be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of future law.

        "Common Shares" means the shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value per
share, of the General Partner.

        "Event of Dissolution" has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1.

        "General Partner" means PS Business Parks, Inc., a California
corporation, or its successors as a general partner of the Partnership.

        "General Partnership Interest" means a Partnership Interest held by a
General Partner with respect to its interest as a general partner of the
Partnership. For purposes of allocations and distributions, but not for voting
purposes, a General Partnership Interest may be expressed as a number of
Partnership Units.

        "IRS" means the Internal Revenue Service of the United States.

        "Incapacity" or "Incapacitated" means:

        (a) as to any Partner who is a natural person death or total physical
    disability, as reasonably determined by the General Partner or by an entry
    by a court of competent jurisdiction adjudicating such Partner as
    incompetent to manage his or her Person or estate,

        (b) as to any corporation that is a Partner, the filing of a certificate
    of dissolution,

        (c) as to any partnership or limited liability company that is a
    Partner, the dissolution and commencement of winding up of the partnership
    or limited liability company,

        (d) as to any estate that is a Partner, the distribution by the
    fiduciary of the estate's entire interest in the Partnership,

        (e) as to any trustee of a trust that is a Partner, the termination of
    the trust (but not the substitution of a new trustee) or

        (f) as to any Partner, the bankruptcy of such Partner. For purposes of
    this definition, bankruptcy of a Partner shall be deemed to have occurred
    when

            (i) the Partner commences a voluntary proceeding seeking
        liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any bankruptcy,
        insolvency or similar law now or later in effect,

            (ii) the Partner executes and delivers a general assignment for the
        benefit of the Partner's creditors,

            (iii) the Partner files an answer or other pleading admitting or
        failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against
        the Partner in any voluntary or involuntary, proceeding under any
        bankruptcy, or similar law now or later in effect,

            (iv) the Partner seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment
        of a trustee, receiver or liquidator for the Partner or for all or any
        substantial part of the Partner's properties,

            (v) any involuntary proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization
        or other relief under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law
        now or later in effect has not been dismissed within 60 days after its
        commencement,

            (vi) the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator that has
        not been vacated or stayed within 90 days of such appointment, or

            (vii) an appointment referred to in clause (vi) is not vacated
        within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay.

        "Indemnitee" means:

        (a) any Person made a party to a proceeding by reason of his or her
    status as (i) a General Partner, (ii) a Limited Partner, or (iii) an officer
    of the Partnership or of the General Partner, and

        (b) such other Persons (including Affiliates of the General Partner or
    the Partnership) as the General Partner may designate from time to time
    (whether before or after the event giving rise to potential liability), in
    its sole and absolute discretion.

        "Limited Partner" means any Person named as a Limited Partner in Exhibit
A attached to this Agreement, as such Exhibit may be amended from time to time,
or any Substituted Limited Partner or Additional Limited Partner, in such
Person's capacity as a Limited Partner in the Partnership.

        "Limited Partnership Interest" means a Partnership Interest of a Limited
Partner (and any Partnership Interest of the General Partner other than the
General Partnership Interest) in the Partnership representing a fractional part
of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners.

        "Liquidator" has the meaning set forth in Section 13.2.

        "New Securities" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(c).

        "Notice of Redemption" means the Notice of Redemption substantially in
the form of Exhibit B to this Agreement.

        "Option Plans" means the option plans for Common Shares or Units, as the
case may be, restricted share plans or employee benefit plans established by the
General Partner or the Partnership.

        "Partner" means a General Partner or a Limited Partner, and "Partners"
means the General Partner and the Limited Partners.

        "Partnership" means the limited partnership formed under the Act and
pursuant to this Agreement, and any successor to that limited partnership.

        "Partnership Interest" means an ownership interest in the Partnership
and includes any and all benefits to which the holder of such a Partnership
Interest may be entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all
obligations of such Person to comply with the terms and provisions of this
Agreement. A Partnership Interest may be expressed as a number of Partnership
Units.

        "Partnership Record Date" means the record date established by the
General Partner either (a) for the distribution of Available Cash pursuant to
Section 5.1, which shall be the same as the record date established by the
General Partner for a distribution to its shareholders of some or all of its
portion of such distribution, or (b) for determining the Partners entitled to
vote on or consent to any proposed action for which the consent or approval of
the Partners is sought.

        "Partnership Unit" or "Unit" means a fractional, undivided share of the
Partnership Interests of all Partners issued pursuant to Sections 4.1 and 4.2,
in such number as set forth on Exhibit A, as such Exhibit may be amended from
time to time, and as such numbers may be adjusted as a result of changes in the
Unit Adjustment Factor. The ownership of Partnership Units may be evidenced by a
non-transferable, non-negotiable certificate for Units substantially in the form
attached as Exhibit C.

        "Partnership Year" means the fiscal year of the Partnership, which shall
be the calendar year.

        "Percentage Interest" means, as to a Partner, its interest in the
Partnership as determined by dividing the Partnership Units owned by such
Partner by the total number of Partnership Units then outstanding and as
specified in the attached Exhibit A, as such Exhibit may be amended from time to
time.

        "Person" means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited
liability company, association, trust, estate or other entity or organization.

        "Preferred Shares" shall mean the shares of Non-Voting Preferred Stock,
$.01 par value per share, of the General Partner.

        "Profit" and "Loss" have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(f).

        "Redeeming Partner" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.6(a).

        "Redemption Amount" means an amount of cash per Partnership Unit equal
to the Value on the Valuation Date of the Common Shares that the Redeeming
Partner being redeemed would have been entitled to receive if the General
Partner were to assume the Partnership's obligation to redeem Partnership Units
of such Redeeming Partner pursuant to Section 8.6(d) by issuing Common Shares.

        "Redemption Right" has the meaning set forth in Section 8.6(a).

        "Regulations" means the Income Tax Regulations promulgated under the
Code, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including
corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

        "REIT" means a real estate investment trust under Section 856 of the
Code.

        "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as the same shall be
amended from time to time.

        "Shares" means any Common Shares issued to a Limited Partner upon
conversion of such Limited Partner's Units pursuant to Section 8.6(d).

        "Shares Amount" means a number of Common Shares equal to the number of
Partnership Units (as appropriately adjusted pursuant to changes in the Unit
Adjustment Factor) offered for redemption by a Redeeming Partner; provided that,
if the General Partner issues to all holders of Common Shares rights, options,
warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities entitling such holders to
subscribe for or purchase Shares or any other securities or property
(collectively, the "rights"), then the Shares Amount shall also include such
rights that a holder of that number of Shares would be entitled to receive.

        "Specified Redemption Date" means the tenth Business Day after receipt
by the General Partner of a Notice of Redemption.

        "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any corporation or other
entity of which a majority of (a) the voting power of the voting equity
securities or (b) the outstanding equity interests is owned, directly or
indirectly, by such Person.

        "Substituted Limited Partner" means a Person who is admitted as a
Limited Partner to the Partnership pursuant to Section 11.4.

        "Unit Adjustment Factor" means initially 1.0 provided that in the event
that the General Partner

        (a) declares or pays a dividend on its outstanding Common Shares in
    Common Shares or makes a distribution to all holders of its outstanding
    Common Shares in Common Shares,

        (b) subdivides its outstanding Common Shares or

        (c) combines its outstanding Common Shares into a smaller number of
    Common Shares,

the Unit Adjustment Factor shall be adjusted to be a fraction, the numerator of
which shall be the number of Common Shares issued and outstanding on the record
date for such dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination (assuming for
such purposes that such dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination has
occurred as of such time), and the denominator of which shall be the actual
number of Common Shares (determined without the above assumption) issued and
outstanding on the record date for such dividend, distribution, subdivision or
combination. If another entity shall become the General Partner (the "Successor
Entity"), the Unit Adjustment Factor shall be adjusted to be a fraction, the
numerator of which is the value of one share of the predecessor General Partner,
determined as of the date when the Successor Entity becomes the General Partner,
and the denominator of which is the value of one share of the Successor Entity,
determined as of that same date. The Board of Directors of the General Partner
shall determine when an adjustment to the Unit Adjustment Factor is necessary.
The Board's determination as to whether an adjustment is necessary and the
amount of such adjustment shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Any
adjustment to the Unit Adjustment Factor shall become effective immediately
after the effective date of such event retroactive to the record date, if any,
for such event (provided, however, if a Notice of Redemption is given prior to
such a record date but the Specified Redemption Date is after the record date,
then the change in the Unit Adjustment Factor with respect to that Redeeming
Partner shall be retroactive to the date of the Notice of Redemption). In the
event of any change in the Unit Adjustment Factor, the number of Partnership
Units held by each Partner shall be proportionately adjusted by multiplying the
number of Partnership Units held by such Partner immediately prior to the change
in the Unit Adjustment Factor by the new Unit Adjustment Factor; the intent of
this provision is for one Partnership Unit to remain exchangeable for one Common
Share without dilution.

        "Valuation Date" means the date of receipt by the General Partner of a
Notice of Redemption or, if such date is not a Business Day, the first
subsequent Business Day.

        "Value" means, with respect to a Common Share, the average of the daily
market price for the ten (10) consecutive trading days immediately preceding the
Valuation Date. The market price for each such trading day shall be:

        (a) if the Common Shares are listed or admitted to trading on any
    securities exchange or the Nasdaq National Market, the closing price,
    regular way, on such day, or if no such sale takes place on such day, the
    average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day;

        (b) if the Common Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on any
    securities exchange or the Nasdaq National Market, the last reported sale
    price on such day or, if no sale takes place on such day, the average of the
    closing bid and asked prices on such day, as reported by a reliable
    quotation source designated by the General Partner; or

        (c) if the Common Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on any
    securities exchange or the Nasdaq National Market and no such last reported
    sale price or closing bid and asked prices are available, the average of the
    reported high bid and low asked prices on such day, as reported by a
    reliable quotation source designated by the General Partner, or if there
    shall be no bid and asked prices on such day, the average of the high bid
    and low asked prices, as so reported, on the most recent day (not more than
    10 days prior to the date in question) for which prices have been so
    reported; provided that if there are no bid and asked prices reported during
    the 10 days prior to the date in question, the Value of the Common Shares
    shall be determined by the General Partner acting in good faith on the basis
    of such quotations and other information as it considers, in its reasonable
    judgment, appropriate.

If a holder of Common Shares would be entitled to receive rights to purchase
Common Shares ("Common Share Rights") issued to all holders of Common Shares,
then the Value of such Common Share Rights shall be determined by the General
Partner acting in good faith on the basis of such quotations and other
information as it considers, in its reasonable judgment, appropriate.

                            2. ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

        2.1 Organization and Formation: Application of Act.

            (a) Organization and Formation of Partnership. The General Partner
and the Limited Partners ratify the formation and continuation of the
Partnership as a limited partnership according to all of the terms and
provisions of this Agreement and otherwise in accordance with the Act. The
General Partner is the sole general partner and the Limited Partners are the
sole limited partners of the Partnership.

            (b) Application of Act. The Partnership is a limited partnership
subject to the provisions of the Act and the terms and conditions set forth in
this Agreement. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement to the contrary,
the rights and obligations of the Partners and the administration and
termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Act. No Partner has any
interest in any Partnership Property, and the Partnership Interest of each
Partner shall be personal property for all purposes.

        2.2 Name. The name of the Partnership is PS Business Parks, L.P. The
Partnership's business may be conducted under any other name or names deemed
advisable by the General Partner, including the name of the General Partner or
any Affiliate of the General Partner. The words "Limited Partnership," "L.P.,"
"Ltd." or similar words or letters shall be included in the Partnership's name
where necessary for the purposes of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction
that so requires. The General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion may
change the name of the Partnership at any time and from time to time and shall
notify the Limited Partners of such change in the next regular communication to
the Limited Partners; provided that the name of the Partnership may not be
changed to include the name of any Limited Partner without the written consent
of that Limited Partner.

        2.3 Principal Office. The address of the principal office of the
Partnership shall be located at 701 Western Avenue, Glendale, California 91201,
or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by
notice to the Limited Partners. The Partnership may maintain offices at such
other place or places within or outside the State of California as the General
Partner deems advisable.

        2.4 Term. The term of the Partnership commenced as of January 1, 1997,
and shall continue until December 31, 2096, unless it is dissolved sooner
pursuant to the provisions of Article 13 or as otherwise provided by law.



                                   3. PURPOSE

        3.1 Purpose and Business. The purpose and nature of the business to be
conducted by the Partnership is:

        (a) to conduct any business that may be lawfully conducted by a limited
    partnership organized pursuant to the Act,

        (b) to enter into any partnership, joint venture or other similar
    arrangement to engage in any of the foregoing or the ownership of interests
    in any entity engaged in (directly or indirectly) any of the foregoing and

        (c) to do anything necessary or incidental to the foregoing;

provided, however, that each of the foregoing clauses (a), (b) and (c) shall be
limited and conducted in such a manner as to permit the General Partner at all
times to be classified as a REIT, unless the General Partner provides notice to
the Partnership that it intends to cease or has ceased to qualify as a REIT. The
Partners acknowledge that the status of the General Partner as a REIT inures to
the benefit of all Partners and not solely to the benefit of the General Partner
and its affiliates.

        3.2 Powers. The Partnership is empowered to do any and all acts and
things necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to or convenient
for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described in
this Agreement and for the protection and benefit of the Partnership; provided
that the Partnership shall not take, or refrain from taking, any action that, in
the judgment of the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, (a)
could adversely affect the ability of the General Partner to continue to qualify
as a REIT, (b) could subject the General Partner to any additional taxes under
Section 857 or Section 4981 of the Code or (c) could violate any law or
regulation of any governmental body or agency having jurisdiction over the
General Partner or its securities, unless such action (or inaction) shall have
been specifically consented to by the General Partner in writing.

        3.3 Partnership Only for Purposes Specified. The Partnership shall be a
partnership only for the purposes specified in Section 3.1, and this Agreement
shall not be deemed to create a partnership among the Partners with respect to
any activities whatsoever other than the activities within the purposes of the
Partnership as specified in Section 3.1. Except as otherwise provided in this
Agreement, no Partner shall have any authority to act for, bind, commit or
assume any obligation or responsibility on behalf of the Partnership, its
properties or any other Partner. No Partner, in its capacity as a Partner under
this Agreement, shall be responsible or liable for any indebtedness or
obligation of another Partner, nor shall the Partnership be responsible or
liable for any indebtedness or obligation of any Partner, incurred either before
or after the execution and delivery of this Agreement by such Partner, except as
to those responsibilities, liabilities, indebtedness or obligations incurred
pursuant to and as limited by the terms of this Agreement and the Act.

        3.4 Representations and Warranties by the Parties.

            (a) Each Partner that is an individual represents and warrants to
each other Partner that:

                (i) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
    Agreement to be performed by such Partner will not result in a breach or
    violation of or a default under, any agreement by which such Partner or any
    of such Partner's property is or are bound, or any statute, regulation,
    order or other law to which such Partner is subject, and

                (ii) such Partner shall inform the Partnership whether such
    Partner is a "foreign person" within the meaning of Section 1445(f) of the
    Code.

            (b) Each Partner that is not an individual represents and warrants
to each other Partner that:

                (i) all transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be
    performed by it have been duly authorized by all necessary action, including
    without limitation, that of its general partner(s), committee(s),
    trustee(s), beneficiaries, directors and/or shareholder(s), as the case may
    be, as required,

                (ii) the consummation of such transactions shall not result in a
    breach or violation of, or a default under, its partnership agreement, trust
    agreement, charter or by-laws, as the case may be, any agreement by which
    such Partner or any of such Partner's properties or any of its partners,
    beneficiaries, trustees or shareholders, as the case may be, is or are
    bound, or any statute, regulation, order or other law to which such Partner
    or any of its partners, trustees, beneficiaries or shareholders, as the case
    may be, is or are subject and

                (iii) such Partner shall inform the Partnership whether such
    Partner is a "foreign person" within the meaning of Section 1445(f) of the
    Code.

            (c) Each Limited Partner further represents, warrants and agrees
that, it does not and will not, without the prior written consent of the General
Partner, actually own or constructively own (under the attribution rules of Code
Section 318, as modified by Code Section 856(d)(5)) stock of any corporation, or
an interest in the assets and profits of any other entity, from which the
General Partner or the Partnership, directly or indirectly, derives material
rental income from real property that would be excluded from "rents from real
property" pursuant to Code Section 856(d)(2)(B).

            (d) Upon the request of the General Partner, each Limited Partner
will disclose to the General Partner the amount of Common Shares or other shares
of capital stock of the General Partner that it actually owns or constructively
owns and shall further disclose to the General Partner any ownership in the
stock, assets or net profits of any corporation or other entity from which the
General Partner or the Partnership, directly or indirectly, derives material
rental income from real property.

            (e) Each Partner represents and warrants that it is an "accredited
investor" as defined in Rule 501 promulgated under the Securities Act. Each
Partner represents, warrants and agrees that it has acquired and continues to
hold its interest in the Partnership for its own account for investment only and
not for the purpose of, or with a view toward, the resale or distribution of all
or any part of that interest, nor with a view toward selling or otherwise
distributing such interest or any part of that interest at any particular time
or under any predetermined circumstances. Each Partner further represents and
warrants that it is a sophisticated investor, able and accustomed to handling
sophisticated financial matters for itself, particularly real estate
investments, and that it has a sufficiently high net worth that it does not
anticipate a need for the funds it has invested in the Partnership in what it
understands to be a highly speculative and illiquid investment.

            (f) The representations and warranties contained in this Section 3.4
shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement by each Partner and
the dissolution, liquidation and termination of the Partnership.

            (g) Each Partner acknowledges that no representations as to
potential profit, distributions, cash flows, funds from operations or yield, if
any, in respect of the Partnership or the General Partner have been made by any
Partner or any employee or representative or Affiliate of any Partner, and that
projections and any other information, including, without limitation, financial
and descriptive information and documentation, that may have been in any manner
submitted to such Partner shall not constitute any representation or warranty of
any kind or nature, express or implied.

                            4. CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS;
                                ISSUANCE OF UNITS;
                                 CAPITAL ACCOUNTS

        4.1 Capital Contributions of the Partners.

            (a) Initial Capital Contributions. At the time of the execution of
this Agreement, the Partners shall make or shall have made the capital
contributions set forth in Exhibit A to this Agreement. The Partners shall own
Partnership Units in the amounts set forth in Exhibit A and shall have a
Percentage Interest in the Partnership as set forth in Exhibit A, which
Percentage Interest shall be adjusted in Exhibit A from time to time by the
General Partner to the extent necessary to reflect accurately redemptions,
conversions, capital contributions, the issuance of additional Partnership
Units, transfers of Partnership Interests permitted under Article 11, or similar
events having an effect on a Partner's Percentage Interest. Sixty-six Thousand,
Eight Hundred and Eighty-five (66,885) Partnership Units held by the General
Partner (representing one percent (1%) of all outstanding Partnership Units as
of the date of the initial capital contributions to the Partnership) shall be
deemed to be the General Partnership Interest.

            (b) Additional Capital Contributions.

                (1) No Partner shall be assessed or, except as provided for in
Sections 4.1(b)(2) below, and except for any such amounts that a Limited Partner
may be obligated to repay under Section 10.5 (withholding provision), be
required to contribute additional funds or other property to the Partnership.
Any additional funds or other property required by the Partnership, as
determined by the General Partner in its sole discretion ("Additional Funds"),
may, at the option of the General Partner and without an obligation to do so
(except as provided for in Section 4.1(b)(2)), be contributed by the General
Partner as additional capital contributions. If and as the General Partner or
any other Partner makes additional capital contributions to the Partnership,
each such Partner shall receive additional Partnership Units as provided for in
Section 4.2.

                (2) The proceeds of any and all funds raised by or through the
General Partner through the issuance of additional shares of the General Partner
(whether Common Shares or Preferred Shares) shall be contributed to the
Partnership as additional capital contributions, and in such event the General
Partner shall be issued additional Partnership Units pursuant to Section 4.2
below. In any such case, if the proceeds so contributed are less than the gross
proceeds of the issuance (i.e., due to any underwriter's discount or other
expenses incurred in connection with the issuance), the General Partner's
capital contribution shall be deemed to equal the amount of the gross proceeds
(i.e., the net proceeds actually contributed, plus any underwriter's discount or
other expenses incurred, and any such discount or expense shall be deemed to
have been incurred on behalf of the Partnership).

            (c) Return of Capital Contributions. Except as otherwise expressly
provided in this Agreement, the capital contribution of each Limited Partner
will be returned to that Partner only in the manner and to the extent provided
in Article 5 and Article 13, and no Partner may withdraw from the Partnership or
otherwise have any right to demand or receive the return of its capital
contribution to the Partnership (as such), except as specifically provided in
this Agreement. Under circumstances requiring a return of any capital
contribution, no Partner shall have the right to receive property other than
cash, except as specifically provided in this Agreement. No Partner shall be
entitled to interest on any capital contribution or Capital Account
notwithstanding any disproportion between the Partners in their capital
contributions or Capital Accounts. Except as specifically provided in this
Agreement, the General Partner shall not be liable for the return of any portion
of the capital contribution of any Limited Partner, and the return of such
capital contribution shall be made solely from Partnership assets.

            (d) Liability of Limited Partners. No Limited Partner shall have any
further personal liability to contribute money to, or in respect of, the
liabilities or the obligations of the Partnership, nor shall any Limited Partner
be personally liable for any obligations of the Partnership, except as otherwise
provided in this Article 4 or in the Act. No Limited Partner shall be required
to make any contributions to the capital of the Partnership other than its
initial capital contribution.

            (e) No Obligations for Deficit Capital Accounts. If any Partner has
a deficit balance in its Capital Account (after giving effect to all
contributions, distributions and allocations for all taxable years, including
those during any year in which a liquidation occurs), such Partner shall have no
obligation at the time of liquidation or otherwise to make any contribution to
the capital of the Partnership with respect to that deficit, and the deficit
shall not be considered a debt owed to the Partnership or to any other Person
for any purpose.

        4.2 Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests.

            (a) Issuances In General. The General Partner is authorized to cause
the Partnership to issue such additional Partnership Units or other Partnership
Interests for any Partnership purpose at any time or from time to time,
including Units in one or more series of any classes, with such designations,
preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights,
powers and duties, including rights, powers and duties senior to other
Partnership Interests, all as shall be determined by the General Partner,
subject to California law, including, without limitation, with respect to (i)
the allocations of items of Partnership income, gain, loss, deduction and credit
to each such class or series of Partnership Interests, (ii) the right of each
such class or series of Partnership Interests to share in Partnership
distributions, and (iii) the rights of each class or series of Partnership
Interests upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership, for such
consideration and on such terms and conditions as shall be established by the
General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion, all without the approval of
any Limited Partners except to the extent specifically provided in this
Agreement. The General Partner may also amend the Agreement to provide for the
issuance of Partnership Units the Redemption Right of which will relate to
Preferred Shares on such terms as are determined by the General Partner.

            (b) Issuance to the General Partner. In the case of the issuance of
additional Partnership Units or other Partnership Interests to the General
Partner: (i) the agreement to issue the additional Partnership Interests must
arise in connection with an issuance of or agreement to issue shares of the
General Partner, which shares have designations, preferences and other rights,
all such that the economic interests are substantially similar to the
designations, preferences and other rights of the additional Partnership
Interests that would be issued to the General Partner in accordance with this
Section 4.2(b), and (ii) the General Partner shall agree to make a capital
contribution to the Partnership in an amount equal to the proceeds raised in
connection with the issuance of such shares of the General Partner. For this
purpose, if the General Partner merges with another entity, assets of the other
entity acquired as a result of the merger shall be treated as acquired by the
General Partner in connection with the "issuance" of the shares held by the
other entities' shareholders in the surviving entity.

            (c) Issuance of Additional Shares. The General Partner is explicitly
authorized to issue additional Common Shares or Preferred Shares of the General
Partner, or rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities
containing the right to subscribe for or purchase Common Shares and Preferred
Shares ("New Securities") and in connection with the issuance: (i) the General
Partner shall contribute the proceeds from the issuance of such New Securities
and from the exercise of rights contained in such New Securities to the
Partnership or agree as provided in Section 7.6 at the option of the Partnership
to make such a contribution, and (ii) upon the contribution, the Partnership
shall issue to the General Partner, Partnership Interests or rights, options,
warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities of the Partnership having
designations, preferences and other rights, all such that the economic interests
are substantially similar to those of the New Securities. In connection with the
issuance of Partnership Interests that are substantially similar to New
Securities, the General Partner is authorized to modify or amend the
distributions or allocations under this Agreement solely to the extent necessary
to give effect to the designations, preferences and other rights pertaining to
such Partnership Interests.

            (d) Forfeiture of Shares. If the Partnership or the General Partner
acquires Common Shares as a result of the forfeiture of such Common Shares under
a restricted or similar share plan, then the General Partner shall cause the
Partnership to cancel that number of Partnership Units equal to the number of
Common Shares so acquired, and, if the Partnership acquired such Common Shares,
it shall transfer such Common Shares to the General Partner for cancellation.

            (e) Issuance Pursuant to Option Plans.

                (1) Upon the exercise of an option to acquire Common Shares of
the General Partner that is granted by the Partnership or the General Partner,
the optionee shall transfer the exercise price to the Partnership, and the
Partnership shall purchase from the General Partner for fair market value at the
time of exercise the number of Common Shares with respect to which options were
exercised and shall transfer the shares to the optionee. The General Partner
shall immediately transfer the proceeds received for the Common Shares to the
Partnership in exchange for a number of Units equal to the number of Common
Shares sold.

                (2) The General Partner shall cause the Partnership to issue
Partnership Units of the Partnership upon the exercise by any optionee of an
option to acquire Partnership Units granted by the Partnership pursuant to the
Option Plans in accordance with the terms of the Option Plans. Partnership Units
so issued shall represent Limited Partnership Interests.

        4.3 No Preemptive Rights. Except to the extent expressly granted by the
General Partner pursuant to a written agreement, no Person shall have any
preemptive, preferential or other similar right with respect to (a) additional
capital contributions or loans to the Partnership, or (b) issuance or sale of
any Partnership Units.

        4.4 Capital Accounts. A separate capital account (a "Capital Account")
shall be established and maintained for each Partner in accordance with
Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) and the terms of this Agreement. The
General Partner is authorized to revalue the property of the Partnership to its
fair market value (as determined by the General Partner, in its sole discretion,
and taking into account Section 7701(g) of the Code) in accordance with
Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f). When the Partnership's property is
revalued by the General Partner, the Capital Accounts of the Partners shall be
adjusted in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f) and (g).

        4.5 General Partner Loans or Funding. The General Partner may, or to the
extent the General Partner enters into a "Funding Debt" (i.e., any debt incurred
by or on behalf of the General Partner for the purpose of providing funds to the
Partnership), the General Partner shall, lend Additional Funds to the
Partnership or contribute the funds to the Partnership for a Partnership
Interest paying a preferred return (a "General Partner Funding"). If the General
Partner enters into such a Funding Debt, the General Partner Funding will
consist of the proceeds from such Funding Debt and if the funds are loaned to
the Partnership, the loan will be on the same terms and conditions, including
interest rate, repayment schedule and costs and expenses, incurred in connection
with such Funding Debt, and in the case of a contribution to the Partnership,
the preferred partnership interest will substantially reflect the terms of the
Funding Debt. Otherwise, any General Partner Funding made pursuant to this
Section 4.5 shall be on terms and conditions no less favorable to the
Partnership than would be available to the Partnership from any third party. If
a Funding Debt or debt issued by the Partnership is comprised, in whole or in
part, of debt convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares or other equity
interests in the General Partner and any portion of such debt is converted into
or exchanged for Common Shares, the General Partner shall have the right, but
not the obligation, to convert the equivalent amount of the General Partner
Funding into additional Partnership Interests.

        4.6 Loans by Third Parties. The Partnership may incur debt, or enter
into other similar credit, guarantee, financing or refinancing arrangements for
any purpose (including, without limitation, in connection with any further
acquisition of properties) from any Person that is not the General Partner upon
such terms as the General Partner determines appropriate; provided that, the
Partnership shall not incur any debt under which a breach, violation or default
would be deemed to occur by virtue of the transfer of any Limited Partnership
Interest.

                                5. DISTRIBUTIONS

        5.1 Requirement and Characterization of Distributions. The General
Partner shall, commencing in 1998, distribute at least quarterly an amount equal
to all Available Cash generated by the Partnership during such quarter or
shorter period to the Partners who are Partners on the Partnership Record Date
with respect to such quarter or shorter period (i) first, with respect to any
class of Partnership Interests issued pursuant to Section 4.2 that is entitled
to a preference over other Partnership Units on the distribution of Available
Cash (and among such classes in order of the preferences designated between
those classes, and pro rata within each such class), and (ii) then, in
accordance with their respective Percentage Interests on such Partnership Record
Date; provided that in no event may a Redeeming Partner receive a distribution
of Available Cash with respect to a Unit if such Partner is entitled to receive
a distribution with respect to a Common Share for which such Unit has been
redeemed or exchanged. It will be the policy of the Partnership, commencing in
1998, to make distributions per Unit that are equal to the per share
distributions made by the General Partner with respect to its Common Shares, and
in any case the per Unit and per share distributions will be equal during the
Partnership Years 1998, 1999, and 2000. The General Partner shall make such
efforts, as it determines in its sole and absolute discretion, to cause the
Partnership to distribute its operating cash flow in a manner that would ensure
that such distributions are treated by the Limited Partners as "operating cash
flow distributions" within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.707-4(b)(2).

        5.2 Amounts Withheld. All amounts withheld pursuant to the Code or any
provisions of any state, local or foreign tax law and Section 10.5 with respect
to any allocation, payment or distribution to the General Partner or any Limited
Partners or Assignees shall be treated as amounts distributed to the General
Partner or such Limited Partners or Assignees pursuant to Section 5.1 for all
purposes under this Agreement.

        5.3 Distributions Upon Liquidation. Proceeds from any sale or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership or a
related series of transactions that, taken together, results in the sale or
other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership
shall be distributed to the Partners in accordance with Section 13.2.

        5.4 Distributions in Kind. No Partner has any right to demand and
receive property other than cash. The General Partner may determine, in its sole
and absolute discretion, to make a distribution in kind to the Partners of
Partnership assets, and such assets shall be distributed in such a fashion as to
ensure that the fair market value is distributed and allocated in accordance
with Articles 5 and 6.

        5.5 REIT Distribution Requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in this Agreement, the General Partner may cause the Partnership to
distribute amounts sufficient to enable the General Partner to pay shareholder
dividends that will allow the General Partner to (i) meet its distribution
requirement for qualification as a REIT as set forth in Section 857(a)(1)of the
Code and (ii) avoid any federal income or excise tax liability imposed by the
Code.

                                 6. ALLOCATIONS

        6.1 Allocation of Profit and Loss.

            (a) General. Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, Profit
and Loss and items of income, gain, expense, or loss of the Partnership for each
fiscal year of the Partnership shall be allocated among the Partners in
accordance with their respective Percentage Interests. The provisions of this
Section 6.1 shall be amended appropriately in the event that the General Partner
causes the Partnership to issue Units with different preferences or redemption
rights.

            (b) Nonrecourse Deductions and Minimum Gain Chargeback.
Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary:

                (i) any expense of the Partnership that is a "nonrecourse
    deduction" within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(1) shall be
    allocated in accordance with the Partners' respective Percentage Interests,

                (ii) any expense of the Partnership that is a "partner
    nonrecourse deduction" within the meaning of Regulations Section
    1.704-2(i)(2) shall be allocated in accordance with Regulations Section
    1.704-2(i)(l),

                (iii) if there is a net decrease in "partnership minimum gain"
    within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-2(g)(1) that would subject a
    Partner to a "minimum gain chargeback" within the meaning of Regulations
    Section 1.704-2(f) for any Partnership taxable year, items of gain and
    income shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with (to the
    minimum extent allowable) Regulations Section 1.704-2(f) and the ordering
    rules contained in Regulations Section 1.704-2(j), and

                (iv) if there is a net decrease within the meaning of
    Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4) in "partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain"
    within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(5) that would subject a
    Partner to a minimum gain chargeback for any Partnership taxable year, items
    of gain and income shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with
    (to the minimum extent allowable) Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and the
    ordering rules contained in Regulations Section 1.704-2(j).

A Partner's "interest in partnership profits" for purposes of determining its
share of the nonrecourse liabilities of the Partnership within the meaning of
Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(3) shall be such Partner's Percentage Interest.

            (c) Qualified Income Offset. If a Partner receives in any taxable
year an adjustment, allocation, or distribution described in subparagraphs
(4),(5) or (6) of Regulations Section 1.704(b)(2)(ii)(d) that causes or
increases a negative balance in such Partner's Capital Account that exceeds the
sum of such Partner's share of "partnership minimum gain" and "partner
nonrecourse debt minimum gain," as determined in accordance with Regulations
Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i), such Partner shall be allocated specially
for such taxable year (and, if necessary, later taxable years) items of income
and gain in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate such negative Capital
Account balance as quickly as possible as provided in Regulations Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d).

            (d) Capital Account Deficits. Loss shall not be allocated to a
Partner to the extent that such allocation would cause (or increase) a deficit
in such Partner's Capital Account (after reduction to reflect the items
described in Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6)) to exceed
the sum of such Partner's shares of "partnership minimum gain" (Regulations
Section 1.704-2(g)(1)) and "partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain" (Regulations
Section 1.704-2(i)(5)). Any Loss in excess of that limitation shall be allocated
to the General Partner.

            (e) Allocations Upon Changes in Partnership Interests. If a Partner
transfers any part or all of its Partnership Interest or upon changes in the
outstanding Partnership Interests (such as the issuance or redemption of
Partnership Interests), the distributive shares of the various items of Profit
and Loss and other items attributable to those Partnership Interests allocable
among the Partners during such fiscal year of the Partnership shall be allocated
between the transferor and the transferee Partner or between the persons treated
a Partners prior to such event and those treated as Partners after the event as
the General Partner deems appropriate to take into account their varying
interests during that period (which may include interim closings of the books,
prorations of items, using daily, weekly, monthly, or quarterly proration
periods, etc.). The General Partner, in its sole discretion, shall determine the
method or methods to be used to allocate the distributive shares of items
between the Partners. In addition, allocations of items among the Partners may
be changed by agreement between the General Partner and the affected Limited
Partner or Limited Partners, without amendment of this Agreement or consent of
the other Limited Partners.

            (f) Definition of Profit and Loss. "Profit" and "Loss" and any items
of income, gain, expense, or loss referred to in this Agreement shall be
determined by the General Partner in accordance with the Partnership's "book"
income computed under federal income tax accounting principles taking into
account Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) and the effect of any revaluation
of Partnership property in accordance with Regulations Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), except that Profit and Loss shall not include items of
income, gain, expense and loss that are specifically allocated, such as pursuant
to Section 6.1(b) or 6.1(c).

            (g) Tax Allocations. All allocations of income, Profit, gain, Loss,
and expense (and all components of those items) for federal income tax purposes
shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as such allocations of
"book" income, gain, loss or deduction are allocated pursuant to this Section
6.1, except as otherwise required by Section 704(c) of the Code and Regulations
Section 1.704-1(b)(4). The General Partner shall have the authority to elect the
method to be used by the Partnership for allocating items of income, gain, and
expense as required by Section 704(c) of the Code and such election shall be
binding on all Partners.

            (h) Curative Allocation. The allocations set forth in Section
6.1(b), (c) and (d) (the "Regulatory Allocations") are intended to comply with
certain regulatory requirements, including the requirements of Regulations
Section 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section
6.1(b),(c) and (d), the Regulatory Allocations shall be taken into account in
allocating other items of income, gain, loss and deduction among the Partners so
that, to the extent possible, the net amount of such allocations of other items
and the Regulatory Allocations to each Partner shall be equal to the net amount
that would have been allocated to each such Partner if the Regulatory
Allocations had not occurred. In applying this Section 6.1(h), a Partner's share
of partnership minimum gain and partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain (within
the meaning of Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i), respectively) at
any point in time shall be treated as an amount of income or gain that has
already been allocated to the Partner.

        6.2 Substantial Economic Effect. It is the intent of the Partners that
the allocations of Profit and Loss and items of income, gain, expense and loss
under the Agreement have substantial economic effect (or be consistent with the
Partners' interests in the Partnership in the case of the allocation of losses
attributable to nonrecourse debt) within the meaning of Section 704(b) of the
Code as interpreted by the related Regulations. Article 6 and other relevant
provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with
that intent.

                    7. MANAGEMENT AND OPERATIONS OF BUSINESS

        7.1 Management.

            (a) Powers of General Partner. Except as otherwise expressly
provided in this Agreement, all management powers over the business and affairs
of the Partnership are exclusively vested in the General Partner, and no Limited
Partner shall have any right to participate in or exercise control or management
power over the business and affairs of the Partnership. Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary in this Agreement, the General Partner may not be removed by the
Limited Partners. In addition to the powers that are granted to the General
Partner under any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner shall
have full power and authority to do all things deemed necessary or desirable by
it to conduct the business of the Partnership, to exercise all powers set forth
in Section 3.2 and to effectuate the purposes set forth in Section 3.1,
including, without limitation:

                (1) the making of any expenditures, the lending or borrowing of
    money (including, without limitation, making prepayments on loans and
    borrowing money to permit the Partnership to make distributions to its
    Partners in such amounts as will permit the General Partner (so long as the
    General Partner qualifies as a REIT) to avoid the payment of any federal
    income tax (including, for this purpose, any excise tax pursuant to Section
    4981 of the Code) and to make distributions to its shareholders sufficient
    to permit the General Partner to maintain REIT status), the assumption or
    guarantee of, or other contracting for, indebtedness and other liabilities,
    the issuance of evidences of indebtedness (including the securing of same by
    mortgage, deed of trust or other lien or encumbrance on the Partnership's
    assets) and the incurring of any obligations it deems necessary for the
    conduct of the activities of the Partnership; provided, that all such
    borrowing, incurrence of debt and prepayments shall be subject to the
    limitations set forth in Sections 4.5 and 4.6;

                (2) the making of tax, regulatory and other filings, or
    rendering of periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies
    having jurisdiction over the business or assets of the Partnership;

                (3) the acquisition, disposition, sale, conveyance, mortgage,
    pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, contribution or exchange of any assets
    of the Partnership or the merger or other combination of the Partnership
    with or into another entity on such terms as the General Partner deems
    proper; provided, however, that: (i) no sale, exchange, disposition or other
    transfer of any property of the Partnership contributed on January 2, 1997
    shall occur prior to December 31, 1998 without the prior written consent of
    the General Partner; (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets
    of the Partnership and a Business Combination (as defined in Section 8.7(a))
    shall require the consent set forth in Section 8.7(b); and (iii) certain
    sales of any Designated Property (as defined in Section 8.8) may require the
    consent of specified persons as set forth in Section 8.8.

                (4) the use of the assets of the Partnership (including, without
    limitation, cash on hand) for any purpose consistent with the terms of this
    Agreement and on any terms it sees fit, including, without limitation, the
    financing of the conduct of the operations of the General Partner, the
    Partnership or any of the Partnership's Subsidiaries, the lending of funds
    to other Persons (including the Partnership's Subsidiaries) and the
    repayment of obligations of the Partnership and its Subsidiaries and any
    other Person in which it has an equity investment and the making of capital
    contributions to its Subsidiaries, the holding of any real, personal and
    mixed property of the Partnership in the name of the Partnership or in the
    name of a nominee or trustee (subject to Section 7.11), the creation, by
    grant or otherwise, of easements or servitudes, and the performance of any
    and all acts necessary or appropriate to the operation of the Partnership
    assets including, without limitation, applications for rezoning, objections
    to rezoning, constructing, altering, improving, repairing, renovating,
    rehabilitating, razing, demolishing or condemning any improvements or
    property of the Partnership;

                (5) the negotiation, execution, and performance of any
    contracts, conveyances or other instruments (including with Affiliates of
    the Partnership to the extent provided in Section 7.7) that the General
    Partner considers useful or necessary to the conduct of the Partnership's
    operations or the implementation of the General Partner's powers under this
    Agreement, including, without limitation, the execution and delivery of
    leases on behalf of or in the name of the Partnership (including the lease
    of Partnership property for any purpose and without limit as to the term of
    the lease, whether or not such term (including renewal terms) shall extend
    beyond the date of termination of the Partnership and whether or not the
    portion so leased is to be occupied by the lessee or, in turn, subleased in
    whole or in part to others);

                (6) the opening and closing of bank accounts, the investment of
    Partnership funds in securities, certificates of deposit and other
    instruments, and the distribution of Partnership cash or other Partnership
    assets in accordance with this Agreement;

                (7) the establishment of one or more divisions of the
    Partnership, the selection and dismissal of employees of the Partnership or
    the General Partner (including, without limitation, employees having titles
    such as "president," "vice president," "secretary" and "treasurer"), and the
    engagement and dismissal of agents, outside attorneys, accountants,
    engineers, appraisers, consultants, contractors and other professionals on
    behalf of the General Partner or the Partnership and the determination of
    their compensation and other terms of employment or hiring;

                (8) the maintenance of such insurance for the benefit of the
    Partnership and the Partners as it deems necessary or appropriate;

                (9) the formation of, or acquisition of an interest in, and the
    contribution of property to, any further limited or general partnerships,
    joint ventures, limited liability companies or other relationships that it
    deems desirable (including, without limitation, the acquisition of interests
    in, and the contribution of property to, its Subsidiaries and any other
    Person in which it has an equity investment from time to time);

                (10) the control of any matters affecting the rights and
    obligations of the Partnership, including the conduct of litigation and the
    incurring of legal expense and the settlement of claims and litigation, and
    the indemnification of any Person against liabilities and contingencies to
    the extent permitted by law;

                (11) the undertaking of any action in connection with the
    Partnership's direct or indirect investment in its Subsidiaries or any other
    Person (including, without limitation, the contribution or loan of funds by
    the Partnership to such Persons);

                (12) the determination of the fair market value of any
    Partnership property distributed in kind using such reasonable method of
    valuation as it may adopt;

                (13) the issuance of Partnership Units to any Subsidiary that
    may be necessary for such Subsidiary to satisfy such Subsidiary's
    obligations under the Option Plans, in exchange for the transfer to the
    Partnership by such Subsidiary of the price per Partnership Unit required by
    the Option Plans to be paid by Subsidiaries;

                (14) the management, operation, leasing, landscaping, repair,
    alteration, demolition or improvement of any real property or improvements
    owed by the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership;

                (15) the exercise, directly or indirectly, through any
    attorney-in-fact acting under a general or limited power of attorney, of any
    right, including the right to vote, appurtenant to any asset or investment
    held by the Partnership;

                (16) the exercise of any of the powers of the General Partner
    enumerated in this Agreement on behalf of or in connection with any
    Subsidiary of the Partnership or any other Person in which the Partnership
    has a direct or indirect interest, or jointly with any such Subsidiary or
    other Person;

                (17) the enforcement of any rights against any Partner pursuant
    to representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities relating to such
    Partner's contribution of property or assets to the Partnership;

                (18) the exercise of any of the powers of the General Partner
    enumerated in this Agreement on behalf of any Person in which the
    Partnership does not have an interest pursuant to contractual or other
    arrangements with such Person; and

                (19) the making, execution and delivery of any and all deeds,
    leases, notes, deeds to secure debt, mortgages, deeds of trust, security
    agreements, conveyances, contracts, guarantees, warranties, indemnities,
    waivers, releases or legal instruments or agreements in writing necessary or
    appropriate in the judgment of the General Partner for the accomplishment of
    any of the powers of the General Partner enumerated in this Agreement.

            (b) No Approval Required for Above Powers. Each of the Limited
Partners agrees that the General Partner is authorized to execute, deliver and
perform the above-mentioned agreements and transactions on behalf of the
Partnership without any further act, approval or vote of the Partners,
notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (except as otherwise
specifically provided in paragraph (a)(3) of Section 7.1), the Act or any
applicable law, rule or regulation. The execution, delivery or performance by
the General Partner or the Partnership of any agreement authorized or permitted
under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach by the General Partner of any
duty that the General Partner may owe the Partnership or the Limited Partners or
any other Persons under this Agreement or of any duty stated or implied by law
or equity.

            (c) Insurance. The General Partner may cause the Partnership to
obtain and maintain casualty, liability and other insurance on the properties of
the Partnership and liability insurance for the Indemnities under this Agreement
in such amounts as the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion,
deems appropriate and reasonable from time to time.

            (d) Working Capital Reserves. The General Partner may cause the
Partnership to establish and maintain working capital reserves in such amounts
as the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, deems appropriate
and reasonable from time to time.

            (e) No Obligations to Consider Tax Consequences to Limited Partners.
In exercising its authority under this Agreement, the General Partner may, but
shall be under no obligation to, take into account the tax consequences to any
Partner (including the General Partner) of any action taken (or not taken) by
any of them. The General Partner and the Partnership shall not have liability to
a Limited Partner for monetary damages or otherwise for losses sustained,
liabilities incurred or benefits not derived by such Limited Partner in
connection with such decisions, provided that the General Partner has acted in
good faith and pursuant to its authority under this Agreement.

        7.2 Restrictions on General Partner's Authority. The General Partner may
not, without the written consent of all of the Limited Partners, take any action
in contravention of this Agreement, including, without limitation:

            (a) taking any action that would make it impossible to carry on the
ordinary business of the Partnership, except as otherwise provided in this
Agreement; or

            (b) possessing Partnership property, or assigning any rights in
specific Partnership property, for other than a Partnership purpose except as
otherwise provided in this Agreement.

In addition, without the consent of any adversely affected Limited Partner, the
General Partner may not perform any act that would subject a Limited Partner to
liability as a general partner in any jurisdiction or any other liability except
as provided in this Agreement or under the Act.

        7.3 Certificate of Limited Partnership. To the extent that such action
is determined by the General Partner to be reasonable and necessary or
appropriate, the General Partner shall file amendments to and restatements of
the Certificate and do all the things to maintain the Partnership as a limited
partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited
liability) under the laws of the State of California and each other jurisdiction
in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. Subject to
the terms of Section 8.5(a)(4) (Rights of Limited Partners to certain business
records), the General Partner shall not be required, before or after filing, to
deliver or mail a copy of the Certificate, as it may be amended or restated from
time to time, to any Limited Partner. The General Partner shall use all
reasonable efforts to cause to be filed such other certificates or documents as
may be reasonable and necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation,
qualification and operation of a limited partnership (or a partnership in which
the limited partners have limited liability) in the State of California and any
other jurisdiction in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own
property.

        7.4 Responsibility for Expenses.

            (a) No Compensation. Except as provided in this Section 7.4 and
elsewhere in this Agreement (including the provisions of Articles 5 and 6
regarding distributions, payments and allocations to which it may be entitled),
the General Partner shall not be compensated for its services as general partner
of the Partnership.

            (b) Responsibility for Ownership and Operation Expenses. Except as
provided in Section 7.13, the Partnership shall be responsible for and shall pay
all expenses relating to the Partnership's ownership of its assets, and the
operation of, or for the benefit of, the Partnership, and the General Partner
shall be reimbursed on a monthly basis, or such other basis as the General
Partner may determine in its sole and absolute discretion, for all expenses it
incurs relating to the Partnership's ownership of its assets and the operation
of, or for the benefit of, the Partnership. If certain expenses are incurred for
the benefit of the Partnership and other entities, those expenses will be
allocated to the Partnership and the other entities in such a manner as the
General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion deems fair and reasonable.
Such reimbursements shall be in addition to any reimbursement to the General
Partner as a result of indemnification pursuant to Section 7.8. All payments and
reimbursements under this Agreement represent expenses of the Partnership
incurred on its behalf, and not expenses of the General Partner, and shall be so
characterized for federal income tax purposes.

            (c) Responsibility for Organization or Issuance Expenses. Except as
provided in Section 7.13, the Partnership shall be responsible for and shall pay
(or shall reimburse the General Partner for) all expenses incurred relating to
the organization of the Partnership (including expenses relating to the issuance
of Units), as well as other costs of capital raising or property acquisition
incurred by the Partnership or General Partner with respect to funds or
properties acquired by the Partnership or by the General Partner for prompt
contribution to the Partnership, all of which expenses are considered by the
Partners to constitute expenses of, and for the benefit of, the Partnership.

        7.5 Purchases of Shares by the General Partner. If the General Partner
purchases shares in connection with a share repurchase or similar program or for
the purpose of delivering those shares to satisfy an obligation under any
dividend reinvestment or equity purchase program adopted by the General Partner,
any employee equity purchase plan adopted by the General Partner or any similar
obligation or arrangement undertaken by the General Partner in the future, the
purchase price paid by the General Partner for those shares and any other
expenses incurred by the General Partner in connection with that purchase shall
be considered expenses of the Partnership and shall be reimbursable to the
General Partner, subject to the conditions that: (i) if those shares are
subsequently sold by the General Partner, the General Partner shall pay to the
Partnership any proceeds received by the General Partner for those shares
(provided that a transfer of shares for Partnership Units pursuant to Section
8.6 would not be considered a sale for this purpose); and (ii) if the shares are
not retransferred by the General Partner within thirty (30) days after the
purchase of the shares, the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to
cancel a number of Partnership Units held by the General Partner equal to the
number of shares purchased.

        7.6 Outside Activities of the General Partner. The General Partner shall
not directly or indirectly enter into or conduct any business, other than in
connection with the ownership, acquisition and disposition of Partnership
Interests as a General Partner or Limited Partner and the management of the
business of the Partnership, the General Partner's operation as a public
reporting company with securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended, its operation as a REIT, and such activities as are
incidental to those activities. The General Partner shall not own any assets
other than Partnership Interests, the stock of an entity qualifying as a
"qualified REIT subsidiary" under Section 856(i) of the Code, all of the
interests in a limited liability company, debts owed by the Partnership and such
bank accounts or similar instruments as it deems necessary to carry out its
responsibilities contemplated under this Agreement and the Articles of
Incorporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the General Partner shall be
permitted to own, directly or through Subsidiaries, interests in Partnership
properties that do not exceed 1% of the economic interest of any property, and
if appropriate for regulatory, tax, or other purposes, the General Partner also
may own, directly or through Subsidiaries, interests in assets that the
Partnership otherwise could acquire, if the General Partner grants to the
Partnership the option to acquire the assets within a period not to exceed three
years in exchange for the number of Partnership Units that would be issued if
the Partnership acquired the assets at the time of acquisition by the General
Partner. The General Partner and Affiliates of the General Partner may acquire
Limited Partnership Interests and shall be entitled to exercise all rights of a
Limited Partner relating to such Limited Partnership Interests. The provisions
of this Section 7.6 shall not be construed to limit the outside activities of
Affiliates of the General Partner.

        7.7 Contracts with Affiliates.

            (a) Loans. The Partnership may lend or contribute to its
Subsidiaries or other Persons in which it has an equity investment, and such
Persons may borrow funds from the Partnership, on terms and conditions
established in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner. The
foregoing authority shall not create any right or benefit in favor of any
Subsidiary or any other Person.

            (b) Transfers of Assets. The Partnership may transfer assets to
joint ventures, other partnerships, corporations or other business entities in
which it is or by so transferring the assets becomes a participant upon such
terms and subject to such conditions consistent with this Agreement and
applicable law.

            (c) Contracts With General Partner. Except as expressly permitted by
this Agreement, neither the General Partner nor any of its Affiliates shall
sell, transfer or convey any property to, or purchase any property from, the
Partnership, directly or indirectly, except pursuant to transactions that are on
terms that are fair and reasonable and no less favorable to the Partnership than
would be obtained from an unaffiliated third party.

            (d) Employee Benefit Plans. The General Partner, in its sole and
absolute discretion and without the approval of the Limited Partners, may
propose and adopt on behalf of the Partnership employee benefit plans funded by
the Partnership for the benefit of employees of the General Partner, the
Partnership, Subsidiaries of the Partnership or any Affiliate of any of them in
respect of services performed, directly or indirectly, for the benefit of the
Partnership, the General Partner, or any of the Partnership's Subsidiaries,
including any such plan that requires the Partnership, the General Partner or
any of the Partnership's Subsidiaries to issue or transfer Partnership Units to
employees.

            (e) Conflict Avoidance Arrangements. The General Partner is
expressly authorized to enter into, in the name and on behalf of the
Partnership, a right of first opportunity arrangement, non-competition
agreements and other conflict avoidance agreements with various Affiliates of
the Partnership and the General Partner, on such terms as the General Partner,
in its sole and absolute discretion, believes are advisable.

        7.8 Indemnification.

            (a) General. Except as provided in Section 7.13, the Partnership
shall indemnify an Indemnitee from and against any and all losses, claims,
damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and
expenses), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts arising from any and
all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative, that relate to the operations of the
Partnership as set forth in this Agreement in which any Indemnitee may be
involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, unless it is
established that: (i) the act or omission of the Indemnitee was material to the
matter giving rise to the proceeding and either was committed in bad faith or
was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty; (ii) the Indemnitee actually
received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or (iii)
in the case of any criminal proceeding, the Indemnitee had reasonable cause to
believe that the act or omission was unlawful. The termination of any proceeding
by judgment, order or settlement does not create a presumption that the
Indemnitee did not meet the requisite standard of conduct set forth in this
Section 7.8(a). The termination of any proceeding by conviction or upon a plea
of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or an entry of an order of probation prior
to judgment, creates a rebuttable presumption that the Indemnitee did not meet
the required standard of conduct set forth in this Section 7.8(a). Any
indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.8 shall be made only out of the
assets of the Partnership. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, the General
Partner shall be entitled to reimbursement by the Partnership for any amounts
paid by it in satisfaction of indemnification obligations owed by the General
Partner to present or former directors of the General Partner, as provided for
in or pursuant to the Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws of the General
Partner or any similar indemnification agreements between the General Partner
and such persons.

            (b) In Advance of Final Disposition. Except as provided in Section
7.13, reasonable expenses incurred by an Indemnitee who is a party to a
proceeding may be paid or reimbursed by the Partnership in advance of the final
disposition of the proceeding upon receipt by the Partnership of (a) a written
affirmation by the Indemnitee of the Indemnitee's good faith belief that the
standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Partnership as
authorized in this Section 7.8 has been met, and (b) a written undertaking by or
on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay the amount if it shall ultimately be
determined that the standard of conduct was not met.

            (c) No Effect on Other Rights. The indemnification provided by this
Section 7.8 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee or
any other Person may be entitled under any agreement, pursuant to any vote of
the Partners, as a matter of law or otherwise, and shall continue as to an
Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity unless otherwise provided in
a written agreement pursuant to which such Indemnitee is indemnified.

            (d) Insurance. The Partnership may purchase and maintain insurance,
on behalf of the Indemnities and such other Persons as the General Partner shall
in its sole and absolute discretion determine, against any liability that may be
asserted against or expenses that may be incurred by such Person in connection
with the Partnership's activities, regardless of whether the Partnership would
have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the
provisions of this Agreement or under applicable law.

            (e) Employee Benefit Plans. For purposes of this Section 7.8, the
Partnership shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as
fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by it of its
duties to the Partnership also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services
by, it to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes
assessed on an Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to
applicable law shall constitute fines within the meaning of Section 7.8(a); and
actions taken or omitted by the Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit
plan in the performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to
be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be
deemed to be for a purpose that is not opposed to the best interests of the
Partnership.

            (f) No Personal Liability for Limited Partners. In no event may an
Indemnitee subject the Limited Partners to personal liability by reason of the
indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.

            (g) Interested Transactions. An Indemnitee shall not be denied
indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 7.8 because the
Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the
indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms
of this Agreement.

            (h) Binding Effect. The provisions of this Section 7.8 are for the
benefit of the Indemnities, their heirs, successors, assigns and administrators
and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other
Persons.

            (i) Effect of Amendment. Any amendment, modification or repeal of
this Section 7.8 or any provision of this Agreement shall be prospective only
and shall not in any way affect the rights of an Indemnitee under this Section
7.8 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment modification or repeal with
respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in
part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such
claims may arise or be asserted.

        7.9 Liability of the General Partner.

            (a) General. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in
this Agreement, the General Partner shall not be liable for monetary damages to
the Partnership, any Partners or any Assignees for losses sustained, liabilities
incurred or benefits not derived as a result of errors in judgment or of any act
or omissions if the General Partner acted in good faith.

            (b) No Obligation to Consider Interests of Limited Partners. The
Limited Partners expressly acknowledge that the General Partner is acting on
behalf of the Partnership and the General Partner's shareholders collectively,
that the General Partner is under no obligation to consider the separate
interests of the Limited Partners (including, without limitation, the tax
consequences to Limited Partners or Assignees) in deciding whether to cause the
Partnership to take (or decline to take) any actions that the General Partner
has undertaken in good faith on behalf of the Partnership, including the
disposition of properties of the Partnership, and that the General Partner shall
not be liable for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred,
or benefits not derived by Limited Partners in connection with such decisions
provided the General Partner does not violate the terms of any written agreement
between the Partnership and one or more Limited Partners.

            (c) Acts of Agents. Subject to its obligations and duties as General
Partner set forth in Section 7.1(a), the General Partner may exercise any of the
powers granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed
upon it under this Agreement either directly or indirectly or by or through its
agents. The General Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or
negligence on the part of any such agent appointed by it in good faith.

            (d) Effect of Amendment. Any amendment, modification or repeal of
this Section 7.9 or any provision of this Agreement shall be prospective only
and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the General Partner's
liability to the Partnership and the Limited Partners under this Section 7.9 as
in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with
respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in
part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such
claims may arise or be asserted.

            (e) Limitation of Liability of Shareholders, Directors and Officers
of the General Partner. Any obligation or liability of the General Partner that
may arise at any time under this Agreement or any obligation or liability that
may be incurred by it pursuant to any other instrument, transaction or
undertaking contemplated by this Agreement shall be satisfied, if at all, out of
the General Partner's assets only. No such obligation or liability shall be
personally binding upon, nor shall resort for the enforcement of any such
obligation or liability be had to, the property of any of its shareholders,
directors, officers, employees or agents, regardless of whether such obligation
or liability is in the nature of contract, tort or otherwise.

        7.10 Other Matters Concerning the General Partner.

            (a) Reliance on Documents. The General Partner may rely and shall be
protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate,
statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond,
debenture, or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have
been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

            (b) Reliance on Consultants and Advisers. The General Partner may
consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants,
investment bankers, architects, engineers, environmental consultants, and other
consultants and advisers selected by it, and any act taken or omitted to be
taken in reliance upon the opinion of such Persons as to matters that such
General Partner reasonably believes to be within such Person's professional or
expert competence shall be conclusively presumed to have been done or omitted in
good faith and in accordance with such opinion.

            (c) Action Through Officers and Attorneys. The General Partner shall
have the right, in respect of any of its powers or obligations under this
Agreement, to act through any of its duly authorized officers and a duly
appointed attorney or attorneys-in-fact. Each such attorney shall, to the extent
provided by the General Partner in the power of attorney, have full power and
authority to do and perform all and every act and duty that is permitted or
required to be done by the General Partner under this Agreement.

            (d) Actions to Maintain REIT Status or Avoid Taxation of General
Partner. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement or the Act, any
action of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership or any decision of
the General Partner to refrain from acting on behalf of the Partnership,
undertaken in the good faith belief that such action or omission is necessary or
advisable in order (i) to protect the ability of the General Partner to continue
to qualify as a REIT or (ii) to avoid the General Partner incurring any taxes
under Section 857 or Section 4981 of the Code, is expressly authorized under
this Agreement and is deemed approved by all of the Limited Partners.

        7.11 Title to Partnership Assets. Title to Partnership assets, whether
real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to
be owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner, individually or
collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Partnership assets or
any portion of those assets. Title to any or all of the Partnership assets may
be held in the name of the Partnership, the General Partner or one or more
nominees, as the General Partner may determine, including Affiliates of the
General Partner. The General Partner declares and warrants that any Partnership
assets for which legal title is held in the name of the General Partner or any
nominee or Affiliate of the General Partner shall be held by the General Partner
for the use and benefit of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of
this Agreement; provided, however, that the General Partner shall use its best
efforts to cause beneficial and record title to such assets to be vested in the
Partnership as soon as reasonably practicable. All Partnership assets shall be
recorded as the property of the Partnership in its books and records,
irrespective of the name in which legal title to such Partnership assets is
held.

        7.12 Reliance by Third Parties. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
in this Agreement, any Person dealing with the Partnership shall be entitled to
assume that the General Partner has full power and authority, without consent or
approval of any other Partner or Person, to encumber, sell or otherwise use in
any manner any and all assets of the Partnership and to enter into any contracts
on behalf of the Partnership, and such Person shall be entitled to deal with the
General Partner as if it were the Partnership's sole party in interest, both
legally and beneficially. Each Limited Partner waives any and all defenses or
other remedies that may be available against such Person to contest, negate or
disaffirm any action of the General Partner in connection with any such dealing.
In no event shall any Person dealing with the General Partner or its
representatives be obligated to ascertain that the terms of this Agreement have
been complied with or to inquire into the necessity or expedience of any act or
action of the General Partner or its representatives. Each and every
certificate, document or other instrument executed on behalf of the Partnership
by the General Partner or its representatives shall be conclusive evidence in
favor of any and every Person relying on or claiming under those instruments
that (a) at the time of the execution and delivery of such certificate, document
or instrument, this Agreement was in full force and effect, (b) the Person
executing and delivering such certificate, document or instrument was duly
authorized and empowered to do so for and on behalf of the Partnership and (c)
such certificate, document or instrument was duly executed and delivered in
accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and is binding upon
the Partnership.

        7.13 Treatment of and Limitation on Payments to General Partner.

            (a) Reimbursement and Indemnification Payments. If and to the extent
any payments to the General Partner pursuant to Sections 7.4 or 7.8 constitute
gross income to the General Partner (as opposed to the repayment of advances
made on behalf of the Partnership), those amounts shall constitute guaranteed
payments within the meaning of Section 707(c) of the Code, and shall be so
treated by the Partnership and all Partners, and shall not be treated as
distributions for purposes of computing the Partners' Capital Accounts.

            (b) Limitation on Payments to General Partner. To the extent that
the amount paid or credited to the General Partner or its officers, directors,
employees or agents pursuant to Section 7.4 or Section 7.8 would constitute
gross income of the General Partner that is not described in Sections 856(c)(2)
or 856(c)(3) of the Code (a "GP Payment") then, notwithstanding any other
provisions of this Agreement, the amount of such GP Payment for any fiscal year
shall not exceed the lesser of:

                (i) an amount equal to the excess, if any, of

                    (1) four and eight tenths percent (4.8%) of the General
                Partner's total gross income (not including any GP Payments or
                gross income from prohibited transactions) for the fiscal year
                over

                    (2) the amount of gross income (within the meaning of
                Section 856(c)(2) of the Code) derived by the General Partner
                from sources other than those described in subsections (A)
                through (H) of Section 856(c)(2) of the Code (taking into
                account Section 856(c)(5)(G), but not including the amount of
                any GP Payments or gross income from prohibited transactions);
                or

                (ii) an amount equal to the excess, if any, of

                    (1) twenty-four and eight tenths percent (24.8%) of the
                General Partner's total gross income (not including any GP
                Payments or gross income from prohibited transactions) for the
                fiscal year over

                    (2) the amount of gross income (within the meaning of
                Section 856(c)(3) of the Code) derived by the General Partner
                from sources other than those described in subsections (A)
                through (I) of Section 856(c)(3) of the Code (but not including
                the amount of any GP Payments or gross income from prohibited
                transactions);

Notwithstanding the foregoing, GP Payments in excess of the amounts set forth in
paragraphs (i) and (ii) may be made if and to the extent the General Partner, as
a condition precedent, obtains an opinion of tax counsel that the receipt of
such excess amounts would not adversely affect the General Partner's ability to
qualify as a REIT. To the extent GP Payments may not be made in a year due to
the above limitations, such GP Payments shall carry over and be treated as
arising in the following year(s) (subject again to limitation as set forth above
in those years), for a maximum of seven years (treating amounts payable as first
being paid from the earliest year such amounts were carried over, and the next
succeeding years in chronological order). If any GP Payment is carried over for
such seven-year period and not paid, such amount shall no longer be an
obligation of the Partnership. If a GP Payment is inadvertently made in an
amount in excess of the limitations in this Section 7.13(b), such excess
payments shall be treated as a permitted loan from the Partnership to the
General Partner, to be repaid as soon as practicable following discovery of the
overpayment.

                  8. RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF LIMITED PARTNERS

        8.1 Limitation of Liability. The Limited Partners shall have no
liability under this Agreement except as expressly provided in this Agreement,
including Section 10.5 (Partnership withholding obligations), or under the Act.

        8.2 Management of Business. No Limited Partner or Assignee (other than
the General Partner, any of its Affiliates or any officer, director, employee,
partner, agent or trustee of the General Partner, the Partnership or any of
their Affiliates, in their capacity as such) shall take part in the operation,
management or control (within the meaning of the Act) of the Partnership's
business, transact any business in the Partnership's name or have the power to
sign documents for or otherwise bind the Partnership. The transaction of any
such business by the General Partner, any of its Affiliates or any officer,
director, employee, partner, agent or trustee of the General Partner, the
Partnership or any of their Affiliates, in their capacity as such, shall not
affect, impair or eliminate the limitations on the liability of the Limited
Partners or Assignees under this Agreement.

        8.3 Outside Activities of Limited Partners. Subject to any agreements
entered into pursuant to Section 7.7(e) and subject to any other agreements
entered into by a Limited Partner or its Affiliates with the General Partner,
the Partnership or a Subsidiary, the following rights shall govern outside
activities of Limited Partners:

            (a) any Limited Partner (other than the General Partner) and any
    officer, director, employee, agent, trustee, Affiliate or shareholder of any
    Limited Partner shall be entitled to and may have business interests and
    engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the
    Partnership, including business interests and activities in direct or
    indirect competition with the Partnership;

            (b) neither the Partnership nor any Partners shall have any rights
    by virtue of this Agreement in any business ventures of any Limited Partner
    or Assignee;

            (c) none of the Limited Partners nor any other Person shall have any
    rights by virtue of this Agreement or the partnership relationship
    established by this Agreement in any business ventures of any other Person,
    other than the General Partner, and such Persons shall have no obligation
    pursuant to this Agreement to offer any interest in any such business
    ventures to the Partnership, any Limited Partner or any such other Person,
    even if such opportunity is of a character that, if presented to the
    Partnership, any Limited Partner or such other Person, could be taken by
    such Person;

            (d) the fact that a Limited Partner may encounter opportunities to
    purchase, otherwise acquire, lease, sell or otherwise dispose of real or
    personal property and may take advantage of such opportunities or introduce
    such opportunities to entities in which it has or has not any interest,
    shall not subject such Partner to liability to the Partnership or any of the
    other Partners on account of the lost opportunity; and

            (e) except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement,
    nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to prohibit a Limited
    Partner or any Affiliate of a Limited Partner from dealing, or otherwise
    engaging in business, with Persons transacting business with the Partnership
    or from providing services relating to the purchase, sale, rental,
    management or operation of real or personal property (including real estate
    brokerage services) and receiving compensation for those activities, from
    any Persons who have transacted business with the Partnership or other third
    parties.

        8.4 Priority Among Limited Partners. No Partner (Limited or General) or
Assignee shall have priority over any other Partner (Limited or General) or
Assignee either as to the return of capital contributions or, except to the
extent provided by Article 6 or as permitted by Section 4.2, or otherwise
expressly provided in this Agreement, as to profits, losses or distributions.

        8.5 Rights of Limited Partners Relating to the Partnership.

            (a) Copies of Business Records. In addition to other rights provided
by this Agreement or by the Act, including rights set forth in Article 14, and
except as limited by Section 8.5(c), each Limited Partner shall have the right,
for a purpose reasonably related to such Limited Partner's interest as a limited
partner in the Partnership, upon written demand with a statement of the purpose
of such demand and at such Limited Partner's own expense:

                (1) to obtain a copy of the most recent annual and quarterly
    reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by the General
    Partner pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;

                (2) to obtain a copy of the Partnership's federal, state and
    local income tax returns for each Partnership Year;

                (3) to obtain a current list of the name and last known
    business, residence or mailing address of each Partner;

                (4) to obtain a copy of this Agreement and the Certificate and
    all amendments, together with executed copies of all powers of attorney
    pursuant to which this Agreement, the Certificate and all amendments have
    been executed; and

                (5) to obtain true and full information regarding the amount of
    cash and a description and statement of any other property or services
    contributed by each Partner and which each Partner has agreed to contribute
    in the future, and the date on which each became a Partner.

            (b) Notification of Changes in Unit Adjustment Factor. The
Partnership shall notify each Limited Partner in writing of any change to the
number of Units as a result of a change to the Unit Adjustment Factor within ten
(10) Business Days of the date such change becomes effective.

            (c) Confidential Information. Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Section 8.5, the General Partner may keep confidential from the Limited
Partners, for such period of time as the General Partner determines in its sole
and absolute discretion to be reasonable, any Partnership information that (i)
the General Partner believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or other
information the disclosure of which the General Partner in good faith believes
is not in the best interests of the Partnership or (ii) the Partnership is
required by law or by agreements with unaffiliated third parties to keep
confidential.

        8.6 Redemption Right.

            (a) General. Beginning one year after the date on which each Limited
Partner is admitted to the Partnership (except as otherwise contractually agreed
to by the General Partner), each Limited Partner (other than the General
Partner) shall have the right (the "Redemption Right") to cause the Partnership
to purchase on the Specified Redemption Date all or any of such Limited
Partner's Units for cash equal to the Redemption Amount, provided however, that
the General Partner has the authority to establish different payment schedules
to satisfy a Limited Partner's Redemption Right at the time the Units that are
the subject of such Redemption Right are issued. The Redemption Right may be
exercised by a Limited Partner (a "Redeeming Partner") at any time and from time
to time by delivering a Notice of Redemption to the General Partner not less
than ten (10) days prior to such redemption, provided that a Limited Partner may
not exercise the Redemption Right for less than one thousand (1,000) Partnership
Units unless such Redeeming Partner then holds less than one thousand (1,000)
Partnership Units, in which event the Redeeming Partner must exercise the
Redemption Right for all of the Partnership Units held by such Redeeming
Partner. The Assignee of any Limited Partner may exercise the rights of the
Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 8.6, and the Limited Partner shall be
deemed to have assigned those rights to the Assignee and shall be bound by the
exercise of the rights by the Limited Partner's Assignee, and payments shall be
made directly to the Assignee and not to the Limited Partner.

            (b) If Delivery of Common Shares Is Prohibited, Etc. Notwithstanding
the provisions of Section 8.6(a) and (d), a Partner shall not be entitled to
exercise the Redemption Right pursuant to Section 8.6(a) if (i) the delivery of
Common Shares to such Partner on the Specified Redemption Date would be
prohibited under the Articles of Incorporation, or (ii) in the opinion of
counsel to the General Partner, there is a significant risk that a delivery of
Common Shares to the Partner would cause the General Partner to no longer
qualify as a REIT, would constitute a violation of applicable securities laws,
or would result in the Partnership no longer being treated as a partnership for
federal income tax purposes. In addition, the consummation of a redemption shall
be subject to the expiration or termination of the applicable waiting period, if
any, under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended.

            (c) Section 16 Considerations. If a Redemption Right is exercised by
a Redeeming Partner who is a "reporting person" within the meaning of Section
16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"),
the General Partner will promptly notify such Redeeming Partner as to whether
the Redemption Right will be satisfied with the payment of cash or through the
delivery of Common Shares. If the Partnership or the General Partner elects to
satisfy the Redemption Right with the payment of cash, the Redeeming Partner
shall have the right to either withdraw its exercise of the Redemption Right, or
delay the consummation of the redemption to the extent necessary to avoid a
"short-swing" profit under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

            (d) General Partner Assumption of Redemption Right.

                (1) Subject to the other provisions of this Section 8.6 and
Section 11.3 (Limited Partners' rights to transfer), beginning on the date one
year after a Limited Partner's admission to the Partnership (except as otherwise
contractually agreed to by the General Partner), the General Partner may assume
directly and satisfy the obligations of the Partnership as to a Limited
Partner's Redemption Right by paying to a Redeeming Partner either the Shares
Amount, or cash equal to the Redemption Amount as of the Specified Redemption
Date, with the choice of consideration to be determined at the sole option of
the General Partner. If the General Partner shall exercise and perform its right
to satisfy the Redemption Right in this manner, the Partnership shall have no
obligation to pay any amount to the Redeeming Partner with respect to such
Redeeming Partner's exercise of the Redemption Right, and each of the Redeeming
Partner, the Partnership, and the General Partner shall treat the transaction
between the General Partner and the Redeeming Partner as a sale of the Redeeming
Partner's Partnership Units to the General Partner for federal and state income
tax purposes. Each Redeeming Partner agrees to execute such documents as the
General Partner may reasonably require in connection with the payment of the
Redemption Amount. The General Partner shall at all times reserve and keep
available out of its authorized but unissued Common Shares, solely for the
purpose of effecting the exchange of Partnership Units for Common Shares, such
number of Common Shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the
conversion of all outstanding Partnership Units, and the exercise or conversion
of all other rights to acquire Common Shares. No Limited Partner shall, solely
by virtue of being the holder of one or more Partnership Units, be deemed to be
a shareholder of or have any other interest in the General Partner.

                (2) Each Redeeming Partner agrees to execute such documents as
the General Partner may reasonably require in connection with, and as a
condition of, the issuance of Common Shares upon exercise of the Redemption
Right, including, without limitation, executing and delivering an investment
representation letter with respect to the matters set forth in Section 3.4(c)
and related matters.

        8.7 Extraordinary Transactions.

            (a) The General Partner may not engage in any merger, consolidation
or other combination with or into another person or sale of all or substantially
all of its assets, or any reclassification, or any recapitalization (other than
stock splits and stock dividends or other events described in the definition of
"Unit Adjustment Factor") or change of outstanding Common Shares (a "Business
Combination"), unless (i) the Limited Partners receive, or have the opportunity
to receive, the same consideration per Unit as holders of Common Shares receive
per Common Share in the transaction (without regard to tax considerations), or
(ii) Limited Partners (other than the General Partner) holding at least 60% of
the Units held by Limited Partners (other than the General Partner) vote to
approve the Business Combination.

            (b) In addition to the requirements of Section 8.7(a), the General
Partner will not consummate a Business Combination in which the General Partner
conducts a vote of the shareholders of the General Partner unless the matter is
also submitted to a vote of the Partners. For purposes of the Partnership vote,
(i) each holder of Units (including the General Partner, as to its limited and
general partnership interests) shall be entitled to a number of votes equal to
the total votes to which the holder would have been entitled in the vote of the
General Partner's shareholders if the holder's Units had been exchanged for
Common Shares upon the exercise of a Redemption Right, (ii) in the Partnership
vote, the General Partner shall be deemed to vote all Units it holds
(representing both its general and limited partnership interests) in proportion
to the manner in which the General Partner's shareholders voted (disregarding
shareholders who did not vote), and (iii) the Business Combination shall be
deemed approved by the Partnership if the votes so recorded (the deemed vote
with respect to the General Partner's interest and the actual vote of the other
holders of Units) satisfy the standard for a favorable vote of the shareholders
of the General Partner.

            (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.7(a) and (b), the
General Partner shall be permitted, without compliance with the requirements of
Section 8.7(a) or (b): (i) to transfer all or part of its partnership interest
to an entity wholly owned by the General Partner, or if the General Partner is
wholly owned by another entity (the "Parent"), to transfer all or part of its
General Partner partnership interest to the Parent, (ii) to merge into any
entity wholly-owned by the General Partner or with any parent entity that wholly
owns the General Partner (in either such case no change shall be made to the
Unit Adjustment Factor as a result of that transaction and the surviving entity
shall be treated as was the General Partner), and (iii) to merge into Public
Storage Properties XI, Inc. (in which case the Unit Adjustment Factor shall be
adjusted as provided with respect to a Successor Entity to take into account the
ratio into which shares of the General Partner will be converted into shares of
Public Storage Properties XI, Inc.).

        8.8 Consent of Certain Limited Partners. Each of the properties listed
on Exhibit D (as well as any subsequently acquired property, the federal income
tax basis of which is determined by reference to the federal income tax basis of
a listed property, such as a property acquired in a "like-kind exchange" for a
listed property) is referred to as a "Designated Property." The Partnership may
not sell or otherwise dispose of any Designated Property during the ten year
period commencing on the date of the contribution to the Partnership of that
Designated Property in a transaction that will cause gain recognition to the
contributing partner, without the prior written consent of Public Storage, Inc.
The limitation on disposition of the preceding sentence shall not apply if, at
the time of the disposition, Public Storage, Inc. and its affiliated
partnerships then own less than 30% of the Units owned as of the date of this
Agreement. At the time of any subsequent contributions of property to the
Partnership, the General Partner may agree with the contributor to treat the
property as a Designated Property that may not be sold or disposed of by the
Partnership without the contributor's consent for a period to be agreed upon by
the General Partner and the contributor.

                    9. BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

        9.1 Records and Accounting. The General Partner shall keep or cause to
be kept at the principal office of the Partnership appropriate books and records
with respect to the Partnership's business, including, without limitation, all
books and records necessary to provide to the Limited Partners any information,
lists and copies of documents required to be provided pursuant to Section 9.3.
Any records maintained by or on behalf of the Partnership in the regular course
of its business may be kept on, or be in the form of, punch cards, magnetic
tape, photographs, micrographics or any other information storage device;
provided that the records so maintained are convertible into clearly legible
written form within a reasonable period of time. The books of the Partnership
shall be maintained for financial purposes on an accrual basis in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles and for tax reporting purposes on
the accrual basis.

        9.2 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Partnership shall be the
calendar year.

        9.3 Reports.

            (a) Annual Reports. As soon as practicable, but in no event later
than 120 days after the close of each Partnership Year, the General Partner
shall cause to be mailed to each Limited Partner as of the close of the
Partnership Year, an annual report containing financial statements of the
Partnership, or of the General Partner if such statements are prepared solely on
a consolidated basis with the General Partner, for such Partnership Year,
presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, such
statements to be audited by a nationally recognized firm of independent public
accountants selected by the General Partner.

            (b) Quarterly Reports. If the General Partner distributes quarterly
reports to its shareholders, as soon as practicable, but in no event later than
60 days after the close of each calendar quarter (except the last calendar
quarter of each year), the General Partner shall cause to be mailed to each
Limited Partner as of the last day of the calendar quarter, a report containing
unaudited financial statements of the Partnership, or of the General Partner, if
such statements are prepared solely on a consolidated basis with the General
Partner, and such other information as may be required by applicable law or
regulation, or as the General Partner determines to be appropriate.

                                 10. TAX MATTERS

        10.1 Preparation of Tax Returns. The General Partner shall arrange for
the preparation and timely filing of all returns of Partnership income, gains,
deductions, losses and other items required of the Partnership for federal and
state income tax purposes and shall use all reasonable efforts to furnish,
within 90 days of the close of each taxable year, the tax information reasonably
required by the General Partner and the Limited Partners for federal and state
income tax reporting purposes. The Limited Partners shall promptly provide the
General Partner with such information relating to the Contributed Properties,
including tax basis and other relevant information, as may be reasonably
requested by the General Partner from time to time.

        10.2 Tax Elections. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the
General Partner shall, in its sole and absolute discretion, determine whether to
make any available election pursuant to the Code; including without limitation,
the election under Section 754 of the Code in accordance with applicable
regulations. The General Partner shall have the right to seek to revoke any such
election (including, without limitation, the election under Section 754 of the
Code) upon the General Partner's determination in its sole and absolute
discretion that such revocation is in the best interests of the Partners.

        10.3 Tax Matters Partner.

            (a) General. The General Partner shall be the "tax matters partner"
of the Partnership for federal income tax purposes. Pursuant to Section 6223(c)
of the Code, upon receipt of notice from the IRS of the beginning of an
administrative proceeding with respect to the Partnership, the tax matters
partner shall furnish the IRS with the name, address and profit interest of each
of the Limited Partners; provided, however, that such information is provided to
the Partnership by the Limited Partners. The Limited Partners shall provide such
information to the Partnership as the General Partner shall reasonably request.

            (b) Powers. The tax matters partner is authorized, but not required:

                (1) to enter into any settlement with the IRS with respect to
    any administrative or judicial proceedings for the adjustment of Partnership
    items required to be taken into account by a Partner for income tax purposes
    (such administrative proceedings being referred to as a "tax audit" and such
    judicial proceedings being referred to as "judicial review"), and in the
    settlement agreement the tax matters partner may expressly state that such
    agreement shall bind all Partners, except that such settlement agreement
    shall not bind any Partner (a) who (within the time prescribed pursuant to
    the Code and Regulations) files a statement with the IRS providing that the
    tax matters partner shall not have the authority to enter into a settlement
    agreement on behalf of such Partner or (b) who is a "notice partner" (as
    defined in Section 6231 of the Code) or a member of a "notice group" (as
    defined in Section 6223(b)(2) of the Code);

                (2) in the event that a notice of a final administrative
    adjustment at the Partnership level of any item required to be taken into
    account by a partner for tax purposes (a "final adjustment") is mailed or
    otherwise given to the tax matters partner, to seek judicial review of such
    final adjustment, including the filing of a petition for readjustment with
    the Tax Court or the United States Claims Court, or the filing of a
    complaint for refund with the District Court of the United States for the
    district in which the Partnership's principal place of business is located;

                (3) to intervene in any action brought by any other Partner for
    judicial review of a final adjustment;

                (4) to file a request for an administrative adjustment with the
    IRS at any time and, if any part of such request is not allowed by the IRS,
    to file an appropriate pleading (petition, complaint or other document) for
    judicial review with respect to such request;

                (5) to enter into an agreement with the IRS to extend the period
    for assessing any tax that is attributable to any item required to be taken
    into account by a Partner for tax purposes, or an item affected by such
    item; and

                (6) to take any other action on behalf of the Partners of the
    Partnership in connection with any tax audit or judicial review proceeding
    to the extent permitted by applicable law or regulations.

            (c) Electing Large Partnership. The General Partner, in its sole
discretion, may cause the Partnership to elect to be an "electing large
partnership" under Section 775 of the Code. In that case, the General Partner
shall be the person authorized to act on behalf of the Partnership in any
federal or related state income tax proceeding for purposes of Section 6255 of
the Code and shall be authorized to undertake any and all actions on behalf of
the Partnership to the maximum extent contemplated under Sections 6240 through
6255 of the Code (including, without limitation, to bind the Partnership and all
Partners with respect to any settlement of any proceeding).

            (d) Reimbursement. The tax matters partner shall receive no
compensation for its services. All third-party costs and expenses incurred by
the tax matters partner in performing its duties as such (including legal and
accounting fees) shall be borne by the Partnership. Nothing in this Agreement
shall be construed to restrict the Partnership from engaging an accounting firm
and a law firm to assist the tax matters partner in discharging its duties under
this Agreement, so long as the compensation paid by the Partnership for such
services is reasonable. The taking of any action and the incurring of any
expense by the General Partner pursuant to this Section 10.3, except to the
extent required by law, is a matter in the sole and absolute discretion of the
General Partner, and the provisions relating to indemnification of the General
Partner set forth in Section 7.8 shall be fully applicable to the General
Partner in its capacity as such.

        10.4 Organization Expenses. The Partnership shall elect to deduct
expenses, if any, incurred by it in organizing the Partnership ratably over a
60-month period as provided in Section 709 of the Code.

        10.5 Withholding. Each Limited Partner authorizes the Partnership to
withhold from or pay on behalf of or with respect to such Limited Partner any
amount of federal, state, local, or foreign taxes that the General Partner
determines that the Partnership is required to withhold or pay with respect to
any amount distributable or allocable to such Limited Partner pursuant to this
Agreement, including, without limitation, any taxes required to be withheld or
paid by the Partnership pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445 or 1446 of the
Code. Any amount paid on behalf of or with respect to a Limited Partner shall
constitute a loan by the Partnership to such Limited Partner, which loan shall
be repaid by such Limited Partner within 15 days after notice from the General
Partner that such payment must be made unless (a) the Partnership withholds such
payment from a distribution that would otherwise be made to the Limited Partner
or (b) the General Partner determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that
such payment may be satisfied out of the available funds of the Partnership that
would, but for such payment, be distributed to the Limited Partner. Any amounts
withheld pursuant to the foregoing clauses (a) or (b) shall be treated as having
been distributed to such Limited Partner. Each Limited Partner unconditionally
and irrevocably grants to the Partnership a security interest in such Limited
Partner's Partnership Interest to secure such Limited Partner's obligation to
pay to the Partnership any amounts required to be paid pursuant to this Section
10.5. If a Limited Partner fails to pay any amounts owed to the Partnership
pursuant to this Section 10.5 when due, the General Partner may, in its sole and
absolute discretion, elect to make the payment to the Partnership on behalf of
such defaulting Limited Partner, and in such event shall be deemed to have
loaned such amount to such defaulting Limited Partner, and shall succeed to all
rights and remedies of the Partnership as against such defaulting Limited
Partner (including, without limitation, the right to receive distributions
otherwise payable by the Partnership to such defaulting Limited Partner). Any
amounts payable by a Limited Partner under this provision shall bear interest at
the base rate on corporate loans at large United States money center commercial
banks, as published from time to time in the Wall Street Journal, plus four
percentage points (but not higher than the maximum lawful rate) from the date
such amount is due (i.e., 15 days after demand) until such amount is paid in
full. Each Limited Partner shall take such actions as the Partnership or the
General Partner shall request in order to perfect or enforce the security
interest created under this provision.

                          11. TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS

        11.1 Transfer.

            (a) Definition. The term "transfer," when used in this Article 11
with respect to a Partnership Unit, shall be deemed to refer to a transaction by
which the General Partner purports to assign its Partnership Interest to another
Person or by which a Limited Partner purports to assign its Limited Partnership
Interest to another Person, and includes a sale, assignment, gift, pledge,
encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange or any other disposition by law
or otherwise. The term "transfer" when used in this Article 11 does not include
any redemption or repurchase of Partnership Units by the Partnership from a
Partner or acquisition of Partnership Units from a Limited Partner by the
General Partner pursuant to Section 8.6 or otherwise. No part of the interest of
a Limited Partner shall be subject to the claims of any creditor, any spouse for
alimony or support, or to legal process, and may not be voluntarily or
involuntarily alienated or encumbered except as may be specifically provided for
in this Agreement.

            (b) Requirements. No Partnership Interest shall be transferred, in
whole or in part, except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth
in this Article 11. Any transfer or purported transfer of a Partnership Interest
not made in accordance with this Article 11 shall be null and void.

        11.2 Transfer of General Partner's Partnership Interest.

            (a) General. The General Partner may not withdraw as a General
Partner or transfer its General Partnership Interest except in connection with a
transaction described in Section 8.7.

            (b) Transfer to Partnership. The General Partner may transfer
Limited Partnership Interests held by it to the Partnership.

        11.3 Limited Partners' Rights to Transfer.

            (a) General. Except as provided in this Agreement, a Limited Partner
may not transfer its Partnership Interest without the prior written consent of
the General Partner, which consent may be given or withheld by the General
Partner in its sole and absolute discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
subject to the provisions of subsections (d), (e), (f) and (g) of this Section
11.3, and Sections 11.4 and 11.6, a Limited Partner may, without the prior
written consent of the General Partner

                (i) transfer all or any portion of its Partnership Interest to
    the General Partner,

                (ii) transfer all or any portion of its Partnership Interest to
    an Affiliate, another original Limited Partner or to an "Immediate Family"
    member (i.e., as to any natural Person, such natural Person's spouse,
    parents, descendants, nephews, nieces, brothers and sisters),

                (iii) if such Limited Partner is a natural person, transfer all
    or any portion of his or her Partnership Interest upon his or her death to
    such Limited Partner's estate, executor, administrator or personal
    representative or to such Limited Partner's beneficiaries pursuant to a
    devise or bequest or by the laws of descent and distribution or to a trust
    of which such Limited Partner is a settlor or co-settlor with a member of
    his or her Immediate Family and the beneficiaries of which include no Person
    other than such Limited Partner and/or such Limited Partner's Immediate
    Family,

                (iv) transfer all or any portion of its Partnership Interest
    pursuant to the exercise of the Redemption Right,

                (v) pledge all or any portion of its Partnership Interest to a
    lending institution, that is not an Affiliate of such Limited Partner, as
    collateral or security for a bona fide loan or other extension of credit,
    and transfer such pledged Partnership Interest to such lending institution
    in connection with the exercise of remedies under such loan or extension or
    credit, and

                (vi) if such Limited Partner is a corporation, partnership or
    other business entity, transfer all or any portion of its Partnership
    Interest to one or more entities that are wholly owned and controlled by
    such Limited Partner or by distributing Partnership Interests in a
    liquidation, winding up or otherwise without consideration to the equity
    owners of such corporation, partnership or business entity.

In order to effect any transfer, the Limited Partner must deliver to the General
Partner a duly executed copy of the instrument making such transfer and such
instrument must evidence the written acceptance by the assignee of, and
compliance with, all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and represent
that such assignment was made in accordance with all applicable laws and
regulations.

            (b) General Partner Right Of First Refusal. A Partner shall give to
the General Partner written notice of any proposed transfer that is not
otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 11.3(a) above, which notice shall state
(i) the identity of the proposed transferee, and (ii) the amount and type of
consideration proposed to be received for the transferred Partnership Units. The
General Partner shall have ten (10) days within which to give the transferring
Partner notice of its election to acquire the Partnership Units on the proposed
terms. If the General Partner does not so elect, the transferring Partner may
transfer such Partnership Units to a third party, on economic terms no more
favorable to the transferee than the proposed terms, subject to the other
conditions of this Section 11.3.

            (c) Assumption of Obligations. It is a condition to any transfer
otherwise permitted under this Agreement (excluding Pledges of a Partnership
Interest, but including any transfer of the pledged Partnership Interest,
whether to the secured party or otherwise, pursuant to the secured party's
exercise of its remedies under such Pledge or the related loan or extension of
credit) that the transferee assumes by operation of law or express agreement all
of the obligations of the transferor Limited Partner under this Agreement with
respect to such transferred Partnership Interest and no such transfer (other
than pursuant to a statutory merger or consolidation in which all obligations
and liabilities of the transferor Partner are assumed by a successor corporation
by operation of law) shall relieve the transferor Partner of its obligations
under this Agreement without the approval of the General Partner, in its
reasonable discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any transferee of any
transferred Partnership Interest shall be subject to any and all ownership
limitations contained in the Articles of Incorporation. Any transferee, whether
or not admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner, shall take subject to the
obligations of the transferor under this Agreement. Unless admitted as a
Substitute Limited Partner, no transferee, whether by a voluntary transfer, by
operation of law or otherwise, shall have rights under this Agreement, other
than the rights of an Assignee as provided in Section 11.5.

            (d) Incapacitated Limited Partners. If a Limited Partner is subject
to Incapacity, the executor, administrator, trustee, committee, guardian,
conservator or receiver of such Limited Partner's estate shall have all the
rights of a Limited Partner, but not more rights than those enjoyed by other
Limited Partners for the purpose of settling or managing the estate and such
power as the Incapacitated Limited Partner possessed to transfer all or any part
of his or her interest in the Partnership. The Incapacity of a Limited Partner,
in and of itself, shall not dissolve or terminate the Partnership.

            (e) Transfers Contrary to Securities Laws. The General Partner may
prohibit any transfer otherwise permitted under Section 11.3 by a Limited
Partner of its Partnership Units if, in the opinion of legal counsel to the
Partnership, such transfer would require filing of a registration statement
under the Securities Act or would otherwise violate any federal or state
securities laws or regulations applicable to the Partnership or the Partnership
Units.

            (f) Transfers Affecting Tax Status. No transfer by a Limited Partner
of its Partnership Units (or any economic or other interest, right or attribute)
may be made to any Person, including a redemption or exchange pursuant to
Section 8.6, if (i) in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, it
would cause a termination of the Partnership for federal or state income tax
purposes that the General Partner believes would have a material adverse effect
or result in the Partnership being treated for federal income tax purposes as an
association taxable as a corporation, or (ii) such transfer is effectuated
through an "established securities market" or a "secondary market (or the
substantial equivalent)" within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no interests in the
Partnership shall be issued in a transaction that is (or transactions that are)
registered or required to be registered under the Securities Act.

            (g) Transfers to Holders of Nonrecourse Liabilities. No transfer or
pledge of any Partnership Units may be made to a lender to the Partnership or
any Person who is related (within the meaning of Section 1.752-4(b) of the
Regulations) to any lender to the Partnership whose loan constitutes a
"nonrecourse liability" (within the meaning of Section 1.752-1(a)(2) of the
Regulations) without the consent of the General Partner, in its sole and
absolute discretion, provided that as a condition to any such consent the lender
will be required to enter into an arrangement with the Partnership and the
General Partner to exchange or redeem for the Redemption Amount any Partnership
Units that such lender or related person owns or would acquire upon foreclosure
of a security interest simultaneously with the time at which such lender would
be deemed to be a partner in the Partnership for purposes of allocating
liabilities to such lender under Section 752 of the Code.

            (h) Other Restrictions. In addition to any other restrictions on
transfer contained in this Agreement, in no event may a transfer or assignment
of a Partnership Interest by any Partner (including a transfer upon exercise of
the Redemption Right) be made without the consent of the General Partner in its
sole and absolute discretion:

                (i) to any person or entity who lacks the legal right, power or
    capacity to own a Partnership Interest;

                (ii) in violation of applicable law;

                (iii) of any component portion of a Partnership Interest, such
    as the Capital Account, or rights to distributions, separate and apart from
    all other components of a Partnership Interest,

                (iv) in the event such transfer adversely affects the General
    Partner's ability to qualify as a REIT or could subject the General Partner
    to any additional taxes under Section 857 or Section 4981 of the Code;

                (v) if such transfer would cause the Partnership to become, with
    respect to any employee benefit plan subject to Title I of ERISA, a
    "party-in-interest" (as defined in Section 3(14) of ERISA) or a
    "disqualified person" (as defined in Section 4975(c) of the Code);

                (vi) if such transfer would, in the opinion of counsel to the
    Partnership, cause any portion of the assets of the Partnership to
    constitute assets of any employee benefit plan pursuant to Department of
    Labor Regulations Section 2510.2-101; or

                (vii) if such transfer subjects the Partnership to regulation
    under the Investment Partnership Act of 1940, the Investment Advisors Act of
    1940 or the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, each as
    amended.

        11.4 Substituted Limited Partners.

            (a) Consent of General Partner Required. No Limited Partner shall
have the right to substitute a transferee as a Limited Partner in its place
without the prior written consent of the General Partner, which consent may be
given or withheld by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion.
The General Partner's failure or refusal to permit a transferee of any such
interests to become a Substituted Limited Partner shall not give rise to any
cause of action against the Partnership or any Partner.

            (b) Rights and Duties of Substituted Limited Partners. A transferee
who has been admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner in accordance with this
Article 11 shall have all the rights and powers and be subject to all the
restrictions and liabilities of a Limited Partner under this Agreement.

            (c) Amendment of Exhibit A. Upon the admission of a Substituted
Limited Partner, the General Partner shall amend Exhibit A to reflect the name,
address, number of Partnership Units, and Percentage Interest of such
Substituted Limited Partner and to eliminate or adjust, if necessary, the name,
address and interest of the predecessor of such Substituted Limited Partner.

        11.5 Assignees. If the General Partner, in its sole and absolute
discretion, does not consent to the admission of any permitted transferee under
Section 11.4 as a Substituted Limited Partner, such transferee shall be
considered an Assignee for purposes of this Agreement. An Assignee shall be
entitled to all the rights of an assignee of a limited partnership interest
under the Act, including the right to receive distributions from the Partnership
and the share of Profit, Loss, and gain attributable to the Partnership Units
assigned to such transferee, but shall not be deemed to be an owner of
Partnership Units for any other purpose under this Agreement, and shall not be
entitled to vote such Partnership Units in any matter presented to the Limited
Partners for a vote (such vote remaining with the transferor Limited Partner).
If any such transferee desires to make a further assignment of any such
Partnership Units, such transferee shall be subject to all the provisions of
this Article 11 to the same extent and in the same manner as any Limited Partner
desiring to make an assignment of Partnership Units.

        11.6 General Provisions.

            (a) Withdrawal of Limited Partner. No Limited Partner may withdraw
from the Partnership other than as a result of a permitted transfer of all of
such Limited Partner's Partnership Units in accordance with this Article 11 or
pursuant to a redemption of all of its Partnership Units upon exercise of the
Redemption Right.

            (b) Transfer of All Partnership Units by Limited Partner. Any
Limited Partner who shall transfer all of its Partnership Units in a transfer
permitted pursuant to this Article 11 or pursuant to the Redemption Right shall
cease to be a Limited Partner, except as otherwise provided in Section 11.5.

            (c) Timing of Transfers. Transfers pursuant to this Article 11 may
only be made on the first day of a fiscal quarter of the Partnership, unless the
General Partner otherwise agrees.

                            12. ADMISSION OF PARTNERS

        12.1 Admission of Successor General Partner. A successor to all of the
General Partner's General Partnership Interest pursuant to Section 8.7 who is
proposed to be admitted as a successor General Partner shall be admitted to the
Partnership as the General Partner, effective upon such transfer, provided that,
in the case of transactions other than those described in Section 8.7(c),
Limited Partners representing a majority of the Percentage Interests (including
Limited Partnership Interests held by the General Partner) vote to admit such
person as successor General Partner, which votes shall be cast by such Limited
Partners in their sole and absolute discretion. Provided such vote of the
Limited Partners is obtained, any such transferee shall carry on the business of
the Partnership without dissolution. In each case, the admission shall be
subject to the successor General Partner executing and delivering to the
Partnership an acceptance of all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement
and such other documents or instruments as may be required to effect the
admission.

        12.2 Admission of Additional Limited Partners.

            (a) General. A Person who makes a capital contribution to the
Partnership in accordance with this Agreement or who exercises an option to
receive Partnership Units shall be admitted to the Partnership as an Additional
Limited Partner only upon furnishing to the General Partner (a) evidence of
acceptance in form satisfactory to the General Partner of all of the terms and
conditions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the power of
attorney granted in Article 16 and (b) such other documents or instruments as
may be required in the discretion of the General Partner in order to effect such
Person's admission as an Additional Limited Partner.

            (b) Consent of General Partner Required. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary in this Section 12.2, no Person shall be admitted as an Additional
Limited Partner without the consent of the General Partner, which consent may be
given or withheld in the General Partner's sole and absolute discretion. The
admission of any Person as an Additional Limited Partner shall become effective
on the date upon which the name of such Person is recorded on the books and
records of the Partnership, following the consent of the General Partner to such
admission.

        12.3 Amendment of Agreement and Certificate. For the admission to the
Partnership of any Partner, the General Partner shall take all steps necessary
and appropriate under the Act to amend the records of the Partnership and, if
necessary, to prepare as soon as practical an amendment of this Agreement
(including an amendment of Exhibit A) and, if required by law, shall prepare and
file an amendment to the Certificate and may for this purpose exercise the power
of attorney granted pursuant to Article 16.

                         13. DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

        13.1 Dissolution. The Partnership shall not be dissolved by the
admission of Substituted Limited Partners or Additional Limited Partners or by
the admission of a successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of
this Agreement. The Partnership shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound
up, upon the first to occur of any of the following ("Events of Dissolution"):

            (a) the expiration of the Partnership's term as provided in Section
2.4;

            (b) an event of withdrawal of the General Partner, as defined in the
Act, unless, within 90 days after the withdrawal, remaining Partners holding a
majority of the Units agree in writing to continue the business of the
Partnership and to the appointment, effective as of the date of withdrawal, of a
substitute General Partner;

            (c) from and after the date of this Agreement through December 31,
2056, an election to dissolve the Partnership made by the General Partner with
the consent of the holders of a majority of the Percentage Interests (including
Limited Partnership Interests held by the General Partner), and on or after
January 1, 2056, an election to dissolve the Partnership made by the General
Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion;

            (d) entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership
pursuant to the provisions of the Act;

            (e) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets and
properties of the Partnership;

            (f) the merger or other combination of the Partnership with or into
another entity; or

            (g) the General Partner --

                (1) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors;

                (2) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy;

                (3) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against
    it an order for relief in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding;

                (4) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any
    reorganization, arrangements, composition, readjustment, liquidation,
    dissolution or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation;

                (5) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to
    contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any
    proceeding of this nature; or

                (6) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a
    trustee, receiver or liquidator of the General Partner or of all or any
    substantial part of its properties.

        13.2 Winding Up.

            (a) General. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissolution, the
Partnership shall continue solely for the purposes of winding up its affairs in
an orderly manner, liquidating its assets, and satisfying the claims of its
creditors and Partners. No Partner shall take any action that is inconsistent
with, or not necessary to or appropriate for, the winding up of the
Partnership's business and affairs. The General Partner (or, in the event there
is no remaining General Partner, any Person elected by a majority in interest of
the Limited Partners (the "Liquidator")) shall be responsible for overseeing the
winding up and dissolution of the Partnership and shall take full account of the
Partnership's liabilities and property and the Partnership property shall be
liquidated as promptly as is consistent with obtaining the fair value of the
property, and the proceeds shall be applied and distributed in the following
order:

                (1) First, to the payment and discharge of all of the
    Partnership's debts and liabilities to creditors other than the Partners;

                (2) Second, to the payment and discharge of or provision for all
    of the Partnership's debts and liabilities to the General Partner;

                (3) Third, to the payment and discharge of all of the
    Partnership's debt and liabilities to the other Partners, pro rata in
    accordance with amounts owed to each such Partner; and

                (4) The balance, if any, to the General Partner and Limited
    Partners in accordance with their Capital Accounts, after giving effect to
    all contributions, distributions, and allocations for all periods.

            The General Partner shall not receive any additional compensation
for any services performed pursuant to this Article 13, other than reimbursement
of its expenses.

            (b) Where Immediate Sale of Partnership's Assets Impractical.
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.2(a) that require liquidation of
the assets of the Partnership, but subject to the order of priorities set forth
in that provision, if prior to or upon dissolution of the Partnership the
Liquidator determines that an immediate sale of part or all of the Partnership's
assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners, the
Liquidator may, in its sole and absolute discretion, defer for a reasonable time
the liquidation of any assets except those necessary to satisfy liabilities of
the Partnership (including to those Partners as creditors) or, with the consent
of the Partners holding a majority of the Partnership Units, distribute to the
Partners, in lieu of cash, as tenants in common and in accordance with the
provisions of Section 13.2(a), undivided interests in such Partnership assets as
the Liquidator deems not suitable for liquidation. Any such distributions in
kind shall be made only if, in the good faith judgment of the Liquidator, such
distributions in kind are in the best interest of the Partners, and shall be
subject to such conditions relating to the disposition and management of such
properties as the Liquidator deems reasonable and equitable and to any
agreements governing the operation of such properties at such time. The
Liquidator shall determine the fair market value of any property distributed in
kind using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt.

        13.3 Liquidation. Subject to Section 13.4, in the event the Partnership
is "liquidated" within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g),
distributions shall be made pursuant to this Article 13 to the General Partner
and Limited Partners who have positive Capital Accounts in compliance with
Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(2) (including any timing requirements
of those provisions). In the discretion of the General Partner, a pro rata
portion of the distributions that would otherwise be made to the General Partner
and Limited Partners pursuant to this Article 13 may be: (a) distributed to a
liquidating trust established for the benefit of the General Partner and Limited
Partners for the purpose of liquidating Partnership assets, collecting amounts
owed to the Partnership, and paying any contingent or unforeseen liabilities or
obligations of the Partnership or of the General Partner arising out of or in
connection with the Partnership (the assets of any such trust shall be
distributed to the General Partner and Limited Partners from time to time, in
the reasonable discretion of the General Partner, in the same proportions as the
amount distributed to such trust by the Partnership would otherwise have been
distributed to the General Partner and Limited Partners pursuant to this
Agreement); or (b) withheld to provide a reasonable reserve for Partnership
liabilities (contingent or otherwise) and to reflect the unrealized portion of
any installment obligations owed to the Partnership, provided that such withheld
amounts shall be distributed to the General Partner and Limited Partners as soon
as practicable.

        13.4 Deemed Distribution and Recontribution. Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Article 13, in the event the Partnership is liquidated within
the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) but no Event of
Dissolution has occurred, the Partnership's property shall not be liquidated,
the Partnership's liabilities shall not be paid or discharged, and the
Partnership's affairs shall not be wound up.

        13.5 Rights of Limited Partners. Except as specifically provided in this
Agreement, each Limited Partner shall look solely to the assets of the
Partnership for the return of its capital contribution and shall have no right
or power to demand or receive property other than cash from the Partnership.
Except as specifically provided in this Agreement, no Limited Partner shall have
priority over any other Limited Partner as to the return of its capital
contributions, distributions, or allocations.

        13.6 Notice of Dissolution. If an Event of Dissolution or an event
occurs that would, but for provisions of Section 13.1, result in a dissolution
of the Partnership, the General Partner shall, within 30 days of the event,
provide written notice of the event to each of the Partners and to all other
parties with whom the Partnership regularly conducts business (as determined in
the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner) and shall publish
notice of the event in a newspaper of general circulation in each place in which
the Partnership regularly conducts business (as determined in the sole and
absolute discretion of the General Partner).

        13.7 Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership. Upon the
completion of the liquidation of the Partnership as provided in Section 13.2,
the Partnership shall be terminated and the Certificate and all qualifications
of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in jurisdictions other than
the State of California shall be canceled and such other actions as may be
necessary to terminate the Partnership shall be taken.

        13.8 Reasonable Time for Winding-Up. A reasonable time shall be allowed
for the orderly winding-up of the business and affairs of the Partnership and
the liquidation of its assets pursuant to Section 13.2, in order to minimize any
losses otherwise attendant upon such winding-up, and the provisions of this
Agreement shall remain in effect between the Partners during the period of
liquidation.

                14. AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS

        14.1 Amendments.

            (a) General. Amendments to this Agreement may be proposed by the
General Partner or by any Limited Partners holding 25 percent or more of the
Partnership Units. Following such proposal, the General Partner shall submit any
proposed amendment to the Limited Partners. The General Partner shall seek the
written vote of the Partners on the proposed amendment or shall call a meeting
to vote on the proposal and to transact any other business that it may deem
appropriate. For purposes of obtaining a written vote, the General Partner may
establish a Partnership Record Date and require a response within a reasonable
specified time, but not less than 15 days, and failure to respond in such time
period shall constitute a vote that is consistent with the General Partner's
recommendation with respect to the proposal. Except as provided in Section
14.1(b) or 14.1(c), a proposed amendment shall be adopted and be effective as an
amendment to this Agreement if it is approved by the General Partner and it
receives the consent of a majority of the Partnership Units held by the Limited
Partners (including Partnership Units held by the General Partner in its
capacity as a Limited Partner).

            (b) General Partner's Power to Amend. Notwithstanding Section
14.1(a), the General Partner shall have the power, without the consent of the
Limited Partners, to amend this Agreement as may be required to facilitate or
implement any of the following purposes:

                (1) to add to the obligations of the General Partner or
    surrender any right or power granted to the General Partner or any Affiliate
    of the General Partner for the benefit of the Limited Partners;

                (2) to reflect the admission, substitution, termination, or
    withdrawal of Partners in accordance with this Agreement;

                (3) to set forth the rights, powers, duties, and preferences of
    the holders of any additional Partnership Interests issued pursuant to
    Section 4.2(b);

                (4) to reflect a change that does not adversely affect the
    Limited Partners in any material respect, or to cure any ambiguity, correct
    or supplement any provision in this Agreement not inconsistent with law or
    with other provisions, or make other changes with respect to matters arising
    under this Agreement that will not be inconsistent with law or with the
    provisions of this Agreement;

                (5) to satisfy any requirements, conditions, or guidelines
    contained in any order, directive, opinion, ruling or regulation of a
    federal or state agency or contained in federal or state law; and

                (6) to reflect such changes as are reasonably necessary for the
    General Partner to maintain its status as a REIT.

            The General Partner will notify the Limited Partners when any
material action under this Section 14.1(b) is taken in the next regular
communication to the Limited Partners.

            (c) Consent of Adversely Affected Partner Required. Notwithstanding
Section 14.1(a), this Agreement shall not be amended without the consent of each
Partner adversely affected if such amendment would:

                (1) convert a Limited Partner's interest in the Partnership into
    a general partner's interest,

                (2) modify the limited liability of a Limited Partner,

                (3) alter rights of the Partner to receive distributions
    pursuant to Article 5, or the allocations specified in Article 6 (except as
    permitted pursuant to Section 4.2 and Section 14.1(b)(3)),

                (4) alter or modify the Redemption Right or the Redemption
    Amount as set forth in Section 8.6 and related definitions,

                (5) cause the termination of the Partnership prior to the time
    set forth in Sections 2.5 or 13.1,

                (6) affect the operation of the Unit Adjustment Factor in a
    manner adverse to the Limited Partners,

                (7) impose on the Limited Partners any obligation to make
    additional capital contributions to the Partnership, or

                (8) amend this Section 14.1(c).

Further, no amendment may alter the restrictions of the General Partner's
authority set forth in Section 7.2 without the consent specified in that
Section.

        14.2 Meetings of the Partners.

            (a) General. Meetings of the Partners may be called by the General
Partner and shall be called upon the receipt by the General Partner of a written
request by Limited Partners holding 25 percent or more of the Partnership Units.
The call shall state the nature of the business to be transacted. Notice of any
such meeting shall be given to all Partners not less than seven days nor more
than 30 days prior to the date of such meeting. Partners may vote in person or
by proxy at such meeting. Whenever the vote or consent of Partners is permitted
or required under this Agreement, such vote or consent may be given at a meeting
of Partners or may be given in accordance with the procedure prescribed in
Section 14.1. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the
consent of holders of a majority of the Percentage Interests (including Limited
Partnership Interests held by the General Partner) shall control.

            (b) Action By Written Consent. Any action required or permitted to
be taken at a meeting of the Partners may be taken without a meeting if a
written consent setting forth the action so taken is signed by a majority of the
Percentage Interests of the Partners (or such other percentage as is expressly
required by this Agreement for such action to be taken at a meeting). Such
consent may be in one instrument or in several instruments, and shall have the
same force and effect as a vote of a majority of the Percentage Interests of the
Partners (or such other percentage as is expressly required by this Agreement
for such action to be taken at a meeting). Such consent shall be filed with the
General Partner. An action so taken shall be deemed to have been taken at a
meeting held on the effective date so certified.

            (c) Proxies. Each Limited Partner may authorize any Person or
Persons to act for him by proxy on all matters in which a Limited Partner is
entitled to participate, including waiving notice of any meeting, or voting or
participating at a meeting. Every proxy must be signed by the Limited Partner or
its attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of 11 months
from the date of the proxy unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Every proxy
shall, unless otherwise specifically provided in the proxy, be revocable at the
pleasure of the Limited Partner executing it.

            (d) Conduct of Meeting. Each meeting of Partners shall be conducted
by the General Partner or such other Person as the General Partner may appoint
pursuant to such rules for the conduct of the meeting as the General Partner or
such other Person deems appropriate, including establishment of a Partnership
Record Date for such meeting.

                             15. GENERAL PROVISIONS

        15.1 Addresses and Notice. All notices and demands under this Agreement
shall be in writing, and may be either delivered personally (which shall include
deliveries by courier) by telefax, telex or other wire transmission (with
request for evidence of receipt in a manner appropriate with respect to
communications of that type, provided that a confirmation copy is concurrently
sent by a nationally recognized express courier for overnight delivery) or
mailed, postage prepaid, by certified or registered mail, return receipt
requested, directed to the parties at their respective addresses set forth on
Exhibit A, as it may be amended from time to time, and, if to the Partnership,
such notices and demands sent in the foregoing manner must be delivered at its
principal place of business set forth above. Notices delivered personally or by
telefax, telex or other wire transmission shall be effective on the first
Business Day following the date of delivery or transmission. Notices that are
mailed shall be deemed to have been received three (3) Business Days following
the date so mailed. Any party may designate a different address to which notices
and demands shall subsequently be directed by written notice given in the same
manner and directed to the Partnership at its office.

        15.2 Titles and Captions. All article or Section titles or captions in
this Agreement are for convenience only. They shall not be deemed part of this
Agreement and in no way define, limit, extend or describe the scope or intent of
any provisions of this Agreement. Except as specifically provided otherwise,
references to "Articles" and "Sections" are to Articles and Sections of this
Agreement.

        15.3 Pronouns and Plurals. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun
used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or
neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include
the plural and vice versa.

        15.4 Further Action. The parties shall execute and deliver all
documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may
be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

        15.5 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to
the benefit of the parties and their heirs, executors, administrators,
successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

        15.6 Waiver of Partition. The Partners agree that the Partnership
properties are not and will not be suitable for partition. Accordingly, each of
the Partners irrevocably waives any and all rights (if any) that it may have to
maintain any action for partition of any of the Partnership properties.

        15.7 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement
among the parties with respect to the matters contained in this Agreement; it
supersedes any prior agreements or understandings among them and it may not be
modified or amended in any manner other than pursuant to Article 14.

        15.8 Securities Law Provisions. The Partnership Units have not been
registered under the federal or state securities laws of any state and,
therefore, may not be resold unless appropriate federal and state securities
laws, as well as the provisions of Article 11, have been complied with.

        15.9 Remedies Not Exclusive. Any remedies contained in this Agreement
for breaches of obligations under this Agreement shall not be deemed to be
exclusive and shall not impair the right of any party to exercise any other
right or remedy, whether for damages, injunction or otherwise.

        15.10 Time. Time is of the essence of this Agreement.

        15.11 Creditors. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for
the benefit of, or shall be enforceable by, any creditor of the Partnership.

        15.12 Waiver. No failure by any party to insist upon the strict
performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or
to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach of this Agreement shall
constitute waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or
condition.

        15.13 Execution Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in
counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on
all the parties to this Agreement, notwithstanding that all such parties are not
signatories to the original or the same counterpart. Each party shall become
bound by this Agreement immediately upon affixing its signature to this
Agreement.

        15.14 Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance
with and governed by the laws (other than the law governing the choice of law)
of the State of California, without regard to the principles of conflicts of
law. In the event of a conflict between any provision of this Agreement and any
nonmandatory provision of the Act, the provisions of this Agreement shall
control and take precedence.

        15.15 Invalidity of Provisions. If any provision of this Agreement is or
becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality
and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained in this Agreement shall
not be affected.

        15.16 No Third-Party Rights Created. The provisions of this Agreement
are solely for the purpose of defining the interests of the Partners, inter se;
and no other person, firm or entity (i.e., a party who is not a signatory to
this Agreement or a permitted successor to such a signatory) shall have any
right, power, title or interest by way of subrogation or otherwise, in and to
the rights, powers, title and provisions of this Agreement.

                              16. POWER OF ATTORNEY

        16.1 Power of Attorney.

            (a) Scope. Each Limited Partner and each Assignee constitutes and
appoints the General Partner, any Liquidator, and authorized officers and
attorneys-in-fact of each, and each of those acting singly, in each case with
full power of substitution, as its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact,
with full power and authority in its name, place and stead to:

                (1) execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record in
    the appropriate public offices

                    (i) all certificates, documents and other instruments
        (including, without limitation, this Agreement and the Certificate and
        all amendments or restatements of the Agreement or the Certificate) that
        the General Partner or the Liquidator deems appropriate or necessary to
        form, qualify or continue the existence or qualification of the
        Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the
        limited partners have limited liability) in the State of California and
        in all other jurisdictions in which the Partnership may conduct business
        or own property;

                    (ii) all instruments that the General Partner deems
        appropriate or necessary to reflect any amendment, change, modification
        or restatement of this Agreement in accordance with its terms;

                    (iii) all conveyances and other instruments or documents
        that the General Partner deems appropriate or necessary to reflect the
        dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership pursuant to the terms of
        this Agreement, including, without limitation, a certificate of
        cancellation;

                    (iv) all instruments relating to the admission, withdrawal,
        removal or substitution of any Partner pursuant to, or other events
        described in, Articles 11, 12 or 13 or the capital contribution of any
        Partner; and

                    (v) all certificates, documents and other instruments
        relating to the determination of the rights, preferences and privileges
        of Partnership Interests; and

                (2) execute, swear to, acknowledge and file all ballots,
    consents, approvals, waivers, certificates and other instruments appropriate
    or necessary, in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner, to
    make, evidence, give, confirm or ratify any vote, consent, approval,
    agreement or other action that is made or given by the Partners under this
    Agreement or is consistent with the terms of this Agreement or appropriate
    or necessary, in the sole discretion of the General Partner, to effectuate
    the terms or intent of this Agreement.

            Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as
authorizing the General Partner to amend this Agreement except in accordance
with Article 14 or as may be otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement.

            (b) Irrevocability. The foregoing power of attorney is declared to
be irrevocable and a power coupled with an interest, in recognition of the fact
that each of the Partners will be relying upon the power of the General Partner
to act as contemplated by this Agreement in any filing or other action by it on
behalf of the Partnership, and it shall survive and not be affected by the
subsequent Incapacity of any Limited Partner or Assignee and the transfer of all
or any portion of such Limited Partner's or Assignee's Partnership Units and
shall extend to such Limited Partner's or Assignee's heirs, successors, assigns
and personal representatives. Each such Limited Partner or Assignee agrees to be
bound by any representation made by the General Partner, acting in good faith
pursuant to such power of attorney; and each such Limited Partner or Assignee
waives any and all defenses that may be available to contest, negate or
disaffirm the action of the General Partner, taken in good faith under such
power of attorney. Each Limited Partner or Assignee shall execute and deliver to
the General Partner or the Liquidator, within 15 days after receipt of the
General Partner's request, such further designation, powers of attorney and
other instruments as the General Partner or the Liquidator, as the case may be,
deems necessary to effectuate this Agreement and the purposes of the
Partnership.

<PAGE>

        The parties have signed this Agreement as of the date specified in the
introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

                                   GENERAL PARTNER:

                                   PS BUSINESS PARKS, INC.,
                                   a California corporation



                                   By:  s/ Ronald L. Havner, Jr.
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Ronald L. Havner, Jr., President and
                                        Chief Executive Officer


                                   LIMITED PARTNERS:

                                   All of those Limited Partners set forth on
                                   Exhibit A

                                   By:  PS BUSINESS PARKS, INC.,
                                        a California corporation, their
                                        attorney-in-fact



                                        By:  s/ Ronald L. Havner, Jr.
                                             --------------------------------
                                             Ronald L. Havner, Jr., President
                                             and Chief Executive Officer



                                                                    Exhibit 10.2

                          REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT


        THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and
entered into as of March 17, 1998 by and between PS BUSINESS PARKS, INC., a
California corporation (the "Company"), and ACQUIPORT TWO CORPORATION, a
Delaware corporation (the "Holder").

                                    RECITALS

        A. The Holder is currently the owner of 5,289,765 shares of common stock
in the Company (the "Holder's Shares"). Pursuant to certain documents executed
in connection with Holder's acquisition of Holder's Shares, Holder obtained
certain rights to acquire additional securities of the Company. Any such
additional securities of the Company acquired by Holder pursuant to such rights
are sometimes referred to herein as the "Additional Securities".

        B. Company and Holder wish to provide in this Agreement for the rights,
duties and obligations of the parties with respect to the registration of the
Holder's Shares, any Additional Securities issued to the Holder and any
securities of the Company that may be issued or distributed with respect to, in
exchange or substitution for, or upon conversion of such Holder's Shares or
Additional Securities, or on account of such Holder's Shares or Additional
Securities as a result of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse split or
other distribution, merger, combination, consolidation, recapitalization or
reclassification or otherwise (collectively, "Registrable Shares").


                                    AGREEMENT

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants
and agreements hereinafter set forth, and other good and valuable consideration,
the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto
agree as follows:

        1. Shelf Registration Statements.

        Not later than the first anniversary of the date of this Agreement (or
forty-five (45) days prior to the first anniversary of the date of this
Agreement if the Company is then eligible to file Form S-3 or a successor form),
the Company shall cause to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
(the "SEC") a registration statement, including a prospectus and related
materials (the "Shelf Registration Statement"), in compliance with applicable
SEC rules pursuant to which all Registrable Shares are registered under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") for offerings to be
made on a continuous, periodic or delayed basis, and, to the extent Holder is
deemed to be an "affiliate" of the Company, pursuant to which resales of such
Registrable Shares may be made. The Company shall use reasonable efforts to
cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the SEC by
the first anniversary of the date of this Agreement, and shall use reasonable
efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective, including, without
limitation, the preparation and filing of any amendments and supplements
necessary for that purpose.

        2. Back-up Registration Rights.

        If, despite the reasonable efforts of the Company, the Shelf
Registration Statement, any "Additional Registration Statement" (as hereinafter
defined), or any "New Registration Statement" (as hereinafter defined) ceases to
be effective for any reason, then the Company will cause to be filed with the
SEC as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter a new registration statement,
prospectus and related materials (a "New Registration Statement") that complies
with applicable SEC rules providing for the registration and, to the extent
Holder is deemed to be an "affiliate" of the Company, resale, by the Holder of
the Registrable Shares or Additional Securities, as applicable, on a continuous,
periodic or delayed basis. The Company shall use reasonable efforts to cause
each New Registration Statement to be declared effective by the SEC as soon as
practicable, and shall use reasonable efforts to keep each New Registration
Statement effective, including, without limitation, the preparation and filing
of any amendments and supplements necessary for that purpose.

        3. Additional Registration Rights.

        If Additional Securities are issued to the Holder, then the Company will
cause to be filed with the SEC, as soon as practicable after each issuance of
such Additional Securities, a registration statement, prospectus and related
materials (an "Additional Registration Statement") that complies with applicable
SEC rules pursuant to which the Additional Securities will be registered under
the Securities Act for offerings to be made on a continuous, periodic or delayed
basis and, to the extent Holder is deemed to be an affiliate of the Company,
resales of such Additional Securities may be made. The Company shall use
reasonable efforts to cause each such Additional Registration Statement to be
declared effective by the SEC as soon as practicable, and shall use reasonable
efforts to keep each Additional Registration Statement effective, including,
without limitation, the preparation and filing of any amendments and supplements
necessary for that purpose. The foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, the
Company shall not be required to file any Additional Registration Statement
before the first anniversary of the date of this Agreement (or forty-five (45)
days prior to the first anniversary of the date of this Agreement if the Company
is then eligible to file Form S-3 or a successor form), or cause any Additional
Registration Statement to be declared effective prior to the first anniversary
of the date of this Agreement.

        4. Certain Registration Procedures.

        The following additional registration procedures shall apply with
respect to any Registration Statement required to be filed pursuant to Sections
1, 2 or 3 above. (As used in this Agreement, "Registration Statement" and
"Prospectus" refer to the Shelf Registration Statement and related prospectus,
any New Registration Statement and related prospectus [including any preliminary
prospectus] and any Additional Registration Statement and related prospectus,
including in each case any documents incorporated therein by reference.)

            4.1 Suspension of Offering.

            (a) The Company shall be entitled, from time to time, to require the
Holder not to sell under a Registration Statement if the negotiation or
consummation of a transaction by the Company or its subsidiaries is pending or
circumstances have arisen, which negotiation, consummation or circumstances
would require additional disclosure by the Company in such Registration
Statement of material information which the Company has a bona fide business
purpose for keeping confidential and the nondisclosure of which in the
Registration Statement might cause the Registration Statement to fail to comply
with applicable disclosure requirements; provided, however, that the Company may
not prohibit sales for such reason more than twice in any twelve (12) month
period, for more than thirty (30) days in one instance, or more than sixty (60)
days in the other instance, at any one time.

            (b) Subject to the limitations as to frequency and duration set
forth in Section 4.1(a), upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the
happening of any event which is of a type specified in Section 4.1(a), the
Holder agrees that it will immediately discontinue offers and sales of
securities under the Registration Statement until the Holder receives copies of
a supplemented or amended Registration Statement which addresses the disclosure
issues referred to above, after which the Holder shall be free to resume
offering and selling activities. The Company agrees to promptly prepare any such
supplemented or amended Registration Statement and to use reasonable efforts to
cause such supplemented or amended Registration Statement to be declared
effective by the SEC as soon as practicable. If so directed by the Company, the
Holder will deliver to the Company all copies of any Prospectus in its
possession at the time of receipt of such notice.

            4.2 Obligations of the Company with Respect to Registration
Statements. In connection with a Registration Statement and the securities to be
sold thereunder (the "Covered Securities"), the Company agrees to:

                (a) furnish to the Holder such number of copies of the
Registration Statement, each amendment, post-effective amendment and supplement
thereto, the Prospectus included in the Registration Statement (including each
preliminary Prospectus) in compliance with the requirements of the Securities
Act, and such other documents as the Holder may reasonably request in order to
facilitate the disposition of the Covered Securities owned by the Holder; the
Company consents to the use of the Prospectus for the Registration Statement,
including each preliminary Prospectus, by the Holder in connection with the
offering and sale of Covered Securities;

                (b) use reasonable efforts to register or qualify such Covered
Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as
the Holder reasonably requests, and do any and all other acts and things which
may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable the Holder to consummate the
disposition in such jurisdictions of the Covered Securities, provided that the
Company will not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any
jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this
subparagraph, (ii) subject itself to taxation in any jurisdiction where it would
not otherwise be subject to taxation but for this subparagraph, or (iii) consent
to general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it would not
otherwise be subject to service of process but for this subparagraph (except as
may be required by the Securities Act);

                (c) cause all such Covered Securities to be listed and qualified
for trading on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by
the Company are then listed and qualified for trading;

                (d) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Covered
Securities not later than the effective date of the Registration Statement
applicable thereto, and thereafter maintain such a transfer agent and registrar;
and otherwise cooperate with the sellers to facilitate the timely preparation
and delivery of certificates representing Covered Securities to be sold and not
bearing any Securities Act legends;

                (e) otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable
rules and regulations of the SEC, and make available to its security holders, as
soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at
least twelve (12) months beginning with the first day of the Company's first
full calendar quarter after the effective date of the Registration Statement,
which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the
Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

                (f) promptly notify the holder in writing of the issuance by the
SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the
effectiveness of a Registration Statement, or any part thereof, or of any order
suspending or preventing the use of any related Prospectus or the initiation of
any proceedings for that purpose, or if the Company receives any notification
with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable
Securities for offer or sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any
proceedings for that purpose;

                (g) in the event of the issuance of any stop order suspending
the effectiveness of any Registration Statement, or any part thereof, or of any
order suspending or preventing the use of any related Prospectus or suspending
the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction,
the Company will use its best efforts to promptly obtain the withdrawal of such
order;

                (h) use reasonable efforts to cause the Covered Securities to be
registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities
as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Company to
enable the Holder to consummate the disposition of such Covered Securities;

                (i) promptly notify the Holder, at any time when a Prospectus
relating to Covered Securities is required to be delivered under the Securities
Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the Prospectus included
in the applicable Registration Statement (as then in effect) contains any untrue
statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make
the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus and any preliminary
Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not
misleading when such Prospectus was delivered; the Company will, as soon as
practicable, prepare and furnish to the Holder a supplement or amendment to such
Prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Covered
Securities, such Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements
therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading;

                (j) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and
supplements to each Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection
with such Registration Statement as may be necessary to comply with the
provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of securities
covered by such Registration Statement; and

                (k) to the extent permitted by the professional standards
governing the accounting profession at the time, obtain cold comfort letters and
updates thereof from the independent public accountants of the Company (and, if
necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary
of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial
statements and financial data are, or are requested to be, included in the
Registration Statement) addressed to the Holder in customary form and covering
such matters of the type customarily covered by cold comfort letters.

            4.3 Obligations of Holder with Respect to Registration Statements.
The Holder agrees to provide promptly following any written request therefor,
any information reasonably requested by the Company in connection with the
preparation of and for inclusion in the Registration Statement (including,
without limitation, if applicable, information regarding the proposed
distribution by the Holder of the Covered Securities).

            4.4 Review of Registration Statements. No Registration Statement,
Prospectus or related materials, and no supplement or amendment to any
Registration Statement, Prospectus or related materials shall be filed unless
and until all of the following conditions have been satisfied; provided,
however, that, by implementing the following conditions, the Holder shall not be
deemed to have made any representation or warranty of any kind or nature
whatsoever with respect to any matter set forth, contained or addressed in such
Registration Statement, Prospectus or related materials, including but not
limited to the accuracy, adequacy or completeness thereof:

                (a) A complete and accurate copy of each Registration Statement,
Prospectus and all related material, and of each proposed supplement or
amendment to any Registration Statement, Prospectus or related materials (all
individually and collectively referred to herein as "Filing Material") shall be
provided to each person or entity designated herein to receive the original or
copies of notices directed to Holder (each a "Notice Party") sufficiently in
advance of that proposed Filing Material being filed with the SEC or any other
federal or state agency having jurisdiction over securities offerings (a
"Filing") so as to allow the Notice Parties a reasonable opportunity to review
and comment on such proposed Filing Material prior to Filing.

                (b) Promptly upon receipt of any comments or requested revisions
to any Filing Material from the SEC or any other federal or state agency
(collectively "Agency Comments"), the Company shall provide a complete and
accurate copy of the Agency Comments to each Notice Party.

                (c) Promptly upon making any addition, deletion or revision to
any Filing Material not previously provided to all Notice Parties, including but
not limited to any addition, deletion or revision in response to Agency
Comments, the Company shall provide each Notice Party with a complete and
accurate copy of the revised Filing Material, with the changes highlighted
therein, sufficiently in advance of Filing any such addition, deletion or
revision so as to allow the Notice Parties a reasonable opportunity to review
and comment thereon prior to Filing.

                (d) Prior to each Filing the Company shall certify to Holder in
writing that the Company, both through the devotion of the necessary time and
attention of capable Company personnel and Company resources, and through the
engagement of and collaboration with qualified legal, accounting, underwriting,
appraisal, environmental and other experts, exercised good faith and due care in
the preparation of the Filing Materials, both as to form and content.

        5. Underwritten Offerings.

            5.1 Demand by Holder. On or after one (1) year after the date of
this Agreement, the Company shall, at the Holder's written request, assist in an
underwritten offering of Registrable Shares by the Holder; provided, however,
that the Company shall not be obligated to comply with any such request with
respect to an offering of Registrable Shares with a gross retail value of less
than $50,000,000 unless, pursuant to Section 5.5(a), Holder was prevented from
including in an underwritten offering the entire number of Registrable Shares
initially requested by Holder to be included in such offering, in which case the
limitation set forth in this proviso shall be decreased to the lesser of
$50,000,000 or the gross retail value of the Registrable Shares Holder was
prevented from including in such offering. In connection with any such
underwritten offering, the Company agrees to:

                (a) enter into such customary agreements (including underwriting
agreements in customary form) and take all such actions as the Holder or the
underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the
disposition of Covered Securities, including without limitation:

                    (i) making such representation and warranties to the
underwriters in form, substance and scope reasonably satisfactory to the
managing underwriter, as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in
primary underwritten offerings;

                    (ii) obtaining opinions and updates thereof of counsel which
counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably
satisfactory to the managing underwriter, addressed to the underwriters covering
the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings
and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by the managing
underwriter;

                    (iii) causing the underwriting agreement to set forth in
full the indemnification provisions and procedures of Section 7 (or such other
substantially similar provisions and procedures as the managing underwriter
shall reasonably request) with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant
to said Section; and

                    (iv) delivering such documents and certificates as may be
reasonably requested by the Holder to evidence compliance with the provisions of
this Section 5.1 and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting
agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company;

                (b) upon receipt by the Company of reasonable confidentiality
agreements, make available for inspection by any underwriter participating in
any disposition pursuant to a Registration Statement and any attorney,
accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter, all financial and
other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and
cause the Company's officers, directors, employees and independent accountants
to be available on a reasonable basis and cooperate with such parties' "due
diligence" and to supply all information reasonably requested by any such
underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such Registration
Statement;

                (c) make available appropriate management personnel of the
Company for participation in the preparation and drafting of Registration
Statements, for "due diligence" meetings, for "road shows", and for other
meetings and conference calls with investment bankers and their prospective
investors;

                (d) provide written materials customarily made available to
underwriters in underwritten offerings; and

                (e) to the extent permitted by the professional standards
governing the accounting profession at the time, obtain cold comfort letters and
updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of the Company
(and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any
subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which
financial statements and financial data are, or are requested to be, included in
any Registration Statement), addressed to the underwriter(s) and Holder, such
letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily
covered in cold comfort letters in connection with underwritten offerings.

            5.2 Selection of Underwriters by Holder. In the case of an
underwritten offering requested by Holder pursuant to Section 5.1, the Holder
shall have the right to approve the investment banker(s), and/or manager(s),
selected by the Company to administer the offering, including the brokerage
and/or selling commissions to be charged, which approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed. Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a list of
investment bankers and managers which shall be deemed approved by the Holder.

            5.3 Limitations on Demands. The Company shall not be obligated to
assist with an underwritten offering requested by Holder pursuant to Section 5.1
more than once in any twelve (12) month period, or more than twice in total;
provided, however, that any underwritten offering in which Holder is prevented
by Section 5.5(a) from including in such offering the entire number of
Registrable Shares initially requested by Holder to be included in such offering
shall not be counted for purposes of this Section 5.3.

            5.4 Holder Participation in Company Offering. If the Company
proposes to execute or participate in an underwritten offering of any of the
Company's stock or other securities, whether upon the Company's own initiative
or at the request or demand of any other person, the Company shall promptly give
Holder written notice of such proposed offering. Upon the written request of
Holder delivered to the Company within twenty (20) days from the date of the
Holder's receipt of the Company's notice, the Company shall, subject to the
provisions of Section 5.5, cause to be included in such underwritten offering
all or any portion of Holder's Registrable Shares that are identified in
Holder's written request.

            5.5 Underwriting Requirements.

                (a) In connection with any underwritten offering pursuant to
Section 5.1, the Company shall not be entitled to include in such underwriting
any securities not held by Holder; except that the Company shall be entitled to
include (i) some or all of the securities held by one or more of ABKB/LaSalle
Securities Limited Partnership, Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc., Morgan
Stanley Asset Management, Fidelity Management and Research, Stanford University,
State of Michigan Retirement Systems (collectively, the "Equity Investors")
pursuant to that certain Term Sheet with AOPP dated December 3, 1997 attached
hereto (the "Term Sheet") and (ii) some or all of the securities held by the
parties listed on Exhibit B as a result of their contribution of assets to AOPP
(the "Sellers"), if such Equity Investors and/or Sellers accept the terms of the
underwriting agreement with the underwriters selected pursuant to Section 5.2,
and then only to the extent such securities are securities of the Company or
securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for securities of the
Company and such securities were issued pursuant to the Term Sheet. If the total
amount of securities, including the Holder's Registrable Shares and such
securities of the Equity Investors and/or Sellers, to be included in such
offering exceeds the amount of securities that the underwriters determine in
their sole discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the
Company shall be entitled to include in the offering only that number of
securities of Holder, the Equity Investors and/or Sellers which the underwriters
determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the
offering, with the securities so included to be apportioned pro rata among the
Holder, the Equity Investors and the Sellers in proportion to the total amount
of securities initially requested by each of them to be included in such
offering.

                (b) In connection with any underwritten offering pursuant to
Section 5.4, the Company shall not be required to include any of the Holders'
Registrable Shares in such underwriting unless Holder accepts the terms of the
underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriters selected by the
Company. If the total amount of securities, including the Holder's Registrable
Shares, to be included in such offering exceeds the amount of securities that
the underwriters determine in their sole discretion is compatible with the
success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the
offering only that number of such securities, including the Holder's Registrable
Shares, which the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not
jeopardize the success of the offering, with the securities so included to be
apportioned pro rata among the Company, the Holder and all other selling
stockholders in proportion to the total amount of securities initially requested
by each of them to be included in such offering.

        6. Term of Agreement.

            (a) The Company shall be relieved of its duties under Sections 1, 2,
and 3 of this Agreement upon the earlier to occur of (a) the date on which the
Holder no longer holds any Registrable Shares or any rights to acquire
Registrable Shares, pursuant to any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal,
rights of first offer or otherwise; and (b) the date on which all of the
following conditions are satisfied: (i) Holder's "fully diluted" (as hereinafter
defined) ownership interest in the Company and all other entities in which the
Company owns any direct or indirect interest is less than five percent (5%);
(ii) Holder no longer has the right under that certain Agreement Among
Shareholders and Company to require PSA to vote for the director designated by
Acquiport Two Corporation; and (iii) the Company delivers to Holder its
certificate, and counsel to the Company reasonably acceptable to Holder issues
to Holder an unqualified, unconditional legal opinion, that (A) Holder is not
and has not been an "affiliate" (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities
Act) of the Company for the preceding three (3) months; (B) at least two (2)
years has elapsed since the date the Holder's Registrable Securities were
acquired by Holder from the Company (applying the rules of paragraph (d) of said
Rule 144); and (C) the Holder's Registrable Shares may then be freely sold,
resold, traded, offered or distributed, whether under Rule 144(k) under the
Securities Act or otherwise, to the same extent as would be permitted had the
Registration Statement and Prospectus remained on file and in full force and
effect. As used herein, "fully diluted" shall mean, with respect to Holder's
ownership interest in the Company, and all other entities in which the Company
owns any direct or indirect interest, a fraction, expressed as a percentage if
so indicated, the numerator of which is the number of shares of common stock in
the Company which Holder would hold if all securities convertible into or
exercisable or exchangeable for common stock in the Company held by Holder were
converted into or exercised or exchanged for common stock in the Company, and
the denominator of which is the total number of shares of common stock in the
Company which would be outstanding if all securities convertible into or
exercisable or exchangeable for common stock in the Company were converted into
or exercised or exchanged for common stock in the Company.

            (b) The Company shall be relieved of its duties under Section 5.4 of
this Agreement when the gross retail value of Registrable Shares held by Holder
is less than Twenty Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000).

        7. Indemnification; Contribution.

            7.1 Indemnification by the Company. The Company agrees to indemnify,
defend and hold harmless the Holder (and each nominee or assignee of the Holder
permitted pursuant to Section 8.5) and each person, if any, who controls the
Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), as
follows:

                (a) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and
expense whatsoever (including fees and disbursements of counsel), arising out of
or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material
fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) pursuant
to which securities held by the Holder were registered under the Securities Act,
including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or the omission or
alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or arising out of or
based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
contained in any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), including
all documents incorporated therein by reference, or the omission or alleged
omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading (collectively a "Material Misstatement"):

                (b) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and
expense whatsoever (including fees and disbursements of counsel) to the extent
of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or investigation
or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of
any claim whatsoever arising out of or based upon any Material Misstatements or
alleged Material Misstatement, if such settlement is effected with the written
consent of the Company; and

                (c) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and
expense whatsoever (including fees and disbursements of counsel), incurred in
investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, investigation or
proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, in each
case whether or not a party, or of any claim whatsoever arising out of or based
upon any Material Misstatement or alleged Material Misstatement, to the extent
that any such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense is not paid under
subparagraph (a) or (b) above;

provided, however, that the indemnity provided pursuant to this Section 7.1
shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent
arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or
omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information
furnished to the Company by the Holder expressly for use in the Registration
Statement (or any amendment thereto) or the Prospectus (or any amendment or
supplement thereto).

            7.2 Indemnification by Holder. Holder agrees to indemnify, defend
and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors and officers, and each
person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the
Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the
indemnity contained in Section 7.1 hereof (except that any settlement described
in Section 7.1(b) shall be effected with the written consent of the Holder), but
only insofar as such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense arises out of or
is based upon any untrue statement or omission, or alleged untrue statement or
omission, of a material fact made in reliance upon and in conformity with
written information furnished to the Company by the Holder expressly for use in
any Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or the
Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) pursuant to which securities
held by the Holder (or permitted assignees) were registered under the Securities
Act. In no event shall the liability of Holder hereunder be greater in amount
than the gross dollar amount of the proceeds received by Holder upon the sale of
the Registrable Shares giving rise to such indemnification obligation.

            7.3 Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings. The indemnified party
under any indemnity contained in this Agreement shall give reasonably prompt
notice to the indemnifying party of any action or proceeding commenced against
it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so
notify the indemnifying party (a) shall not relieve it from any liability which
it may have under the indemnity agreements provided in this Agreement, unless
and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and the lack of
notice by the indemnified party results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying
party of substantial rights and defenses, and (b) shall not, in any event,
relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to the indemnified party
other than the indemnification obligations provided under this Agreement. If the
indemnifying party so elects within a reasonable time after receipt of such
notice, the indemnifying party may assume the defense of such action or
proceeding with counsel chosen by the indemnifying party and approved by the
indemnified party, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided,
however, that the indemnifying party will not settle any such action or
proceeding without the written consent of the indemnified party unless, as a
condition to such settlement, the indemnifying party secures the unconditional
release of the indemnified party; and provided further, that if the defendants
in any such action or proceeding include both the indemnified party and the
indemnifying party and the indemnified party reasonably determines, upon advice
of counsel, that a conflict of interest exists or that there may be legal
defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or
in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, then the indemnified
party shall be entitled to one separate counsel, the reasonable fees and
expenses of which shall be paid by the indemnifying party. If the indemnifying
party does not assume the defense of such action or proceeding, after having
received the notice referred to in the first sentence of this Section 7.3, the
indemnifying party will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel (which
shall be limited to a single law firm) for the indemnified party. In such event,
however, the indemnifying party will not be liable for any settlement effected
without the written consent of the indemnifying party. If an indemnifying party
is entitled to assume, and assumes, the defense of such action or proceeding in
accordance with this Section, the indemnifying party shall not be liable for any
fees and expenses of counsel for the indemnified party incurred thereafter in
connection with such action or proceeding except as set forth in the second
proviso in the second sentence of this Section 7.3.

            7.4 Contribution.

                (a) In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in
circumstances in which the indemnity agreements provided for in this Agreement
are for any reason held to be unenforceable by the indemnified party in
accordance with its terms, the Company and the Holder shall contribute to the
aggregate losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses of the nature
contemplated by such indemnity agreement incurred by the Company and the Holder,
(a) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the
Company on the one hand and the Holder on the other, in connection with the
statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages,
liabilities or expenses, or (b) if the allocation provided by clause (a) above
is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to
reflect not only the relative fault of but also the relative benefits to the
Company on the one hand and the Holder on the other, in connection with the
statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages,
liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.
The relative benefits to the indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be
determined by reference to, among other things, the total proceeds received by
the indemnifying party and indemnified party in connection with the offering to
which such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses relate. The relative
fault of the indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by
reference to, among other things, whether the action in question, including any
untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged
omission to state a material fact, has been made by, or relates to information
supplied by, the indemnifying party or the indemnified party, and the parties'
relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or
prevent such action.

                (b) The parties hereto agree that it would not be just or
equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7.4 were determined by pro
rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account
of the equitable considerations referred to in subparagraph (a) above.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7.4, the Holder shall not be
required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount of the total proceeds
to the Holder from sales of Covered Securities of the Holder under the
Registration Statement.

                (c) Notwithstanding subparagraphs (a) and (b) above, no person
guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of
the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was
not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section
7.4, each person, if any, who controls the Holder within the meaning of Section
15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act shall have the same
rights to contribution as the Holder, and each director of the Company, each
officer of the Company who signed a Registration Statement and each person, if
any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities
Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution
as the Company.

        8. Holdback Agreements.

            8.1 Holder Holdback Agreement. Holder shall not effect any sale or
distribution of Registrable Shares or any securities convertible into or
exchangeable or exercisable for Registrable Shares, including a sale pursuant to
Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in force) under the Securities Act, if
and to the extent required by the managing underwriter of an underwritten
offering being undertaken by the Company; provided, however, that such
restriction on public sales or distributions shall not apply (a) for a period
exceeding the fourteen (14) days prior to, and the one hundred eighty (180) day
period beginning on, the effective date of the registration statement filed in
connection with such underwritten offering; (b) to any sale as a part of or in
conjunction with such underwritten offering; or (c) unless all officers,
directors and other persons with registration rights with respect to securities
of the Company enter into or are restricted by similar holdback agreements.

            8.2 Company Holdback Agreement. Company shall not effect any sale or
distribution of (other than in connection with Company employee, Company
consultant or Company director stock options), or assist in an underwritten
offering by any other person of, any securities of the Company or securities
convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for securities of the Company,
if and to the extent required by the managing underwriter of an underwritten
offering being undertaken pursuant to Section 5.1, above; provided, however,
that such restriction on public sales or distributions shall not apply (a) for a
period exceeding the fourteen (14) days prior to, and the one hundred eighty
(180) day period beginning on, the effective date of the registration statement
filed in connection with such underwritten offering in; or (b) to any sale as a
part of or in conjunction with an underwritten offering in compliance with
Section 5.5(a). The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to issuances by the
Company of its securities upon the exercise of employee, consultant or director
stock options to the extent permitted by the managing underwriter.

        9. Miscellaneous.

            9.1 Expenses. The Company shall pay all expenses incurred in
connection with any Registration Statement, Prospectus and related materials
with respect to all registrations made pursuant to Sections 1, 2 and 3, and any
underwritten offering requested by Holder pursuant to Section 5.1 or undertaken
by the Company pursuant to Section 5.4, and the performance by it of any and all
of its other obligations under this Agreement, including (a) all stock exchange,
SEC and state securities registration, listing and filing fees, (b) all expenses
incurred in connection with the preparation, printing and distributing of
Registration Statements and Prospectuses, (c) accounting fees, costs of
appraisals, and the costs of environmental and other reports, (d) fees and
disbursements of counsel for the Company, and (e) except as set forth in the
following sentence, underwriting discounts, brokerage and selling commissions
and transfer taxes. The Holder shall be responsible for the payment of any
underwriting discounts, brokerage and selling commissions and transfer taxes
relating to the sale or disposition of securities held by the Holder, and the
fees and disbursements of the Holder's counsel. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
in the event any attempt to file a registration statement with the SEC pursuant
to Sections 1, 2 or 3 fails solely due to the fault or error of Holder, Holder
will reimburse the Company for the Company's reasonable costs and expenses
incurred in attempting to accomplish such registration.

            9.2 Authorization; No Conflicts. Each party to this Agreement
represents and warrants to the other parties to this Agreement that the
execution and deliver of this Agreement by such party and the performance by
such party of its covenants and agreements under this Agreement have been, or at
the time of such performance will have been, duly authorized by all necessary
corporate action on the part of such party, and all required consents to the
transactions contemplated hereby have been obtained by such party, or at the
time of such performance will have been received by such party. The execution,
delivery and performance by such party of this Agreement, the fulfillment of and
compliance with the terms and provisions hereof, and the consummation by such
party of the transactions contemplated hereby, do not and will not: (a) conflict
with, or violate any provisions of, the Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws or
other governing documents of such party; (b) conflict with, or violate any
provision of, any statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, order, writ or
injunction having applicability to such party or any of its assets; (c) result
in a breach or acceleration of the maturity of any loan or credit agreement to
which such party is a party or by which any of its assets may be affected; or
(d) conflict with, result in any breach of, or constitute a default under any
agreement to which such party is a party or by which it or any of its assets are
bound.

            9.3 Integration; Amendment. This Agreement, together with its
exhibits and the other agreements referred to herein, constitutes the entire
agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the matters relating to
registration rights set forth herein and supersedes and renders of no force and
effect all prior oral or written agreements, commitments and understandings
among the parties with respect to the matters relating to registration rights
set forth herein. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, no
amendment, modification or discharge of this Agreement shall be valid or binding
unless set forth in writing and duly executed by each of the parties hereto.

            9.4 Waivers. No waiver by a party hereto shall be effective unless
made in a written instrument duly executed by the party against whom such waiver
is sought to be enforced, and only to the extent set forth in such instrument.
Neither the waiver by any of the parties hereto of a breach or a default under
any of the provisions of this Agreement, nor the failure of any of the parties,
on one or more occasions, to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement or
to exercise any right or privilege hereunder shall thereafter be construed as a
waiver of any subsequent breach or default of a similar nature, or as a waiver
of any such provisions, rights or privileges hereunder.

            9.5 Assignment; Successors and Assigns. The Holder may elect to have
a nominee take title to any or all of the Registrable Shares, in which went the
benefits of this Agreement shall run directly to such nominee. The Holder may
assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to the New York State
Common Retirement Fund ("CRF") or to any entity wholly owned, directly or
indirectly, by CRF and to which all of the Registrable Shares have been
transferred. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
the Company and its successors by merger. Except as provided in this Section, no
party hereto shall assign its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement, in
whole or in part, whether by operation of law or otherwise.

            9.6 Burden and Benefit. This Agreement shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs,
executors, personal and legal representatives, successors and, subject to
Section 8.5 above, assigns.

            9.7 Notices. Any notice, consent or approval required or permitted
to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have
been given (i) upon hand delivery to the recipient; (ii) by facsimile
transmission, upon receipt by the sender of confirmation of such transmission,
(iii) one (1) business day after being deposited with Federal Express or another
reliable overnight courier service for next day delivery; or (iv) if deposited
in the United States mail, registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return
receipt required, on the date of receipt or refusal to accept delivery; and
addressed or telecopied as follows:

            If to Company:

                                   PS Business Parks, Inc.
                                   701 Western Avenue, Suite 200
                                   Glendale, California 91201
                                   Attn: Mr. Ronald L. Havner, Jr.
                                   Fax No.: (818) 244-9267
                                   Telephone No.: (818) 244-8080

                                   And a copy to:

                                   Hale and Dorr LLP
                                   1455 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.
                                   Washington, D.C. 20004
                                   Attn: Steven S. Snider, Esq.
                                   Fax No.: (202) 942-8484
                                   Telephone No.: (202) 942-8400

            If to Holder:  

                                   Office of the State Comptroller
                                   633 Third Avenue, 31st Floor
                                   New York, New York 10017-6754
                                   Attn: Chief Real Estate Investment
                                   Officer - Equity Program
                                   Fax No.: (212) 681-4485
                                   Telephone No.: (212) 681-4489

                                   And a copy to:

                                   Office of the State Comptroller
                                   633 Third Avenue, 31st Floor
                                   New York, New York 10017-6754
                                   Attn: Marjorie Tsang, Esq.
                                   Fax No.: (212) 681-4485
                                   Telephone No.: (212) 681-4471

                                   And a copy to:

                                   Cox, Castle & Nicholson LLP
                                   2049 Century Park East, Suite 2800
                                   Los Angeles, California 90067
                                   Attn: Amy H. Wells, Esq.
                                   Fax No.: (310) 277-7889
                                   Telephone No.: (310) 284-2233

                                   And a copy to:

                                   Heitman Capital Management Corporation
                                   180 North LaSalle Street
                                   Suite 3400
                                   Chicago, Illinois 60601-2886
                                   Attn: David B. Perisho
                                   Fax No.: (312) 541-6798
                                   Telephone No.: (312) 541-6748

or such other address or telephone number as any party may from time to time
specify in writing to the others; provided, however, that the foregoing
addresses and numbers shall remain in effect unless and until notice of and
change is deemed to have been given in the manner required by this Section.

            9.8 Specific Performance. The parties hereto acknowledge that the
obligations undertaken by them hereunder are unique and that there would be no
adequate remedy at law if any party fails to perform any of its obligations
hereunder, and accordingly agree that each party, in addition to any other
remedy to which it may be entitled at law or in equity, shall be entitled to (a)
compel specific performance of the obligations, covenants and agreements of any
other party under this Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions of
this Agreement; and (b) obtain preliminary injunctive relief to secure specific
performance and to prevent a breach or contemplated breach of this Agreement.
Each party waives the requirement of the posting of any bond or security in
connection with any proceedings or any injunction issued in connection with this
Section.

            9.9 Governing Law. Notwithstanding that California law, with respect
to choice of law, or the Constitution, laws or treaties of the United States of
America, may dictate that this Agreement should be governed by or construed in
accordance with the laws of another jurisdiction, this Agreement, and all
documents and instruments executed and delivered in connection herewith shall be
governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of
California.

            9.10 Enforcement. If any party hereto institutes any action or
proceeding to interpret or enforce any provision of this Agreement or for an
alleged breach of any provision of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be
entitled to recover its actual attorneys' fees and all fees, costs and expenses
incurred in connection with such action or proceeding. Such attorneys' fees,
fees, costs and expenses shall include post judgment attorneys' fees, fees,
costs and expenses incurred on appeal or in collection of any judgment. This
provision is separate and several and shall survive the merger of this provision
into any judgment on this Agreement. No person or entity other than the parties
hereto is or shall be entitled to bring any action to enforce any provision of
this Agreement against any of the parties hereto, and the covenants and
agreements set forth in this Agreement shall be solely for the benefit of, and
shall be enforceable only by, the parties hereto or their respective successors
and assigns as permitted hereunder.

            9.11 Jurisdiction and Venue. Any action initiated by any party under
this Agreement shall be brought and prosecuted in the United States District
Court for the Central District of California which the parties acknowledge and
agree is a convenient forum in which to litigate such action, and the parties
waive any right to commence or transfer such action in or to any other court.
Should said District Court find that it has no jurisdiction over such action,
then such action shall be brought and prosecuted in the Superior Court of the
County of Los Angeles, State of California. Each party hereto expressly consents
and submits to personal jurisdiction in the federal or state courts, as the case
may be, in the State of California, County of Los Angeles and to permanent and
exclusive venue in Los Angeles County, State of California. In addition, in any
action under this Agreement, each party hereto expressly consents to service of
process by any manner set forth in this Agreement for the giving of notice.

            9.12 Headings. Section and subsection headings contained in this
Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only, shall not be deemed to
be a part of this Agreement for any purpose, and shall not in any way define or
affect the meaning, construction or scope of any of the provisions hereof.

            9.13 Pronouns. All pronouns and any variations thereof shall be
deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, as the
identity of the person or entity may. require.

            9.14 Execution in Counterparts. To facilitate execution, this
Agreement may be executed in as many counterparts as may be required. It shall
not be necessary that the signature of or on behalf of each party appears on
each counterpart, but it shall be sufficient that the signature of or on behalf
of each party appears on one or more of the counterparts. All counterparts shall
collectively constitute a single agreement. It shall not be necessary in any
proof of this Agreement to produce or account for more than a number of
counterparts containing the respective signatures of or on behalf of all of the
parties.

            9.15 Severability. If fulfillment of any provision of this
Agreement, at the time such fulfillment shall be due, shall transcend the limit
of validity prescribed by law, then the obligation to be fulfilled shall be
reduced to the limit of such validity; and if any clause or provision contained
in this Agreement operates or would operate to invalidate this Agreement, in
whole or in part, then such clause or provision only shall be held ineffective,
as though not herein contained, and the remainder of this Agreement shall remain
operative and in full force and effect.

            9.16 Exhibits. All exhibits attached hereto are incorporated herein
as though fully set forth herein.

            9.17 Time of the Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance
of this Agreement.

            9.18 Execution of Documents by Holder. Holder has informed Company,
and Company understands and agrees, that for administrative reasons Holder
requires up to five (5) business days to execute any document and an additional
one (1) business day to deliver such document. Therefore, all documents to be
executed by Holder shall be agreed to and prepared in final execution form and
received by Holder for execution not less than six (6) business days prior to
the scheduled delivery date.

            9.19 Further Assurances. Each party agrees to cooperate fully with
the other parties and to prepare, execute, and deliver such further instruments
of conveyance, contribution, assignment, or transfer and shall take or cause to
be taken such other or further action as either party shall reasonably request
at any time or from time to time in order to consummate the terms and provisions
and to carry into effect the intents and purposes of this Agreement.

            9.20 Legal Representation and Construction. Each party hereto has
been represented by legal counsel in connection with the negotiation and
drafting of this Agreement. The parties acknowledge that each party and its
counsel have reviewed and revised this Agreement, and that the normal rule of
construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the
drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement
to be duly executed on its behalf as of the date first hereinabove set forth.

                                        COMPANY:

                                        PS BUSINESS PARKS, INC., a
                                        California corporation


                                        By: /s/ RONALD L. HAVNER, JR.
                                            --------------------------------
                                            Ronald L. Havner, Jr.
                                            President, CEO
                                            (Print Name and Title)

                                        HOLDER:

                                        ACQUIPORT TWO CORPORATION, a
                                        Delaware corporation


                                        By: /S/ HOWARD J. EDELMAN
                                            --------------------------------

                                            Vice President
                                            (Print Name and Title)


         [Exhibit A to this Agreement has been omitted and will be furnished to
the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request]



                                                                   Exhibit 10.3


COX, CASTLE & NICHOLSON LLP
2049 CENTURY PARK EAST
TWENTY-EIGHTH FLOOR
LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90067-3284
TELEPHONE (310) 277-4222
FACSIMILE (310) 277-7889

                                  May 20, 1998


VIA FACSIMILE

David Goldberg, Esq.
American Office Park Properties, Inc.
701 Western Avenue, Suite 200
Glendale, California 91201

         Re:      PS Business Parks, Inc./Acquiport Two Corporation

Dear Dave:

         This letter is in reference to that certain Registration Rights
Agreement made and entered into as of March 17, 1998 by and between PS Business
Parks, Inc., a California corporation (the "Company") and Acquiport Two
Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Holder"). Terms not otherwise defined
herein shall have the meaning contained in the Registration Rights Agreement.

         This will confirm our understanding that the provisions of Section 5.4
of the Registration Rights Agreement become effective on and after one year
after the date of the Registration Rights Agreement, i.e., March 17, 1999.

         This will also confirm our understanding and agreement that the
registered shares to be acquired by Holder on or about May 20, 1998 from Bank of
America, which are available as a result of a "spot offering" by Company on May
20, 1998 (the "Bank of America Sale"), shall enjoy the benefits described in
Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement applicable to Registrable Shares.

David Goldberg, Esq.
May 20, 1998
Page 2

         This will finally confirm our agreement that the parties will, after
the date hereof, memorialize the agreements contained in this letter by
execution of appropriate documentation by the Company and Holder.

         To indicate your agreement with the foregoing, please execute a copy of
this letter in the space provided below, and return it to me by telecopy.

         Please call me if you have any comments or questions.

                                       Very truly yours,

                                       /s/ AMY H. WELLS

                                       Amy H. Wells


/s/ DAVID GOLDBERG
- ----------------------------------
David Goldberg, Esq.

                                                                    Exhibit 10.4

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     PS Business Parks, Inc., a California Corporation  (hereinafter referred to
as  "Employer")  and J.  Michael  Lynch,  a  resident  of the State of  Maryland
(hereinafter referred to as "Employee"), in consideration of the mutual promises
hereinafter set forth, agree as follows:



                                   ARTICLE 1.

                             EMPLOYMENT OF EMPLOYEE

     1.1 SPECIFIED PERIOD:  Employer hereby employs Employee and Employee hereby
accepts employment with Employer for a period of one (1) year beginning the date
last stated below, such period being referred to as the "Employment Term."



                                   ARTICLE 2.

                        EMPLOYEE'S DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS

     2.1 GENERAL  DUTIES:  Employee shall serve as Vice  President,  Director of
Acquisitions/Development of Employer subject to the direction and control of the
Employer's  Chief  Executive  Officer and Board of Directors.  Employee shall be
based at the Employer's  headquarters,  currently 701 Western Avenue, Suite 200,
Glendale, CA 91201, as such may be changed from time to time.

     2.2 DEVOTION TO EMPLOYER'S BUSINESS:

          2.2.1 Employee shall devote, during the term of this Agreement, all or
     substantially  all of his professional  time,  ability and attention to the
     business  of  Employer   as  is   necessary   to  perform  his  duties  and
     responsibilities  inherent  in his  position in a prudent,  reasonable  and
     businesslike manner.

          2.2.2 This  Agreement,  during its term,  shall not be  interpreted to
     prohibit Employee from making passive personal  investments,  provided that
     such investments do not materially interfere with the Employee's duties and
     services  required by this  Agreement,  including,  but not limited to, the
     competitive provisions of SECTION 2.3 hereof.

     2.3 COMPETITIVE ACTIVITIES:

          2.3.1 Without the consent in writing of employer,  Employee shall not,
     during the term of his  employment  engage in activities  that compete with
     Employer or its affiliate.


<PAGE>


          2.3.2  If a court  or  other  authority  having  jurisdiction  thereof
     determines  that the  foregoing  competitive  restriction  is too  broad or
     otherwise unreasonable under applicable law, including with respect to time
     or space,  the court is hereby  requested,  directed and  authorized by the
     parties  hereto to revise the foregoing  restriction to include the maximum
     restriction allowed under the applicable law. The Employee expressly agrees
     that  his  breach  of  the  provisions  of  SECTION  2.3  would  result  in
     irreparable  injuries  to  Employer,  that the  remedy  at law for any such
     breach  will be  inadequate  and  that  upon  breach  of this  SECTION  2.3
     Employer, in addition to all other available remedies, shall be entitled as
     a  matter  of  right  to  injunctive  relief  in  any  court  of  competent
     jurisdiction.

          2.3.3.  Nothing herein shall prevent or prohibit the Employee,  during
     his Employment,  from owning less than five percent (5%) of the outstanding
     debt or equity  securities  of (i) any  corporation  whose  securities  are
     listed on any national securities exchange or on the Nasdaq Stock Market or
     (ii) any mutual fund or co-mingled  investment  entity registered under the
     Investment Company Act.



                                   ARTICLE 3.

                             OBLIGATIONS OF EMPLOYER

     3.1 GENERAL  PROVISION:  Employer  shall provide  Employee with the salary.
Incentives and benefits specified in this Agreement and in Exhibit A.

     3.2 OFFICE AND  STAFF:  Employer  shall  provide  Employee  with an office,
secretarial  support,  office  equipment,  supplies  and  other  facilities  and
services  reasonably  suitable  to  Employee's  position  and  adequate  for the
performance of his duties.

     3.3 INDEMNIFICATION:

          3.3.1  To the  fullest  extent  permitted  by law,  Employee  shall be
     indemnified  and held  harmless  by  Employer  from and against any and all
     losses,  claims,  damages,   liabilities  (joint  and  several),   expenses
     (including reasonable legal fees and expenses),  costs, charges, judgments,
     fines,  settlements  and other  amounts  arising  from any and all  claims,
     demands,  actions,  suits or proceedings in which Employee may be involved,
     or  threatened  to be  involved,  as a party  or  otherwise  by  reason  of
     Employee's status as an employee,  officer or consultant of Employer if (a)
     Employee  acted in good faith and in a manner he in good faith  believed to
     be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of Employer, and, with respect
     to any criminal proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct
     was  unlawful,   and  (b)  Employee's  conduct  did  not  constitute  gross
     negligence or willful or wanton misconduct.  The termination of any action,
     suit or proceeding  by judgment,  order,  settlement,  conviction or upon a
     plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent,  shall not, of itself, create a
     presumption  that Employee acted in a manner  contrary to that specified in
     CLAUSE 3.3.1(a) or CLAUSE 3.3.1 (b) above.


<PAGE>


          3.3.2 To the fullest  extent  permitted  by law,  reasonable  expenses
     (including  legal fees and expenses)  incurred by Employee in defending any
     claim,  demand,  action,  suit or proceeding  shall be advanced by Employer
     prior to the final  disposition  of such  claim,  demand,  action,  suit or
     proceeding  upon  receipt by  Employer  of a written  undertaking  by or on
     behalf of  Employee  to repay such  amount if it shall be  determined  that
     Employee is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Section.

          3.3.3  The  indemnification  provided  by  this  Section  shall  be in
     addition to any other  rights  which  Employee  may be  entitled  under any
     agreement, as a matter of law or otherwise, both as to action in Employee's
     capacity  as an  employee or  consultant  of Employer  and to action in any
     other capacity.



                                   ARTICLE 4.

                            COMPENSATION TO EMPLOYEE

     4.1 BASE  SALARY:  As base  compensation  for the  services to be performed
hereunder,  Employee  shall  receive a base  annual  salary of One  hundred  and
Forty-Five  Thousand  Dollars  ($145,000)  commencing as of the date  Employee's
employment  begins as  specified  in SECTION  1.1 of this  Agreement.  Such base
salary shall be paid pursuant to the general  payroll  practices of Employer and
shall  be  subject  to  increase  from  time to time,  in the sole and  absolute
discretion of Employer.

     4.2 ANNUAL BONUS:

          4.2.1 For each year, or part thereof,  of his employment Employee will
     be considered for receipt of an annual bonus. The payment and amount of the
     bonus shall be  determined  solely by  Employer,  in its sole and  absolute
     discretion.  At the discretion of the Chief Executive  Officer of Employer,
     Employee  shall be paid an  annual  bonus of up to Fifty  Thousand  Dollars
     ($50,000) based on satisfaction of goals and objectives to be determined by
     the Chief Executive Officer.

          4.2.2 If this Agreement is terminated by Employer for cause,  Employee
     shall not be entitled to an annual  bonus for the fiscal year in which that
     termination occurs.

          4.2.3  TAX  WITHHOLDING:  Employer  shall  have the right to deduct or
     withhold from the compensation  due to Employee  hereunder any and all sums
     required for federal,  state, local and foreign income tax, Social Security
     taxes,  unemployment  insurance taxes, state compensation fund charges, and
     all other federal, state, local and foreign taxes, assessments and charges,
     as the case  may be,  now  applicable  or that may be  enacted  and  become
     applicable in the future.


<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE 5.

                                EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

     5.1 VACATION,  ILLNESS,  LIFE INSURANCE AND OTHER BENEFITS:  Employer shall
provide  Employee with vacation and illness time off,  life  insurance,  medical
insurance  covering  Employee and his  immediate  family,  and such other fringe
benefits as are  customarily  made  available  to  employees  of like status and
tenure  employed by Employer.  Employee has been  provided a copy of  Employer's
"benefits package",  which he has read and understands as the benefits that will
be  available  to him.  Further,  Employer  reserves  the right to  change  such
benefits package.

     5.2  STOCK  OPTIONS:   Employee  has  read  Employer's  stock  options  and
understands its terms and conditions.



                                   ARTICLE 6.

                                BUSINESS EXPENSES

     6.1 BUSINESS EXPENSES:

          6.1.1  Employer  shall   reimburse   Employee  for  all  expenses  and
     disbursements  reasonably  incurred  by  Employee  in  the  performance  of
     Employee's duties for Employer during the Employment Term.

          6.1.2 Each such  expenditure  shall be  reimbursable  only if Employee
     furnishes to Employer  reasonable  and adequate  written  records and other
     documentary  evidence in accordance  with Employer's  policies  established
     from  time  to  time  and as  requested  by  federal  and  state  law,  and
     regulations  issued  by  the  appropriate  taxing   authorities,   for  the
     substantiation of each such expenditure as an income tax deduction.



                                   ARTICLE 7.

                            TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

     7.1 TERMINATION FOR CAUSE:

          7.1.1 Employer  reserves the right to terminate this Agreement if: (i)
     Employee  is  convicted  or pleads nolo  contendere  to a felony or a crime
     involving moral turpitude; (ii) Employee fails to perform Employee's duties
     as specified in the Agreement and fails to cure said failure within 15 days
     after written  notice from  Employer;  or (iii)  Employee  commits fraud or
     theft against the Employer.


<PAGE>


          7.1.2 Subject to the notice and cure period set forth in SECTION 7.1.1
     above,  Employer may at its option terminate this Agreement for the reasons
     stated in this Section by giving  written notice of termination to Employee
     without  prejudice  to any other  remedy to which  Employer may be entitled
     either at law, in equity or under this Agreement.

          7.1.3  Termination  under this  SECTION 7.1 shall be  considered  "for
     cause" for the purposes of this Agreement.

          7.1.4 In the event the  Employee's  employment is terminated for cause
     pursuant  to  SECTION  7.1.1 the  Employer  shall pay to the  Employee  the
     compensation,  benefits and reimbursement of reasonable  expenses otherwise
     payable  to him as  otherwise  would  have been  payable  pursuant  to this
     Agreement  through the last day of his actual  employment  by the Employer.
     The Employer  shall have no further  obligations  to the Employee,  and the
     Employee  shall  have no further  rights,  including,  without  limitation,
     rights to any compensation, whatsoever under this Agreement.

     7.2 EFFECT OF MERGER, TRANSFER OF ASSETS OR DISSOLUTION:

          7.2.1 This Agreement  shall  terminate by any voluntary or involuntary
     dissolution of Employer  resulting from either a merger or consolidation in
     which  Employer  is not  the  consolidated  or  surviving  corporation,  or
     transfer of all or substantially  all of the assets of Employer;  provided,
     however,  that this Section  shall not apply in the case of any such merger
     or  consolidation  approved  in writing by the Chief  Executive  Officer of
     Employer and in which the  surviving  or  consolidated  entity  assumes the
     obligations of Employer under this Agreement.  7.2.2 Termination under this
     Section  shall not be  considered  "for  cause"  for the  purposes  of this
     Agreement.  In the event that the Employee is  terminated  pursuant to this
     Section,  Employee shall be entitled to the same severance as if terminated
     without  cause and,  in  addition,  all  options  on stock of the  Employer
     granted to Employee in respect of his employment  which have not vested and
     become  exercisable shall become  exercisable at the time of closing of the
     transaction  which  terminates  this  Agreement  pursuant to section  7.2.1
     above.

     7.3 TERMINATION BY EMPLOYER WITHOUT CAUSE:

          7.3.1 Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary,
     if Employer  terminates  this  Agreement  without cause during its term (i)
     Employer shall immediately pay Employee's annual salary and fringe benefits
     and  reimburse  Employee  for  expenses  in each case as set forth  herein,
     earned  or   reimbursable   and  unpaid   through  the  effective  date  of
     termination, and (ii), on the effective date of such termination,  Employer
     shall also pay Employee, in a lump sum, the present value of the Employee's
     annual  salary  (based on the base salary  being  earned at the time of the
     notice of  termination)  for the remainder of the Employment  Term as would
     otherwise be payable (based on a discount rate of 5%), but in no event will
     the payment under this (ii) be less than $72,500.00.


<PAGE>


     7.4  TERMINATION  BY  EMPLOYEE  WITH  CAUSE:  Employee  may  terminate  his
obligations  under this  Agreement  with cause after  fifteen (15) days' written
notice to Employer fully and accurately describing the cause for termination and
Employer  fails to cure the breach  within such  fifteen  (15) day period.  With
"cause"  shall mean a material and  continuing  breach by Employer in failing to
pay to Employee  amounts to which Employee is entitled under this Agreement.  In
the event Employee  terminates  this Agreement  pursuant to this Section 7.4 (i)
Employer shall  immediately pay employee's annual salary and fringe benefits and
reimburse  Employee  for  expenses in each case as set forth  herein,  earned or
reimbursable and unpaid through the effective date of termination,  and (ii), on
the effective date of such termination,  Employer shall also pay Employee,  in a
lump sum of` the present  value of the  Employee's  annual  salary (based on the
base salary being at the time of the notice of termination) for the remainder of
the Employment  Term as would  otherwise be payable (based on a discount rate of
5%), but in no event less than $145,000.00.



                                   ARTICLE 8.

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

     8.1 NOTICES: Any notices to be given hereunder by either party to the other
may be effected by personal  delivery in writing or by  registered  or certified
mail,  postage prepaid with return receipt requested,  by nationally  recognized
overnight  courier or by  confirmed  facsimile  at the  following  addresses  or
facsimile numbers:

             If to Employee:           J. Michael Lynch
                                       356 Homeland Southway
                                       Baltimore, MD  21212





             If to Employer:           PS Business Parks, Inc.
                                       701 Western Avenue, Suite 200
                                       Glendale, CA  91201
                                       Facsimile:  (818) 244-9267
                                       Attn:  Office of General Counsel

     Notices  delivered  personally  shall be deemed  communicated  upon  actual
receipt;  mailed  notices  shall be  deemed  communicated  upon  receipt  of the
mailing;  notices sent by overnight  courier  shall be deemed  communicated  and
received as of one (1) business day after delivery to the overnight courier; and
notices sent by facsimile  shall be deemed  communicated  and received as of the
time the sender receives written confirmation of the sending of the facsimile.


<PAGE>


     8.2 ATTORNEYS'  FEES AND COSTS: If any action in law or equity is necessary
to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement,  the  non-prevailing  party
shall pay the  reasonable  attorneys'  fees and costs of the  prevailing  party,
unless  otherwise  provided  by law or  this  Agreement.  A party  shall  not be
considered a prevailing party unless he or it prevails in  substantially  all of
his or its position under dispute.

     8.3 PARTIAL  INVALIDITY:  If any  provision of this  Agreement is held by a
court of  competent  jurisdiction  to be  invalid,  void or  unenforceable,  the
remaining  provisions  shall  nevertheless  continue in full force without being
impaired or invalidated.

     8.4 APPLICABLE  LAW: This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in
accordance  with the laws of the State of  California  as now enacted and as may
hereafter be modified and/or amended.

     8.5  CONSTRUCTION  OF TERMS:  The terms and  provisions of this  Agreement,
which are freely  negotiated  as between  the  parties,  shall not be  construed
either in favor of or  against  either  party in the event of any  ambiguity  or
uncertainty.

     8.6 EMPLOYEE'S  CONSULTATION WITH INDEPENDENT ATTORNEY:  Employee expressly
acknowledges  that Employee has been requested to consult with independent legal
counsel of  Employee's  choosing to review and have  explained  to Employee  the
legal  significance  and  legal  effect  of the  terms  and  conditions  of this
Agreement  prior to  Employee's  execution  of this  Agreement.  In this regard,
Employee expressly acknowledges that the terms of this Agreement were not forced
upon Employee by Employer,  and that the terms of this Agreement were negotiable
and were not  "cast  in  stone,"  and that  Employer  has not  imposed  any time
deadlines upon Employee with regard to the execution of this Agreement.

     8.7  ENTIRE  AGREEMENT:   This  Agreement  supersedes  any  and  all  other
agreements,  either oral or in writing, between the parties with respect to that
employment in any manner whatsoever.  Each party to this Agreement  acknowledges
that  no  representations,   inducements,  promises  or  agreements,  orally  or
otherwise, have been made by any party, or anyone acting on behalf of any party,
which are not embodied herein, and that no other agreement, statement or promise
not contained in this Agreement shall be valid or binding.

     8.8  MODIFICATIONS:  Any  modification  of this Agreement will be effective
only if it is in writing and signed by the party to be charged.

     8.9 WAIVER: A waiver of any of the terms and conditions hereof shall not be
construed as a general waiver of the same or any other term or condition  hereof
or any subsequent breach thereof.


<PAGE>


     8.10  DISPUTE  RESOLUTION:  Any  controversy  or claim  arising  out of, or
relating to, this  Agreement or Employee's  employment  with  Employer  shall be
settled by arbitration in Los Angeles,  California in accordance  with the rules
of the  American  Arbitration  Association  then  existing,  and judgment on the
arbitration  award may be  entered  in any court  having  jurisdiction  over the
subject matter of the  controversy.  Employer and Employee agree to the personal
jurisdiction of any court of competent subject matter jurisdiction in the County
of Los Angeles for the enforcement of any order or judgment related hereto.  The
decision of the  arbitrator  shall be final and binding upon both  parties.  The
prevailing party in any arbitration  shall be entitled to its costs and expenses
(including   reasonable   attorney's  fees)  incurred  in  connection  with  the
arbitration  from the other  party.  No  punitive  or  exemplary  damages may be
awarded by the arbitrator. The foregoing provisions of this Section shall not be
interpreted to restrict either party's right to pursue  equitable  relief from a
court of competent jurisdiction.

     8.11 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL:  BY AGREEING TO  ARBITRATE,  ALL  PARTIES,  AS A
PRACTICAL MATTER,  HAVE WAIVED THE RIGHT TO JURY TRIAL. The parties hereby waive
trial by jury in any action,  proceeding or counterclaim  brought by any of them
against any other party on any matters  whatsoever  arising out of or in any way
connected  with this  Agreement,  provided  that all actions  brought under this
Agreement shall be brought in the State of California.

     WHEREFORE,  the parties hereby execute this Agreement this 20th day of May,
1998.


                                    EMPLOYER:

                                    PS BUSINESS PARKS, INC.


                                    By:  /s/ Ronald L. Havner, Jr.
                                         -------------------------
                                         Ronald L. Havner, Jr.
                                         President and CEO





                                    EMPLOYEE:


                                    /s/ J. Michael Lynch
                                    --------------------
                                    J. MICHAEL LYNCH


<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT A

                            EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT FOR
                                J. MICHAEL LYNCH


1.   40,000 shares of the Company  common stock options with a "strike price" of
     $23.50 each, vesting 1/3 for each of the first 3 years of employment.

2.   A  $30,000  signing  bonus  payable  at the  end of the  first  30  days of
     employment.

3.   A moving  allowance of up to $20,000 to pay for all costs,  incurred  after
     the effective date of this agreement, related to relocating to Los Angeles,
     including,  but not limited to moving  household  effects,  transporting an
     automobile,  house  hunting  trips and the final trip to  transport  family
     members to Los Angeles.

4.   Participation in the Company's profit sharing program.

5.   An automobile  estimated usage allowance intended to reimburse employee for
     use of his business automobile usage.


                           REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

                                      among

                             PS BUSINESS PARKS, L.P.

                                       and

                            THE LENDERS LISTED HEREIN

                                   as Lenders

                                       and



                     Wells Fargo Bank, National Association,

                                    as Agent



                                 August 6, 1998

                                  $100,000,000


















EXHIBITS HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND WILL BE PROVIDED AT THE REQUEST OF THE 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            Page



ARTICLE 1.    DEFINITIONS AND RELATED MATTERS.................................1
              Section  1.1.    Definitions....................................1
              Section  1.2.    Related Matters................................24
                       1.2.1.  Construction...................................24
                       1.2.2.  Determinations.................................25
                       1.2.3.  Accounting Terms and Determinations............25
                       1.2.4.  Governing Law..................................25
                       1.2.5.  Headings.......................................26
                       1.2.6.  Severability...................................26
                       1.2.7.  Independence of Covenants......................26
                       1.2.8.  Exhibits, Etc..................................26
                       1.2.9.  Other Definitions..............................26
                
ARTICLE 2.    AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE CREDIT FACILITIES......................26
              Section  2.1.    Revolving Loans................................26
                       2.1.1.  Type of Loans and Minimum Amounts..............27
                       2.1.2.  Notice of Borrowing............................27
                       2.1.3.  Funding........................................29
              Section  2.2.    Interest; Late Charge; Conversion/Continuation.29
                       2.2.1.  Interest Rate and Payment......................29
                       2.2.2.  Conversion or Continuation.....................30
                       2.2.3.  Computations...................................31
                       2.2.4.  Maximum Lawful Rate of Interest................31
              Section  2.3.    Notes, Etc.....................................31
                       2.3.1.  Loans Evidenced by Notes.......................31
                       2.3.2.  Notation of Amounts and Maturities, Etc........31
                       2.3.3.  Loan Account...................................32
              Section  2.4.    Fees...........................................32
                       2.4.1.  Facility Fee...................................32
                       2.4.2.  Extension Fee..................................32
                       2.4.3.  Other Fees.....................................32
                       2.4.4.  Fees Non-Refundable............................32
              Section  2.5.    Termination and Reduction of Revolving 
                               Commitment; Extension..........................33
                       2.5.1.  Termination....................................33
                       2.5.2.  Extension......................................33
              Section  2.6.    Repayments and Prepayments.....................34
                       2.6.1.  Mandatory Prepayment...........................34
                       2.6.2.  Optional Prepayments...........................34
                       2.6.3.  Payments Set Aside.............................35
              Section  2.7.    Manner of Payment..............................35
              Section  2.8.    Pro Rata Treatment.............................36
              Section  2.9.    Additional Fees and Costs......................37
              Section  2.10.   Taxes..........................................43
              Section  2.11.   Lending Office; Discretion of Lenders as to
                               Manner of Funding. ............................44

ARTICLE 3.    CONDITIONS TO LOANS.............................................45
              Section  3.1.    Closing Conditions.............................45
                       3.1.1.  Certain Documents..............................45
                       3.1.2.  Fees and Expenses Paid.........................45
                       3.1.3.  General........................................45
              Section  3.2.    Conditions Precedent to Loans..................45
                       3.2.1.  Conditions Precedent...........................45
                       3.2.2.  Notice of Borrowing............................45
                       3.2.3.  Representations and Warranties.................45
                       3.2.4.  No Default.....................................46
                       3.2.5.  No Overdraw....................................46
                       3.2.6.  Covenant Compliance............................46
                       3.2.7.  No Material Adverse Change.....................46
                       3.2.8.  Satisfaction of Conditions.....................46

ARTICLE 4.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES..................................46
              Section  4.1.    Organization, Powers and Good Standing.........46
              Section  4.2.    Authorization, Binding Effect, 
                               No Conflict, Etc...............................47
                       4.2.1.  Authorization, Binding Effect, Etc.............47
                       4.2.2.  No Conflict....................................47
                       4.2.3.  Partnership Units; General Partner.............47
                       4.2.4.  Governmental Approvals.........................48
              Section  4.3.    Guarantor......................................48
              Section  4.4.    Subsidiaries...................................48
              Section  4.5.    Financial Information..........................48
              Section  4.6.    No Material Adverse Changes ...................49
              Section  4.7.    Litigation.....................................49
              Section  4.8.    Agreements; Applicable Law.....................49
              Section  4.9.    Taxes..........................................50
              Section  4.10.   Governmental Regulation........................50
              Section  4.11.   Margin Regulations.............................50
              Section  4.12.   Employees......................................50
              Section  4.13.   Title to Property..............................50
              Section  4.14.   Intellectual Property, Etc.....................51
              Section  4.15.   Environmental Condition........................51
              Section  4.16.   Labor Matters..................................52
              Section  4.17.   Disclosure.....................................52

ARTICLE 5.    AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER...........................53
              Section  5.1.    Financial Statements and Other Reports.........53
              Section  5.2.    Records and Inspection.........................56
              Section  5.3.    Corporate Existence, Etc.......................56
              Section  5.4.    Payment of Taxes...............................56
              Section  5.5.    Maintenance of Properties......................57
              Section  5.6.    Maintenance of Insurance.......................57
              Section  5.7.    Conduct of Business............................57
              Section  5.8.    Further Assurances.............................57
              Section  5.9.    Future Information.............................57
              Section  5.10.   Shareholder Agreement..........................58
              Section  5.11.   Limitation on Guarantor........................58
              Section  5.12.   Environmental Matters..........................58
              Section  5.13.   Listing and Organizational Requirements........59
              Section  5.14.   Year 2000......................................59
              Section  5.15.   Change of Management...........................59

ARTICLE 6.    NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER PARTIES......................60
              Section  6.1.    Payment of Obligations. .......................60
              Section  6.2.    Investments. ..................................60
              Section  6.3.    Asset Dispositions. ...........................61
              Section  6.4.    Financial Covenants............................61
                       6.4.1.  Ratio of Total Liabilities to Gross 
                               Asset Value....................................61
                       6.4.2.  Ratio of Unencumbered Asset Value to 
                               Outstanding Unsecured Liabilities..............62
                       6.4.3.  Minimum Tangible Net Worth.....................62
                       6.4.4.  Secured Debt to Gross Asset Value..............62
                       6.4.5.  Interest Coverage..............................62
                       6.4.6.  Fixed Charge Coverage..........................62
                       6.4.7.  Distributions..................................62
                       6.4.8.  Land Holdings..................................62
                       6.4.9.  Securities Holdings............................62
                       6.4.10. Mortgage Holdings..............................62
                       6.4.11. Joint Ventures.................................63
                       6.4.12. Construction-In-Progress.......................63
                       6.4.13. Other Assets...................................63
                       6.4.14. Unsecured Interest Expense Coverage............63
              Section  6.5.    Restriction on Fundamental Changes.............63
              Section  6.6.    Transactions with Affiliates...................63
              Section  6.7.    ERISA..........................................64
              Section  6.8.    Amendments of Charter Documents................64
              Section  6.9.    Certain Obligations............................64
              Section  6.10.   Distributions..................................65

ARTICLE 7.    EVENTS OF DEFAULT...............................................65
              Section  7.1.    Events of Default..............................65
                       7.1.1.  Failure to Make Payments.......................65
                       7.1.2.  Default in Other Debt..........................65
                       7.1.3.  Breach of Covenants............................65
                       7.1.4.  Breach of Warranty.............................65
                       7.1.5.  Involuntary Bankruptcy; Appointment 
                               of Receiver, Etc...............................66
                       7.1.6.  Voluntary Bankruptcy; Appointment 
                               of Receiver, Etc...............................66
                       7.1.7.  Judgments and Attachments......................66
                       7.1.8.  Termination of Loan Documents, Etc.............66
                       7.1.9.  Change of Control..............................67
                       7.1.10. Change of Condition............................67
                       7.1.11. Guaranty.......................................67
              Section  7.2.    Remedies.......................................67

ARTICLE 8.    APPOINTMENT, POWERS AND DUTIES OF LENDERS AND AGENT.............68
              Section  8.1.    Relationship of Borrower and Lenders...........68
              Section  8.2.    Appointment and Authorization..................69
              Section  8.3.    Agent and Affiliates...........................69
              Section  8.4.    Lenders' Credit Decisions......................70
              Section  8.5.    Action by Agent................................70
              Section  8.6.    Non-Liability of Agent.........................71
              Section  8.7.    Indemnification................................73
              Section  8.8.    The Agent......................................74
              Section  8.9.    Successor Agent................................74
              Section  8.10.   Powers of the Agent............................75
              Section  8.11.   Limitations on the Agent.......................76
              Section  8.12.   Approval of Lenders............................76
              Section  8.13.   Method of Payment..............................77
              Section  8.14.   Increased Costs................................77
              Section  8.15.   Taxes..........................................78
              Section  8.16.   Excess Payments................................78
              Section  8.17.   Return of Payments.............................78
              Section  8.18.   Default By The Borrower; Acceleration..........79
              Section  8.19.   Defaults by Lender.............................79
              Section  8.20.   No Partnership or Joint Venture................81
              Section  8.21.   Indemnification................................81

ARTICLE 9.    MISCELLANEOUS...................................................82
              Section  9.1.    Expenses.......................................82
              Section  9.2.    Indemnity......................................82
              Section  9.3.    Waivers; Modifications in Writing..............84
              Section  9.4.    Cumulative Remedies; Failure or Delay..........85
              Section  9.5.    Notices, Etc...................................85
              Section  9.6.    Successors and Assigns.........................85
              Section  9.7.    Confidentiality................................87
              Section  9.8.    Set Off........................................87
              Section  9.9.    Changes in Accounting Principles...............88
              Section  9.10.   Survival of Agreements, Representations 
                               and Warranties.................................88
              Section  9.11.   Execution in Counterparts......................88
              Section  9.12.   Complete Agreement.............................89
              Section  9.13.   Inspections....................................89
              Section  9.14.   Waiver of Right to Trial By Jury...............89
              Section  9.15.   Limitation of Liability........................90

<PAGE>



                           REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

         REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of August 6, 1998 (as amended from
time to time,  the  "Agreement"),  by and between PS  Business  Parks,  L.P.,  a
California  limited  partnership  (the  "Borrower"),  and the  Lenders and other
financial  institutions  that  either now or in the future  are  parties  hereto
(collectively,  the "Lenders" and each individually, a "Lender") and Wells Fargo
Bank, National Association (the "Arranger" and "Administrative Agent"), as agent
and   representative  for  the  Lenders  (in  such  capacity  the  Arranger  and
Administrative  Agent or any  successor  in such  capacity is referred to herein
collectively  as the  "Agent").  The  Lenders  and the  Agent  are  collectively
referred to herein as the "Lender  Parties" and each  individually  as a "Lender
Party".


                                   ARTICLE 1.

                         DEFINITIONS AND RELATED MATTERS

     Section 1.1. Definitions.  The following terms with initial capital letters
have the following meanings:

     "Accounts Payable" is defined in Section 6.1.

     "Acquiport Two" means Acquiport Two Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

     "Acquisition  Price"  means  the  aggregate  purchase  price  for an asset,
including  bona fide  purchase  money  financing  provided by the seller and all
other Debt encumbering such asset at the time of acquisition.

     "Agent" is defined in the Preamble.

     "Agent's  Account"  means the  account of the Agent  identified  as such on
Schedule  1.1A, or such other  account as the Agent may  hereafter  designate by
notice to the Borrower and each Lender Party.

     "Agent's  Offices"  means the  offices of the Agent  identified  as such on
Schedule  1.1A, or such other  offices as the Agent may  hereafter  designate by
notice to the Borrower and each Lender Party.

     "Affiliate"  means,  with  respect to any Person,  any other  Person  that,
directly or  indirectly  through  one or more  intermediaries,  controls,  or is
controlled  by, or is under common  control with,  such first  Person.  The term
"control" means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power, whether or
not exercised, to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of
a Person,  whether  through  the  ownership  of Capital  Stock,  by  contract or
otherwise,  and the terms  "controlled"  and "common  control" have  correlative
meanings. Unless otherwise indicated,  "Affiliate" refers to an Affiliate of any
Borrower  Party.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  in no event shall any Lender
Party, any Affiliate of any Lender Party, or PSI be deemed to be an Affiliate of
the Borrower.
 
                                      1
<PAGE>

     "Agreement"  is defined in the  Preamble and  includes  all  Schedules  and
Exhibits.

     "AOPP,  Inc." means  American  Office Park  Properties,  Inc., a California
corporation, predecessor to Guarantor.

     "AOPP,  L.P." means  American  Office Park  Properties,  L.P., a California
limited partnership, currently known as Borrower.

     "AMEX" means the American Stock Exchange.

     "Applicable Law" means all applicable  provisions of all (i) constitutions,
treaties,  statutes, laws, rules, regulations and ordinances of any Governmental
Authority, (ii) Governmental Approvals and (iii) orders,  decisions,  judgments,
awards and decrees of any Governmental Authority.

     "Applicable  Margin"  means,  with  respect  to each Loan,  the  respective
percentages  per annum  determined,  at any time,  based on the range into which
Borrower's  Credit  Rating then falls,  in  accordance  with the table set forth
below. Any change in Borrower's  Credit Rating causing it to move to a different
range on the table shall effect an  immediate  change in the  Applicable  Margin
(including  existing  Loans).  Promptly  after  learning  of  a  change  in  the
Borrower's Credit Rating,  Agent shall give notice of such change to the Lenders
and include in such notice the new  Applicable  Margin and the effective date of
such change.  In the event that more than one (1)  different  Credit  Rating has
been assigned, the lower of the Credit Ratings will prevail.


                                     GRID A:
                                     -------

                                        Applicable
                                        Margin for                Applicable
              Range of                  Base Rate                 Margin for
              Borrower's                Loans                     LIBOR Loans
              Credit Rating             (% per annum)             (% per annum)
            ----------------         ----------------           ----------------

Level I       A-/A3
              or better                         0.0                      0.550

Level II      BBB+/Baa1                         0.0                      0.600

Level III     BBB/Baa2                          0.0                      0.750

Level IV      BBB-/Baa3                         0.0                      0.800

Level V       Unrated or Below
              Investment Grade                  0.0                   See Grid B
                              
 

                                        2
<PAGE>

                                     GRID B:
                                     -------


                                               Applicable
                                               Margin for          Applicable
                                               Base Rate           Margin for
                                               Loans               LIBOR Loans
                      Leverage                 (% per annum)       (% per annum)
                 ------------------         ------------------  ----------------

Level I          less than     25%                0.0                 0.800
                       
                           

Level II                25% to 35%                0.0                 0.850

Level III               35% to 45%                0.0                 0.900
 
Level IV          greater than 45%                0.0                 0.950


     "Assignee  Lender" means any Person to which an Assignment is made pursuant
to Section 9.6.2.

     "Assignment" and "Assignment and Acceptance" are defined in Section 9.6.2.

     "Availability"  means,  on any date,  the lesser of (i) an amount  equal to
Unencumbered  Asset Value as of the end of the most  recently  concluded  Fiscal
Quarter for which the Borrower is, as of such date of determination, required to
have reported to the Lenders  pursuant to Section 5.1.5.  hereof,  multiplied by
 .50, and (ii)  $100,000,000.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  commencing on the
Closing  Date,  Availability  shall be  calculated  pursuant  to the  Compliance
Certificate  delivered  by the  Borrower on the Closing  Date until such time as
Availability is otherwise changed or modified under this Agreement.

     "Available  Financing"  means the sum of all undrawn  committed funds under
credit facilities of the Borrower plus Cash and Cash Equivalents.

     "Available  Unsecured  Liabilities" means the sum of Outstanding  Unsecured
Liabilities  plus the  positive  difference  (if any) between (i) the sum of all
Revolving  Commitments  of all  Lenders  and  (ii)  the  sum  of  all  Revolving
Commitment Usage of all Lenders.

     "Bankruptcy  Code"  means  Title 11 of the  United  States  Code (11 U.S.C.
Section 101 et seq.), as amended from time to time.

     "Base Rate"  means,  at any time, a rate per annum equal to the greater of:
(i) the per annum rate of interest most recently publicly announced by the Agent
at its  principal  office  in San  Francisco  as its  prime  rate  for  domestic
commercial loans, or (ii) the Federal Funds Rate at such time plus 0.50%.

     "Base Rate Loan" means a Loan that bears  interest by reference to the Base
Rate.

     "Borrower" is defined in the Preamble, and includes any successor.


                                    3
<PAGE>

     "Borrower Account" means the account of the Borrower maintained with Agent,
identified as account number -----------,  or such other account as the Borrower
may hereafter designate by notice to the Agent.

     "Borrower  Party" means the Borrower,  Guarantor and any  Subsidiary of the
Borrower  or  Guarantor.  "Borrower  Parties"  shall mean each of the  foregoing
Persons individually, and all of the foregoing Persons collectively.

     "Borrowing" means a contemporaneous borrowing of Loans of the same Type.

     "Borrowing  Period"  means,  with  respect  to each  LIBOR  Loan,  a period
commencing on a LIBOR Business Day and ending one (1), two (2), three (3) or six
(6) months thereafter,  as specified by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1. or
2.2.  hereof (or, if requested by the Borrower and available to all the Lenders,
a period  commencing  on a LIBOR  Business  Day and ending less than thirty (30)
days  thereafter),  provided that any such period that would  otherwise end on a
day that is not a LIBOR  Business  Day shall be extended to the next  succeeding
LIBOR  Business  Day unless such LIBOR  Business  Day falls in another  calendar
month,  in which case such period shall end on the next preceding LIBOR Business
Day.

     "Business Day" means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on
which Lenders in San Francisco, California are authorized or obligated to close.

     "Capital  Expenditure  Reserve" means, for any period,  the amount equal to
(i) $.95 annually,  multiplied by (ii) the gross rentable  square footage of all
Real Property owned for the entirety of such period.

     "Capital  Expenditures"  means, for any period,  the expenditures  (whether
paid in cash or accrued and including Capitalized Leases entered into during the
period) of the Borrower  Parties during such period with respect to property and
equipment that are capitalized on the balance sheets of the Borrower  Parties in
accordance with the Borrower Parties' current capitalization practice.

     "Capital Lease" means, as applied to any Person,  any lease of any property
(whether real,  personal or mixed) by that Person as lessee which, in conformity
with GAAP, is or should be accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet
of that Person.

     "Capital  Stock"  means,  with  respect  to any  Person,  all  (i)  shares,
interests, participations or other equivalents (howsoever designated) of capital
stock and other equity interests of such Person and (ii) rights (other than debt
securities  convertible into capital stock or other equity interests),  warrants
or options to acquire any such capital stock or other equity interests.

     "Capitalization Rate" means ten percent (10%).

     "Capitalized  Leases"  means all leases of the Borrower  Parties of real or
personal  property that are required to be  capitalized  on the balance sheet of
the  Borrower  Parties.  The  amount  of  any  Capitalized  Lease  shall  be the
capitalized amount thereof.

     "Cash" means money, currency or a credit balance in a Deposit Account.

                                       4
<PAGE>


     "Cash  Equivalents"  means  (i)  marketable  direct  obligations  issued or
unconditionally  guaranteed  by the  United  States  Government  or issued by an
agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States,  in
each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition  thereof,  (ii)
marketable  direct  obligations  issued  by any  state of the  United  States of
America  or  any  political   subdivision  of  any  such  state  or  any  public
instrumentality  thereof,  maturing within 90 days after the date of acquisition
thereof and, at the time of  acquisition,  having one of the two highest ratings
obtainable  from any two of S&P,  Moody's,  Duff and Phelps,  or Fitch Investors
(or, if at any time no two of the  foregoing  shall be rating such  obligations,
then from such other nationally  recognized rating services acceptable to Agent)
and not listed for possible  down-grade in Credit Watch  published by S&P; (iii)
commercial  paper,  other than commercial  paper issued by any Borrower Party or
any of their respective Affiliates, maturing no more than 90 days after the date
of creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of at least
A-2 or P-2 from  either  S&P or  Moody's  (or,  if at any time  neither  S&P nor
Moody's  shall be rating such  obligations,  then the  highest  rating from such
other nationally  recognized rating services acceptable to Agent); (iv) domestic
certificates  of deposit,  time deposits and bankers'  acceptances  which mature
within  one  year  after  the date of  acquisition  thereof;  and (v)  overnight
securities,  repurchase agreements,  or reverse repurchase agreements secured by
any of the foregoing  types of Securities or debt  instruments  issued,  in each
case, by (a) any commercial  bank organized  under the laws of the United States
of America or any state  thereof or the  District of  Columbia or Canada  having
combined capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000 or (b) any Lender.

     "Change of Control"  means the  occurrence of any of the following  events:
(a) all or  substantially  all of the assets of the Borrower  are sold,  leased,
exchanged or otherwise transferred to any Person or group of persons or entities
acting in concert as a partnership or other group; (b) the Borrower is merged or
consolidated  with or into another  corporation  with the effect that the common
stockholders of Borrower  immediately prior to such merger or consolidation hold
less  than  seventy-five  percent  (75%)  of the  ordinary  voting  power of the
outstanding  securities  of the  surviving  corporation  of such  merger  or the
corporation  resulting from such consolidation;  (c) a change in the composition
of the board of directors of the Borrower  after the Closing Date as a result of
which fewer than a majority of the incumbent  directors are directors who either
(i) had been  directors  of the Borrower  twenty-four  (24) months prior to such
change,  or (ii)  were  elected,  or  nominated  for  election,  to the board of
directors with the affirmative votes of a majority of the directors who had been
directors of the Borrower  twenty-four  (24) months prior to such change and who
were still in office at the time of the election or nomination;  or (d) a Person
or group (as such term is used in Rule 13d-5 under the  Securities  Exchange Act
of 1934) of Persons (other than PSI) and any Person eligible to file a statement
on Schedule 13G pursuant to Rule  13d-1(b)(1) of the Securities  Exchange Act of
1934) shall, as a result of a tender or exchange offer,  open market  purchases,
merger,  privately negotiated purchases or otherwise,  have become,  directly or
indirectly,  the  beneficial  owner  (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934) of securities having twenty-five percent (25%)
or more of the  ordinary  voting  power of then  outstanding  securities  of the
Borrower.

     "Closing  Date"  means  August  6,  1998 or such  later  date on which  all
conditions set forth in Section 3.1. have been satisfied.

     "Code"  means the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended from time to
time.

                                       5
<PAGE>

     "Commencement of Construction"  with respect to a Real Property,  means the
commencement of material on-site work (including grading) or the commencement of
a work of improvement on such Real Property.

     "Commitments"  means,  collectively,  with  respect  to  each  Lender,  the
Revolving Commitment.

     "Compliance Certificate" is defined in Section 5.1.3.

     "Consolidated  Entities" means,  collectively,  (i) the Borrower,  (ii) any
other Person the  accounts of which are  consolidated  or would be  consolidated
with those of any Borrower  Party in the  consolidated  financial  statements of
such Borrower Party in accordance with GAAP, and (iii) all Unconsolidated  Joint
Ventures of which any Borrower  Party or any Person  defined in  subclause  (ii)
above is a general partner.

     "Construction-in-Process"  means Real  Property for which  Commencement  of
Construction has occurred but such Real Property is not complete.

     "Contingent Obligation" means, as to any Person, any obligation,  direct or
indirect,  contingent or otherwise,  of such Person (i) with respect to any Debt
or other  obligation  of  another  Person,  including  any  direct  or  indirect
guarantee  of such  Debt  (other  than any  endorsement  for  collection  in the
ordinary  course of  business) or any other  direct or indirect  obligation,  by
agreement or otherwise, to purchase or repurchase any such Debt or obligation or
any security  therefor,  or to provide funds for the payment or discharge of any
such  Debt  or  obligation  (whether  in the  form  of  loans,  advances,  stock
purchases,  capital  contributions  or  otherwise),  (ii) to  provide  funds  to
maintain the financial condition of any other Person,  (iii) otherwise to assure
or hold  harmless  the holders of Debt or other  obligations  of another  Person
against loss in respect thereof, or (iv) under Hedging Contracts.  The amount of
any  Contingent  Obligation  under clause (i) or (ii) shall be the lesser of (a)
the amount of such Debt or obligation guaranteed or otherwise supported thereby,
or (b) the maximum amount guaranteed or supported by the Contingent  Obligation.
The amount of any  obligation  under a Hedging  Contract  shall be determined in
accordance  with standard  methods of calculating  credit exposure under similar
arrangements  as prescribed by the Agent from time to time,  taking into account
potential movements in interest rates,  exchange rates or other relevant indices
and the  notional  principal  amount,  term and  termination  provisions  of the
arrangement.

     "Contractual  Obligation" means, as applied to any Person, any provision of
any security  issued by that Person or of any  agreement or other  instrument to
which that  Person is a party or by which it or any of the  properties  owned or
leased by it is bound or otherwise subject.

     "Credit  Rating"  means the  rating(s)  or implied  rating  assigned by the
Rating Agencies to Borrower's senior unsecured long term indebtedness.

     "Debt"  means,  with respect to any Person,  without  duplication:  (i) all
obligations  for  borrowed  money;  (ii) all  obligations  evidenced  by  bonds,
debentures, notes or other similar instruments; (iii) all obligations to pay the
deferred  purchase price of property or services;  (iv) all Capitalized  Leases;
(v) all  obligations  of others  secured  by a Lien on any  asset  owned by such
Person or Persons whether or not such  obligation or liability is assumed;  (vi)
all obligations of such Person or Persons,  contingent or otherwise,  in respect
of  any  letters  of  credit  or  bankers'  acceptances;  (vii)  all  Contingent
Obligations;  and (viii) all  obligations  under  facilities for the discount or
sale of receivables.
 
                                      6
<PAGE>

     "Default"  means any condition or event that,  with the giving of notice or
lapse  of time or  both,  would,  unless  cured or  waived,  become  an Event of
Default.

     "Defined  Benefit Plan" means any plan subject to Title IV of ERISA that is
not a Multiemployer Plan.

     "Deposit Account" means a demand,  time, savings,  passbook or like account
with a bank,  savings and loan association,  credit union or like  organization,
other than an account evidenced by a negotiable certificate of deposit.

     "Depreciation and Amortization  Expense" means (without  duplication),  for
any period,  the sum for such period of (i) total  depreciation and amortization
expense,  whether paid or accrued,  of the Borrower Parties and the Consolidated
Entities, plus (ii) the Borrower Parties' and any Consolidated Entity's pro rata
share  of  depreciation  and  amortization   expenses  of  Unconsolidated  Joint
Ventures.  For purposes of this  definition,  the pro rata share of depreciation
and  amortization  expense of any  Unconsolidated  Joint Venture shall be deemed
equal to the product of (i) the depreciation  and  amortization  expense of such
Unconsolidated  Joint  Venture,  multiplied by (ii) the  percentage of the total
outstanding  Capital  Stock  of such  Person  held by a  Borrower  Party  or any
Consolidated Entity, expressed as a decimal.

     "Designated  Market" means, with respect to any LIBOR Rate Loan, the London
interbank LIBOR market or such other interbank LIBOR market as may be designated
in writing from time to time by the Agent.

     "Dollars" and "$" means lawful money of the United States of America.

     "Domestic  Lending  Office" means the office,  branch or Affiliate of Agent
designated  as its  Domestic  Lending  Office or such  other  office,  branch or
Affiliate as the Agent may hereafter  designate as its Domestic  Lending  Office
for one or more Types of Loans by notice to the Borrower and the Agent.

     "EBITDA" means,  for any period,  (i) Net Income for such period  excluding
gains (or losses)  from debt  restructuring,  sales of Real  Property or similar
extraordinary items as determined  pursuant to GAAP, plus (without  duplication)
(A) Interest  Expense,  (B) Tax Expense,  and (C)  Depreciation and Amortization
Expense,  in each  case for  such  period,  including  for the  purpose  of this
calculation any equity in Net Income,  plus (without  duplication)  (A) Interest
Expense, (B) Tax Expense, and (C) Depreciation and Amortization Expense, in each
case for such period, of Unconsolidated Joint Ventures.

     "Environmental  Damages"  means all  claims,  judgments,  damages,  losses,
penalties,   liabilities  (including  strict  liability),  costs  and  expenses,
including  costs  of  investigation,   remediation,   defense,   settlement  and
reasonable  attorneys' fees and consultants' fees, that are incurred at any time
as a result of the existence of Hazardous  Material  upon,  about or beneath any
Real  Property  or  migrating  to or from any Real  Property,  or arising in any
manner whatsoever out of any violation of Environmental Requirements.


                                       7
<PAGE>

     "Environmental  Lien" means a Lien in favor of any  Governmental  Authority
for Environmental Damages.

     "Environmental   Requirements"   means  all  Applicable  Laws  relating  or
pertaining to Hazardous Materials, including without limitation all requirements
pertaining to reporting,  permitting,  investigation and remediation of releases
or threatened releases of Hazardous Materials into the environment,  or relating
to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal,
transport or handling of Hazardous Materials.

     "Equity Offering Net Proceeds" means,  cumulatively,  the Net cash proceeds
received and the value of assets  acquired  (net of Debt  incurred or assumed in
connection  therewith)  through the  issuance of Capital  Stock of any  Borrower
Party after the Closing Date,  excluding any amounts attributable to mandatorily
redeemable  preferred stock (other than preferred stock  redeemable  solely with
common stock). "Net" means net of underwriters' discounts,  commission and other
reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses  actually paid to any Person (other than any
Borrower Party or any Affiliate thereof).

     "ERISA"  means the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act of 1974,  as
amended from time to time.

     "ERISA  Affiliate"  means  any  Person  that  is or  was a  member  of  the
controlled  group of  corporations  or  trades  or  businesses  (as  defined  in
Subsection  (b),  (c),  (m) or (o) of  Section  414 of the  Code) of  which  any
Borrower Party is or was a member at any time within the last six years.

     "Event of Default" means any of the events specified in Section 7.1.

     "Exchange Act" means the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from
time to time.

     "Excluded Tax" is defined in Section 2.10.1.

     "Extension" is defined in Section 2.5.2.

     "Extension Notice" is defined in Section 2.5.2.

     "Facility Fee" is defined in Section 2.4.1.

     "Federal  Funds  Rate"  means,  for any day,  the rate per  annum  (rounded
upwards,  if  necessary,  to the  nearest  1/100th of 1%) equal to the  weighted
average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the
Federal  Reserve  System  arranged  by Federal  funds  brokers  on such day,  as
published  for such day (or,  if such day is not a  Business  Day,  for the next
preceding  Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business
Day next succeeding such day, provided that if such rate is not so published for
any day that is a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the
average rate charged to the Agent on such day on such transactions as determined
by the Agent.

                                        8
<PAGE>

    "Federal Reserve Board" means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System, or any successor thereto.

     "Fee  Letter"  means that  certain  letter dated August 5, 1998 between the
Borrower and the Agent.

     "Fees"  means,  collectively,  the fees  described or referenced in Section
2.4.

     "Fiscal Year" means the fiscal year of the Borrower,  which shall be the 12
month-period  ending on  December  31 in each year or such  other  period as the
Borrower  may  designate  and the Agent may approve in writing,  which  approval
shall not be unreasonably conditioned,  withheld or delayed. "Fiscal Quarter" or
"fiscal quarter" means any quarter of a Fiscal Year ending on March 31, June 30,
September 30 or December 31.

     "Fixed Charges" means,  for any Fiscal  Quarter,  and without  duplication,
Interest Expense for such Fiscal Quarter, plus scheduled principal  amortization
payments (other than balloon  payments) on Debt of the Borrower  Parties and the
Consolidated  Entities during such Fiscal Quarter,  plus the Capital Expenditure
Reserve.

     "Fixed Rate Loan" means any LIBOR Rate Loan.

     "Foreign Lender Party" is as defined in 2.10.3.

     "Funding  Date" means any date on which a Loan is (or is  requested  to be)
made.

     "Funds from Operations"  shall be interpreted  consistently with the NAREIT
Definition and shall mean, for any period,  Net Income for such period excluding
gains (or losses)  from debt  restructuring,  sales of Real  Property or similar
extraordinary  items as  determined  pursuant  to  GAAP,  plus  the  portion  of
Depreciation and Amortization  Expenses during such period which is attributable
to Real Property,  and after  adjustments  for  Unconsolidated  Joint  Ventures.
(Adjustments  for  Unconsolidated  Joint Ventures shall be calculated to reflect
funds from operations on the same basis.)

     "GAAP" means generally accepted  accounting  principles as in effect in the
United States of America (as such principles are in effect on the date hereof).

     "Governmental Approval" means an authorization,  consent,  approval, permit
or  license  issued  by, or a  registration  or filing  with,  any  Governmental
Authority.

     "Governmental  Authority"  means  any  nation  and any  state or  political
subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive, legislative,  judicial,
regulatory or  administrative  functions of or pertaining to government  and any
tribunal or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction.

                                       9
<PAGE>

     "Gross Asset Value" means,  at any time,  the sum of (without  duplication)
the  following,  determined  in  accordance  with  GAAP,  subject  to the limits
established pursuant to Sections 6.4.10 and 6.4.11:

(i) EBITDA for the most recently  concluded Fiscal Quarter,  multiplied by four,
less  the  annual   Capital   Expenditure   Reserve  and  then  divided  by  the
Capitalization  Rate;  provided,   however,   that  for  the  purposes  of  this
calculation, any Real Property that was not Wholly Owned by a Borrower Party for
the entirety of such Fiscal Quarter shall be excluded;

(ii) the  acquisition  cost  (including  commissions,  closing  costs  and other
acquisition  expenses not in excess of two percent  (2.0%) of the purchase price
and  capitalized on the balance sheet of a Borrower  Party) of any improved Real
Property  acquired in compliance  with this  Agreement  during the most recently
concluded  Fiscal  Quarter and not included in subclauses  (i), (iii) or (iv) of
this definition;

(iii) the amount of all Cash and Cash  Equivalents  held by the  Borrower or the
Guarantor as of the end of the most recently concluded Fiscal Quarter; and

(iv) the value of any Debt  payable  to a  Borrower  Party  which is  secured by
mortgages  or  deeds  of trust on real  estate,  marketable  equity  securities,
unconsolidated Joint Ventures and other tangible investments,  all determined in
accordance with GAAP.

     "Ground  Lease" means a ground lease  between the Borrower as ground lessor
and a Subsidiary  or other Person as ground  lessee,  in  connection  with which
ground lease the following conditions are satisfied:  (a) under the terms of the
ground lease, the ground lessee is obligated to diligently pursue development of
the leased premises as a commercial office,  light industrial or retail project;
and (b) either (i) the ground lessee is in compliance with that  obligation,  or
(ii) the Borrower is diligently pursuing remedies against the ground lessee as a
result of the ground lessee's failure to comply with that obligation.

     "Guarantor"  means PS Business  Parks,  Inc., a California  corporation and
with respect to any financial information referred to herein, AOPP, Inc.

     "Guaranty" means a General Continuing  Repayment Guaranty made by Guarantor
substantially in the form of Exhibit G, which shall bind any successor by merger
to the Guarantor.

     "Hazardous Materials" means any oil, flammable explosives,  asbestos,  urea
formaldehyde  insulation,  radioactive  materials,  hazardous  wastes,  toxic or
contaminated substances or similar materials, including, without limitation, any
substances  which are "hazardous  substances,"  "hazardous  wastes,"  "hazardous
materials" or "toxic  substances"  under the Hazardous  Materials  Laws,  and/or
other applicable environmental laws, ordinances and regulations.

     "Hazardous  Materials  Laws"  means all laws,  ordinances  and  regulations
relating to Hazardous Materials  including,  without  limitation:  the Clean Air
Act, as amended,  42 U.S.C.  Section 7401 et seq.;  the Federal Water  Pollution
Control  Act,  as  amended,  33  U.S.C.  Section  1251  et  seq.;  the  Resource
Conservation  and Recovery Act of 1976,  as amended,  42 U.S.C.  Section 6901 et
seq.; the Comprehensive Environment Response,  Compensation and Liability Act of

                                       10
<PAGE>

1980, as amended (including the Superfund  Amendments and Reauthorization Act of
1988,  "CERCLA"),  42 U.S.C.  Section 9601 et seq.; the Toxic Substances Control
Act, as amended,  15 U.S.C.  Section 2601, et seq.; the Occupational  Safety and
Health Act, as amended,  29 U.S.C.  Section  651,  the  Emergency  Planning  and
Community  Right-to-Know Act of 1986, 42 U.S.C.  Section 11001 et seq.; the Mine
Safety and Health Act of 1977, as amended,  30 U.S.C.  Section 801 et seq.;  the
Safe Drinking  Water Act, as amended,  42 U.S.C.  Section 300f et seq.;  and all
comparable  state and local  laws,  laws of other  jurisdictions  or orders  and
regulations.

     "Hedging  Contract"  means, for any Person,  any interest rate,  commodity,
foreign exchange or other hedging agreement (including swaps,  collars, caps and
forward  contracts)  between such Person and one or more financial  institutions
providing  for the transfer or  mitigation of  fluctuations  of interest  rates,
exchange rates or other prices either generally or under specific contingencies.

     "Indemnified Liabilities" is defined in Section 9.2.1.

     "Indemnitee" is defined in Section 9.2.1.

     "Intangible Assets" means (i) all write-ups (other than write-ups resulting
from foreign  currency  translations  and write-ups of assets of a going concern
business  made within  twelve  months after the  acquisition  of such  business)
subsequent  to March  31,  1998,  in the book  value of any  asset  owned by any
Borrower  Party  or any  Consolidated  Entity,  and (ii)  all  unamortized  debt
discount and expense,  unamortized  deferred  charges,  prepaid fees  (including
without limitation legal fees, financing fees and interest but excluding impound
accounts and other  deposits),  goodwill,  patents,  trademarks,  service marks,
trade names, copyrights,  organization or development expenses, receivables from
employees,   officers  or  partners,   leasehold  options,  licenses  and  other
intangible assets.

     "Interest  Coverage  Ratio" means, at any time, the ratio of (i) EBITDA for
the Fiscal Quarter then most recently ended (or, if shorter, for the period from
the Closing Date to the end of such period),  to (ii) Interest  Expense for such
period.

     "Interest  Differential"  means the amount as of the date of any prepayment
of a LIBOR Rate Loan by which (a) the amount of interest that would have accrued
on such LIBOR Rate Loan for the  remainder of the  applicable  Borrowing  Period
exceeds (b) the amount of interest that would accrue on such LIBOR Rate Loan for
the period from the date of  prepayment  of such LIBOR Rate Loan to the last day
of the  applicable  Borrowing  Period for such LIBOR Rate Loan if the LIBOR Rate
applicable to such LIBOR Rate Loan (the "Applicable Rate") were determined three
(3) LIBOR Business Days prior to the date of prepayment of such LIBOR Rate Loan.
The period  commencing on the date of such prepayment and ending on the last day
of the applicable  Borrowing Period shall be deemed to be the "Borrowing Period"
for  determination  of such  Applicable  Rate.  The  calculation of the Interest
Differential by the Agent shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

                                       11
<PAGE>

     "Interest Expense" means, for any period, the sum (without duplication) for
such period of (i) total  interest  expense,  whether  paid or  accrued,  of the
Borrower Parties and the Consolidated Entities, including without limitation the
portion of any Capitalized Lease Obligations  allocable to interest expense, and
the  Borrower  Parties'  share of  interest  expenses  in  Unconsolidated  Joint
Ventures but excluding  amortization  or write-off of debt discount and expense,
(ii) capitalized  interest,  (iii) to the extent not included in clauses (i) and
(ii) the Borrower  Parties' pro rata share of interest expense and other amounts
of the type referred to in such clauses of the  Unconsolidated  Joint  Ventures,
and (iv) interest  incurred on any liability or  obligation  that  constitutes a
Contingent  Obligation of any Borrower  Party or any  Consolidated  Entity.  For
purposes of clause (iii), a Borrower  Party's pro rata share of interest expense
or other amount of any Unconsolidated Joint Venture shall be deemed equal to the
product  of  (a)  the  interest   expense  or  other  relevant  amount  of  such
Unconsolidated  Joint  Venture,  multiplied  by (b) the  percentage of the total
outstanding  Capital  Stock  of such  Person  held by a  Borrower  Party  or any
Consolidated Entity, expressed as a decimal.

     "Investment"  means, with respect to any Person, (i) any direct or indirect
purchase  or other  acquisition  by that Person of stock or  securities,  or any
beneficial  interest  in stock or other  securities,  of any other  Person,  any
partnership interest (whether general or limited) in any other Person, or all or
any  substantial  part of the business or assets of any other  Person,  (ii) any
direct or indirect loan,  advance or capital  contribution by that Person to any
other Person, including all indebtedness and accounts receivable from that other
Person  that are not  current  assets or did not arise  from sales to that other
Person in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Investment shall be
the original cost of such  Investment  plus the cost of all  additions  thereto,
without any  adjustments  for  increases or decreases  in value,  or  write-ups,
write-downs or write-offs with respect to such Investment.

     "Joint Venture" means a joint venture,  partnership or similar arrangement,
whether in corporate, partnership or other legal form.

     "Land Holdings" means  unimproved Real Property owned by any Borrower Party
with respect to which Commencement of Construction has not occurred.

     "Lender" is defined in the Preamble.  For purposes of the Sections referred
to in  (and  subject  to)  Section  9.6.3.,  "Lender"  includes  a  holder  of a
Participation.

     "Lender  Party" is defined in the  Preamble.  For  purposes of the Sections
referred to in (and subject to) Section 9.6.3., "Lender Party" includes a holder
of a Participation.

     "Lending  Office" means,  with respect to the Agent, (i) in the case of any
payment with respect to LIBOR Rate Loans, the Agent's LIBOR Lending Office,  and
(ii) in the case of any  payment  with  respect  to Base Rate Loans or any other
payment under the Loan Documents, the Agent's Domestic Lending Office.

     "Leverage" means Total Liabilities divided by Gross Asset Value,  expressed
as a percentage.

     "Liabilities"  means, at any time, the aggregate  amount of all liabilities
of the Guarantor  that have been or properly  would be classified as liabilities
on the consolidated balance sheet of the Guarantor.

                                       12
<PAGE>

     "LIBOR  Business  Day" means any Business  Day on which  dealings in United
States  Dollar  deposits are  conducted by and between  banks in the  Designated
Market for LIBOR Rate Loans

     "LIBOR Fee" is defined in Section 2.9.1.

     "LIBOR Lending  Office" means,  as to each Lender,  the office or branch of
the Lender so designated on the signature pages of this Agreement, or such other
office or branch  of such  Lender as the  Lender  may  hereafter  designate,  by
written notice to the Borrower and Agent, as its LIBOR Lending Office.

     "LIBOR  Obligations" means Eurocurrency  liabilities (as defined in Section
204.2(h) of  Regulation D) and  nonpersonal  time deposits as defined in Section
204.2-(f)(v) of Regulation D).

     "LIBOR Rate" means, with respect to any LIBOR Rate Loan, the rate per annum
(rounded  upward to the next 1/16th of one percent) at which  deposits in United
States  Dollars  are  offered  by  the  Agent  in  the   Designated   Market  at
approximately 8:00 a.m. (Pacific Coast time) three (3) LIBOR Business Days prior
to the first day of the applicable  Borrowing Period in an amount  approximately
equal to such LIBOR Rate Loan, and for a period of time comparable to the number
of days in the applicable Borrowing Period; provided, however, that if the Agent
shall fail as a result of the occurrence of a Special  Circumstance to determine
the LIBOR Rate as provided in Section 2.1.2.3., no LIBOR Rate shall be available
with  respect to such LIBOR Rate Loan,  and such LIBOR Rate Loan shall  become a
Base  Rate Loan  until  further  designation  pursuant  to  Section  2.1.2.  The
determination  of the LIBOR Rate by the Agent shall be conclusive in the absence
of manifest error.

     "LIBOR  Rate Loan"  means a Loan which is  designated  as a LIBOR Rate Loan
pursuant to Section 2.1.2.

     "Lien" means any lien,  mortgage,  pledge,  security  interest,  charge, or
encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention
agreement  or any lease in the  nature  thereof)  and any  agreement  to give or
refrain from giving any lien, mortgage,  pledge,  security interest,  charge, or
other encumbrance of any kind and with respect to property, shall include any of
the foregoing,  encumbering or otherwise relating to a partnership interest in a
partnership that owns such property.

     "Liquidated Cost" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.

     "Loan" means the Loan made or to be made pursuant to Article 2.

     "Loan Account" is defined in Section 2.3.3.

     "Loan  Documents"  means,  collectively,  this  Agreement,  the Notes,  the
Guaranty,  and any other  agreement,  instrument  or other  writing  executed or
delivered by any Borrower  Party in  connection  herewith,  and all  amendments,
exhibits and schedules to any of the foregoing.

     "Major Agreements" means, with respect to any Real Property included within
the  Unencumbered  Pool or which  Borrower  proposes  for  inclusion  within the
Unencumbered  Pool,  (a) a lease of such Real  Property  with respect to 100,000
square feet or more of gross leasable area, and (b) each ground lease  affecting
such Real Property.

                                       13
<PAGE>

     "Majority  Lenders"  means Lenders  having at least 66.67% of the aggregate
amount of the Commitments.

     "Mandatory  Prepayment" means any mandatory prepayment described in Section
2.6.1.

     "Margin Regulations" means Regulations G, T, U and X of the Federal Reserve
Board, as amended from time to time.

     "Margin Stock" means "margin stock" as defined in the Margin Regulations.

     "Material,"  "Material  Adverse Effect" or "Material  Adverse Change" means
(i) a condition,  circumstance  or event  material  to, (ii) a material  adverse
effect on or (iii) a material  adverse change in, as the case may be, any one or
more of the  following:  (A) the  business,  assets,  results of  operations  or
financial condition of a Borrower Party or (B) the ability of any Borrower Party
to  perform  its  obligations  under any Loan  Document  to which it is a party.
"Materially" has a correlative meaning.

     "Maturity  Date"  means at any  time,  the  then-applicable  maturity  date
specified  hereunder.  The initial Maturity Date shall be the second anniversary
of the  Closing  Date,  although  such date may be  extended  by the  Lenders as
provided in Section 2.5.2. hereof.

     "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Services, Inc. or any successor thereto.

     "Multiemployer  Plan"  means a  "multiemployer  plan" as defined in Section
3(37) and  Section  4001(a)(3)(A)  of ERISA to which the  Borrower or any of the
ERISA Affiliates is making or accruing an obligation to make contributions or to
which any such  Person has within any of the  preceding  five plan years made or
accrued an obligation to make contributions.

     "Multiple  Employer  Plan"  means a "single  employer  plan," as defined in
Section  4001(a)(15)  of ERISA,  that (i) is  maintained  for  employees  of the
Borrower or any ERISA  Affiliate and at least one person other than the Borrower
and the ERISA  Affiliates or (ii) was so maintained  and in respect of which the
Borrower or any ERISA  Affiliate could have liability under Section 4064 or 4069
of ERISA if such plan has been or were to be terminated.

     "Net Income" means, for any period,  without duplication,  total net income
(or loss) of the Borrower Parties and the Consolidated  Entities for such period
taken as a single  accounting  period,  including the Borrower Parties' pro rata
share of the  income  (or loss) of any  Unconsolidated  Joint  Venture  for such
period,  provided  that there  shall be excluded  therefrom  (i) any charges for
minority interests in the Borrower held by Persons other than the Borrower, (ii)
any  income or loss  attributable  to  extraordinary  items,  including  without
limitation,  income or loss  attributable to  restructuring of Debt, (iii) gains
and  losses  from  sales of  assets,  and (iv)  except to the  extent  otherwise
included hereunder, the income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date
it  becomes a  Consolidated  Entity or is merged  with a  Borrower  Party or any
Consolidated  Entity or such Person's assets are acquired by a Borrower Party or
any Consolidated Entity. For purposes of this definition,  the Borrower Parties'
pro rata share of income (or loss) of any Unconsolidated  Joint Venture shall be
deemed  equal to the product of (i) the income (or loss) of such  Unconsolidated
Joint  Venture,  multiplied  by (ii) the  percentage  of the  total  outstanding
Capital  Stock of such Person held by the Borrower  Parties or any  Consolidated
Entity, expressed as a decimal.

                                       14
<PAGE>

     "Net Worth" means, at any date, the  consolidated  stockholders'  equity of
the Borrower and the Consolidated  Entities,  excluding any amounts attributable
to mandatorily redeemable preferred stock (other than preferred stock redeemable
solely with common stock).

     "Nonrecourse Debt" means any indebtedness: (a) under the terms of which the
payee's  remedies  upon the  occurrence  of an event of default  are  limited to
specific,  identified assets of a Borrower Party which secure such indebtedness;
and (b) for the repayment of which such Borrower Party has no personal liability
beyond  the loss of such  specified  assets,  except  for  liability  for fraud,
material  misrepresentation  or misuse or misapplication of insurance  proceeds,
condemnation  awards or rents,  waste,  existence of  hazardous  wastes or other
customary exceptions to nonrecourse provisions.

     "Note" means a Revolving Loan Note.

     "Notice of Borrowing" is defined in Section 2.1.2.

     "Notice of Continuation/Conversion" is defined in Section 2.2.2.2.

     "Notice of Responsible Officer" is defined in Section 2.1.2.6.

     "Obligations"  means all present and future  obligations and liabilities of
the Borrower of every type and  description  arising under or in connection with
the Loan  Documents  due or to become  due to the  Lender  Parties or any Person
entitled to indemnification,  or any of their respective successors, transferees
or assigns,  whether for principal,  interest,  fees,  expenses,  indemnities or
other amounts  (including  attorneys'  fees and expenses) and whether due or not
due, direct or indirect, joint and/or several, absolute or contingent, voluntary
or involuntary,  liquidated or  unliquidated,  determined or  undetermined,  and
whether now or hereafter existing, renewed or restructured.

     "Occupancy Rate" with respect to any Real Property, shall mean the ratio of
(a) rentable square feet in such Real Property which are physically  occupied by
tenants  paying rent  pursuant  to a lease to (b) the number of rentable  square
feet in such Real Property, expressed as a percentage.

     "Office Park Property" means each commercial  office,  light  industrial or
retail property owned by any Borrower Party.

     "Operating  Lease"  means,  as  applied  to any  Person,  any  lease of any
property  (whether  real,  personal,  or mixed)  under  which such Person is the
lessee and that is not capitalized on the balance sheet of such Person.
  

                                     15
<PAGE>

     "Other Assets" means (i) Land Holdings;  (ii) Capital Stock (which is owned
by a Borrower Party) of any Person; and (iii) Debt payable to a Borrower Party.

     "Outstanding  Unsecured  Liabilities"  means,  at any time,  the sum of (i)
Revolving Commitment Usage; (ii) the outstanding principal balance of other Debt
of any of the  Borrower  Parties  which  is  not  secured  by a Lien  (provided,
however,  that Debt  pursuant to which any  Borrower  Party shall have granted a
negative pledge or similar promise shall not be deemed to be secured by a Lien);
(iii) trade  payables of the Borrower  for  construction  in progress;  (iv) all
Liquidated  Costs;  and (v) with  respect  to any  Borrower  Party  that has any
employees at any time or has any ERISA Affiliate,  benefit liabilities  (whether
or not vested) under all Plans  (excluding all Plans with assets greater than or
equal to liabilities  (whether or not vested)) in excess of the current value of
the assets of such Plans allocable to such benefits; provided, however, that the
portion  of any Debt  secured by  collateral  other  than real  property,  which
portion  exceeds  the fair market  value of the  collateral  therefor,  shall be
deemed to be Debt that is not secured by a Lien.

     "Overdraw"  means any event,  condition  or  circumstance  under  which the
aggregate Revolving Commitment Usage of all Lenders exceeds Availability.

     "Participant" means any holder of a Participation.

     "Participation" is defined in Section 9.6.3.

     "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation,  as defined in Title
IV of ERISA, or any successor.

     "Periodic Payment Date" means the first Business Day of each month.

     "Permitted Liens" means:

     (a) Liens (other than Environmental Liens and any Lien imposed under ERISA)
for taxes,  assessments or charges of any  Governmental  Authority or claims not
yet due;

     (b) Liens  (other than any Lien imposed  under ERISA)  incurred or deposits
made in the ordinary course of business  (including  without  limitation  surety
bonds and appeal bonds) in connection with workers'  compensation,  unemployment
insurance  and  other  types  of  social  security  benefits  or to  secure  the
performance of tenders, bids, leases, contracts (other than for the repayment of
Indebtedness), and statutory obligations;

     (c) Liens imposed by laws, such as mechanics' liens and other similar liens
arising in the ordinary  course of business  which secure payment of obligations
not more than  thirty  (30) days past due or are being  contested  as  permitted
under this Agreement;

     (d) any Liens which are approved by the Majority Lenders; and

     (e) rights of lessees  under leases and the rights of lessors under Capital
Leases.

     "Person" means an  individual,  a  corporation,  a  partnership,  a limited
liability company,  a trust, an unincorporated  organization or any other entity
or organization,  including a government or any agency or political  subdivision
thereof and, for the purpose of the definition of "ERISA  Affiliate," a trade or
business.

                                       16
<PAGE>

     "Plan" means any pension, retirement,  disability, defined benefit, defined
contribution,  profit sharing, deferred compensation,  employee stock ownership,
employee stock purchase,  health, life insurance, or other employee benefit plan
or arrangement,  other than a Multiemployer Plan, irrespective of whether any of
the  foregoing  is  funded,  in which any  personnel  of the  Borrower  or ERISA
Affiliate participates or from which any such personnel may derive a benefit.

     "Post-Default  Rate" means, at any time, a rate per annum equal to the Base
Rate in effect at such time plus 5%.

     "Prescribed Forms" is defined in Section 2.10.3.

     "Prohibited  Transaction"  means a  transaction  that is  prohibited  under
Section  4975 of the Code or Section  406 or 407 of ERISA and not  exempt  under
Section 4975 of the Code or Section 408 of ERISA.

     "Projections" means those certain financial projections of the Borrower and
Guarantor  submitted  to Agent on December  15, 1997 and during the week of July
27, 1998.

     "Property  Expenses" means, for any Real Property,  all operating  expenses
relating to such Real Property, including without limitation the following items
(provided,  however,  that  notwithstanding  anything  to the  contrary  in this
definition,   Property   Expenses  shall  not  include  Debt  service,   capital
improvements, Depreciation and Amortization Expenses and any extraordinary items
not considered  operating  expenses under GAAP,  and the  outstanding  principal
balance of assessments shown as a liability on the Borrower's balance sheet):

     (i) all expenses for the  operation of such Real  Property,  including  any
management  fees  payable and all  insurance  expenses,  but not  including  any
expenses  incurred in connection with a sale or other capital or interim capital
transaction;

     (ii) water charges, property taxes (including the nonprincipal component of
assessment debt not shown on Borrower's balance sheet), assessments, sewer rents
and other impositions, other than fines, penalties, interest or such impositions
(or  portions  thereof)  that are  payable  by reason of the  failure  to pay an
imposition timely; and

     (iii) the cost of routine  maintenance,  repairs and minor alterations,  to
the extent they are expensed by Borrower under GAAP.

     "Property Income" means, for any Real Property,  all gross revenue from the
ownership  and/or  operation of such Real Property (but excluding  income from a
sale or other  capital  item  transaction),  service  fees and  charges,  tenant
expense reimbursement income payable with respect to such Real Property (but not
such  reimbursement for expenditures not included as a Property Expense) and the
proceeds of any business or rental  interruption  insurance with respect to such
Real Property.
                                       17
<PAGE>

     "Property Information" means the following information and other items with
respect  to each  Real  Property  which  Borrower  intends  to  designate  as an
Unencumbered Asset to be added to the Unencumbered Pool:

          (i) A physical description of such Real Property,  the date upon which
     such Real  Property was acquired or is proposed to be acquired by Borrower,
     the  Acquisition  Price of such Real Property,  if the building  located on
     such  Real  Property  or the use of  such  building  does  not  conform  to
     applicable zoning ordinances and laws, a description of such  nonconformity
     and whether such  building or use is a legal  nonconforming  use, a copy of
     any reports delivered to Borrower with respect to the structural  integrity
     of  improvements  located on such Real Property and Borrower's  preliminary
     budget for nonrevenue enhancing capital expenditures for such Real Property
     for the next succeeding eight (8) Fiscal Quarters;

          (ii) A current operating statement for such Real Property,  audited or
     certified  by Borrower as being true and correct in all  material  respects
     and prepared in accordance with GAAP, and comparative  operating statements
     for the current  interim  fiscal period and for the previous two (2) Fiscal
     Years (or such lesser period as it has been operating);  provided, however,
     that,  if Borrower  shall have owned such Real  Property  for less than the
     period to be covered by such operating statements and comparative operating
     statements, then the audit and certification requirements shall extend only
     to the period of ownership by Borrower, and Borrower shall provide to Agent
     complete copies of any operating  statements prepared by former owner(s) of
     such Real Property  with respect to the  remainder of the periods  required
     hereunder, if the same are available to Borrower;

          (iii) A  current  Rent  Roll  for such  Real  Property,  certified  by
     Borrower as being true and correct (or if Borrower  does not  presently own
     the Property, a copy of the Rent Roll prepared by the seller thereof);

          (iv) A "Phase I"  environmental  assessment  of such Real Property not
     more than twelve (12) months old, prepared by an environmental  engineering
     firm reasonably acceptable to Agent;

          (v) Copies of all Major Agreements affecting such Real Property;

          (vi) A copy of Borrower's  most recent Owner's or Leasehold  Policy of
     Title Insurance, covering such Real Property or a current preliminary title
     report; and

          (vii)  If  Borrower's  interest  in such  Real  Property  is a  ground
     leasehold  interest,  a copy of the ground lease pursuant to which Borrower
     leases such Real Property and all amendments thereto and memoranda thereof.

     "Property  NOI"  means,  for any  Real  Property  for any  period,  (i) all
Property  Income for such  period,  minus (ii) all  Property  Expenses  for such
period.

     "PSI" means Public Storage, Inc., a California corporation.

                                       18
<PAGE>

     "Rating Agencies" means,  collectively,  S&P and Moody's.  Other nationally
recognized rating agencies shall be "Rating Agencies" following approval thereof
by the Agent.

     "Real Property"  means each of those parcels (or portions  thereof) of real
property,  improvements  and fixtures thereon and  appurtenances  thereto now or
hereafter  owned or leased for use or  development as an Office Park Property by
any Borrower Party and uses ancillary thereto.

     "Regulation D" means  Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Board, as amended
from time to time.

     "Regulatory  Change" means (i) the adoption or becoming effective after the
date hereof of any treaty, law, rule or regulation,  (ii) any change in any such
treaty, law, rule or regulation  (including  Regulation D), or any change in the
administration or enforcement  thereof, by any Governmental  Authority,  central
bank  or  other  monetary   authority   charged  with  the   interpretation   or
administration  thereof, in each case after the date hereof, or (iii) compliance
after the date hereof by any Lender Party (or its Lending Office or, in the case
of capital  adequacy  requirements,  any holding  Borrower of any Lender  Party)
with, any interpretation,  directive,  request,  order or decree (whether or not
having the force of law) of any such  Governmental  Authority,  central  bank or
other monetary authority.

     "Rent Roll" means, with respect to any Real Property,  a rent roll for such
Real Property stating for each tenancy within such Real Property the identity of
the lessee,  the suite designation of the space leased,  the gross leasable area
included within such space, the date of commencement and the date of termination
of such tenancy, the periods of any options to extend or terminate such tenancy,
the base rent and any escalations or operating expense  reimbursement payable in
respect of such  tenancy and the type of lease  (i.e.,  gross or degree to which
net of expenses, taxes and other items).

     "Rental  Payments"  means,  for  any  period,   (i)  all  Interest  Expense
attributable  to  Capitalized  Leases  plus (ii) all rents paid under  Operating
Leases, in each case for such period.

     "Reportable  Event" means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(b) of
ERISA or the  regulations  thereunder,  except  any such event  (other  than the
failure to meet minimum funding  standards of Section 412 of the Code or Section
302 of  ERISA)  as to which  the  provision  for 30 days'  notice to the PBGC is
waived under applicable regulations.

     "Responsible Officer" is defined in Section 2.1.2.6.

     "Restricted  Payment" means (i) any dividend or other distribution,  direct
or  indirect,  on  account of any  Capital  Stock of any  Borrower  Party now or
hereafter  outstanding,  except (a) a  dividend  or other  distribution  payable
solely in shares or  equivalents  of the same class of Capital Stock and (b) the
issuance of equity interests upon the exercise of outstanding warrants,  options
or other rights,  or (ii) any  redemption,  retirement,  sinking fund or similar
payment,  purchase or other  acquisition for value,  direct or indirect,  of any
Capital Stock of any Borrower Party now or hereafter outstanding.

                                       19
<PAGE>
  
     "Revolving  Commitment" means, with respect to each Lender, the amount such
Lender is committed to loan with respect to this Agreement.  With respect to the
initial Lender hereunder, such amount shall mean $100,000,000.00.

     "Revolving Commitment Termination Date" is defined in Section 2.5.1.

     "Revolving  Commitment  Usage" means,  at any time, (i) with respect to any
Lender,  the aggregate  unpaid  principal  amount of all Revolving Loans made by
such Lender and (ii) with respect to all Lenders, the aggregate unpaid principal
amount of all Revolving Loans.

     "Revolving Loan" is defined in Section 2.1.

     "Revolving  Loan Note"  means a  Revolving  Loan Note made by the  Borrower
payable  to the order of any  Lender,  in the  amount of the  lesser of (i) such
Lender's  Revolving  Commitment  and  (ii) the  aggregate  principal  amount  of
Revolving Loans made by such Lender,  which note is substantially in the form of
Exhibit A-1, as amended from time to time.

     "S&P"  means  Standard  &  Poor's  Ratings  Services,  a  division  of  The
McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor thereto.

     "SEC" means the United States Securities and Exchange  Commission,  and any
successor.

     "Secured Debt" means Debt of any Borrower Party or any Consolidated  Entity
in any case secured by any Lien,  including  without  limitation (i) all Debt of
the Borrower or any Consolidated Entity secured by a Lien upon any Real Property
and (ii) all Debt which has a liquidation preference,  contractual or otherwise,
over the Obligations (other than wages or tenant security deposits).

     "Securities  Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to
time.

     "Senior  Officer"  means,  with  respect  to  the  general  partner  of the
Borrower,  the  Chairman of the Board of  Directors,  the  President,  the Chief
Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the
Treasurer or any Senior Vice President in charge of a principal business unit or
division of the general partner of the Borrower.

     "Shareholders'  Agreement" means that certain Agreement Among  Shareholders
And Company dated as of December 23, 1997 among Acquiport Two, AOPP, Inc., AOPP,
L.P. and PSI as amended by that certain  letter  agreement  amongst such parties
dated January 21, 1998.

     "Single Employer Plan" means a Plan other than a Multiemployer Plan.

     "Solvent"  means,  with respect to any Person,  that: (i) the total present
fair salable value of such Person's assets on a going concern basis is in excess
of  the  total  amount  of  such  Person's  liabilities,   including  contingent
liabilities;  (ii) such  Person is able to pay its  liabilities  and  contingent
liabilities as they become due; and (iii) such Person does not have unreasonably
small capital to carry on such Person's business as theretofore  operated and as
proposed to be operated.

                                       20

<PAGE>

     "Special  Circumstance"  means the  application  or  adoption of any law or
interpretation,  or  any  change  therein  or  thereof,  or  any  change  in the
interpretation or administration  thereof by any Governmental  Authority charged
with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by the Lenders,
any Assignee Lender, any Participant, or the LIBOR Lending Office of any Lender,
Assignee  Lender or Participant,  with any request or directive  (whether or not
having the force of law) of any such Governmental  Authority,  or the occurrence
of circumstances  affecting the Designated  Market or the ability of the Lenders
to fix interest rates with  reference to the Designated  Market which are beyond
the reasonable control of the Lenders, any Assignee Lender or Participant.

     "Stated Revolving Termination Date" is defined in Section 2.5.1.

     "Subsidiary" means, as of any date of determination and with respect to any
Person,  any  corporation  or  partnership  (whether  or not,  in  either  case,
characterized  as  such  or as a  "joint  venture"),  whether  now  existing  or
hereafter  organized or acquired:  (a) in the case of a corporation,  of which a
majority of the  securities  having  ordinary  voting  power for the election of
directors or other governing body (other than securities  having such power only
by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially  owned
by such Person  and/or one or more  Subsidiaries  of such Person,  or (b) in the
case of a partnership,  of which such Person or a subsidiary of such Person is a
general  partner or of which a majority of the  partnership  or other  ownership
interests are at the time  beneficially  owned by such Person and/or one or more
of its subsidiaries.

     "Tangible Net Worth" means, at any time, Net Worth minus Intangible  Assets
at such time.

     "Tax  Expense"  means  (without  duplication),  for any  period,  total tax
expense (if any) attributable to income and franchise taxes based on or measured
by income, whether paid or accrued, of the Borrower Parties and the Consolidated
Entities,  including the Borrower  Parties' and  Consolidated  Entity's pro rata
share of tax expenses in any Unconsolidated  Joint Venture. For purposes of this
definition,  a Borrower  Party's  pro rata share of any such tax  expense of any
Unconsolidated  Joint  Venture  shall be deemed equal to the product of (i) such
tax  expense  of such  Unconsolidated  Joint  Venture,  multiplied  by (ii)  the
percentage  of the total  outstanding  Capital  Stock of such Person held by the
Borrower Parties or any Consolidated Entity, expressed as a decimal.

     "Taxes" means any present or future income, stamp and other taxes, charges,
fees, levies, duties, imposts, withholdings or other assessments,  together with
any interest and penalties,  additions to tax and additional  amounts imposed by
any federal, state, local or foreign taxing authority upon any Person.

     "Termination  Event" means: (i) a Reportable Event or an event described in
Section  4068(f) of ERISA;  (ii) the  withdrawal  of the  Borrower or any of its
ERISA  Affiliates  from a Multiple  Employer Plan during a plan year in which it
was a  "substantial  employer" as defined in Section  4001(a)(2) of ERISA or the
cessation of operations at a facility in the circumstances  described in Section
4068(f) of ERISA;  (iii) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate a Defined
Benefit Plan  (including any such notice with respect to a Defined  Benefit Plan
amendment  referred  to in  Section  4041(e) of ERISA) or the  termination  of a
Defined Benefit Plan excluding,  for purposes of this clause (iii), any standard
termination  under Section 4041(b) of ERISA; (iv) the institution of proceedings
to terminate a Defined  Benefit Plan by the PBGC;  or (v) the  appointment  of a
trustee to administer any Defined  Benefit Plan under Section 4042 of ERISA;  or
(vi) any other event or condition that might reasonably constitute grounds under
Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to
administer, any Defined Benefit Plan.

                                       21
<PAGE>

     "To the best of  knowledge  of" means,  when  modifying  a  representation,
warranty or other statement of any Person,  that the fact or situation described
therein is known by the Person (or, in the case of a Person other than a natural
person,   known  by  a   Responsible   Officer  of  that   Person)   making  the
representation,  warranty or other statement, or with the exercise of reasonable
due diligence under the circumstances (in accordance with the standard of what a
reasonable man in similar  circumstances would have done) should have been known
by the Person (or, in the case of a Person other than a natural  person,  should
have been known by a Responsible Officer of that Person).

     "Total Liabilities" means, at any time, without duplication,  the aggregate
amount of (i) all Debt and other  liabilities  of the  Borrower  Parties and the
Consolidated  Entities  reflected in the  financial  statements  of the Borrower
Parties or disclosed in the financial  notes thereto,  plus (ii) all liabilities
of all Unconsolidated  Joint Ventures that is otherwise recourse to the Borrower
Parties or any  Consolidated  Entity or any of their  respective  assets or that
otherwise  constitutes  Debt of any Borrower Party or any  Consolidated  Entity,
plus  (iii)  the  Borrower  Parties'  pro  rata  share  of all  Debt  and  other
liabilities of any Unconsolidated Joint Venture not otherwise  constituting Debt
of or recourse to any Borrower  Party or any  Consolidated  Entity or any of its
assets.  For purposes of clause (iii),  the Borrower  Parties' pro rata share of
all Debt and other  liabilities  of any  Unconsolidated  Joint  Venture shall be
deemed equal to the product of (a) such Debt or other liabilities, multiplied by
(b) the percentage of the total outstanding Capital Stock of such Person held by
a Borrower Party or any Consolidated Entity, expressed as a decimal.

     "Trademarks"   means   trademarks,   servicemarks   and  trade  names,  all
registrations  and  applications to register such  trademarks,  servicemarks and
trade  names  and  all  renewals  thereof,  and  the  goodwill  of the  business
associated with or relating to such  trademarks,  servicemarks  and trade names,
including without  limitation any and all licenses and rights granted to use any
trademark, servicemark or trade name owned by any other person.

     "Type" is defined in Section 2.1.1.

     "Unconsolidated  Joint Venture" means (i) any Joint Venture of any Borrower
Party  or  any  Consolidated   Entity  in  which  any  Borrower  Party  or  such
Consolidated Entity holds any Capital Stock but which would not be combined with
a Borrower Party in the consolidated financial statements of such Borrower Party
in  accordance  with  GAAP,  and  (ii) any  Investment  of the  Borrower  or any
Consolidated Entity in any Person that is not a Joint Venture.
  
                                       22
<PAGE>

     "Unencumbered Asset Value" means, at any time, with respect to Unencumbered
Assets that have been  Wholly-Owned for at least one full Fiscal Quarter at such
time,  the product of the Property NOI of such  Unencumbered  Assets  during the
period of the full Fiscal Quarter ended most recently, multiplied by 4, less the
product of (i) $.95  multiplied by (ii) the gross rentable square footage of all
Unencumbered  Assets that have been Wholly-Owned owned for such period,  divided
by the  Capitalization  Rate plus Cash and Cash  Equivalents  (excluding  tenant
deposits and other restricted cash).

     "Unencumbered  Asset" means any Real  Property  designated by Borrower that
satisfies all of the following conditions:

          (i) is an Office Park Property;

          (ii)  is free  and  clear  of any  Lien,  other  than  (a)  easements,
     covenants,  and other  restrictions,  charges or encumbrances  not securing
     Indebtedness that do not interfere  materially with the ordinary operations
     of such Real Property and do not materially  detract from the value of such
     Real   Property;   (b)  building   restrictions,   zoning  laws  and  other
     Requirements  of Law that do not  interfere  materially  with the  ordinary
     operations  of such Real  Property and do not  materially  detract from the
     value of such Real Property; (c) leases and subleases of such Real Property
     in the  ordinary  course  of  business;  and  (d)  Permitted  Liens  and no
     condition  exists with respect to such Real Property  which could give rise
     to Environmental Damages;

          (iii) is Wholly-Owned; and

          (iv) after adding such Real  Property to the  Unencumbered  Pool,  the
     Real  Properties  in the  Unencumbered  Pool  shall  not have an  aggregate
     Occupancy Rate less than ninety percent (90%).

     As of the date hereof all  Unencumbered  Assets are  described  on Schedule
1.1C,  provided that if any Unencumbered  Asset (including any of the properties
listed on Schedule 1.1C) no longer  satisfies any of the conditions set forth in
the foregoing  clauses (i) through (iv),  inclusive,  the Majority Lenders shall
have the right,  at any time and from time to time, to notify the Borrower that,
effective  upon the  giving  of such  notice,  such  asset  shall no  longer  be
considered an Unencumbered  Asset.  If the Borrower  intends to designate a Real
Property as an Unencumbered Asset to be added to the Unencumbered Pool from time
to time, it will notify the Agent of such intention,  which notice will include,
with respect to such Real  Property,  the Property  Information  with respect to
such Real Property,  and such other  information  and items as may be reasonably
requested by Agent with respect to such Real Property.  Upon Agent's concurrence
that the  evidence  presented by Borrower is  sufficient  to show that such Real
Property   constitutes  an  Unencumbered   Asset,  it  shall  be  added  to  the
Unencumbered  Pool.  If the  Borrower at any time  intends to withdraw  any Real
Property  from the  Unencumbered  Pool,  it shall  (A)  notify  the Agent of its
intention,  and (B) deliver to the Agent a  certificate  of its chief  financial
officer,  chief executive  officer or chief operating  officer setting forth the
calculations  establishing  that the Borrower  will be in  compliance  with this
Agreement after giving effect to such withdrawal (and any concurrent addition of
Real Properties to the Unencumbered  Pool),  which calculations shall be in such
detail, and otherwise in such form and substance,  as Agent reasonably requires.
Effective automatically upon receipt of such notice and certificate by the Agent
(or upon any later date  stated in such  notice),  such Real  Property  shall no
longer constitute an Unencumbered Asset.

                                       23
<PAGE>

     "Unencumbered Pool" means the pool of Unencumbered Assets.

     "Unencumbered  Net  Operating  Income"  means that  portion of Property NOI
derived from Unencumbered Assets.

     "Unsecured  Interest  Expense"  means  Interest  Expense  other  than  that
attributable to liabilities which are Secured Debt.

     "Wholly-Owned"  means,  with  respect to any Office Park  Property or other
asset  owned,  that (i) title to such asset is held  directly by the Borrower or
Guarantor,  or (ii) in the case of Office Park Property,  title to such property
is held by a  Consolidated  Entity at least 99% of the Capital Stock of which is
held of record and  beneficially by the Borrower or Guarantor and the balance of
the Capital  Stock of which (if any) is held of record and  beneficially  by the
Guarantor (or any wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Guarantor).

     Section 1.2. Related Matters.  

          1.2.1.  Construction.  Unless the  context of this  Agreement  clearly
requires otherwise,  references to the plural include the singular, the singular
includes the plural,  the part includes the whole,  "including" is not limiting,
and "or" has the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase "and/or." The words
"hereof,"  "herein,"  "hereby,"  "hereunder" and similar terms in this Agreement
refer to this Agreement as a whole  (including the Preamble,  the Recitals,  the
Schedules  and  the  Exhibits)  and  not to any  particular  provision  of  this
Agreement. Article, section, subsection, exhibit, schedule, recital and preamble
references in this Agreement are to this Agreement unless  otherwise  specified.
References  in  this  Agreement  to any  agreement,  other  document  or law "as
amended" or "as amended from time to time," or to  amendments of any document or
law, shall include any amendments, supplements,  replacements, renewals, waivers
or other modifications not prohibited by the Loan Documents.  References in this
Agreement  to any law (or any part  thereof)  include any rules and  regulations
promulgated   thereunder  (or  with  respect  to  such  part)  by  the  relevant
Governmental Authority, as amended from time to time.

               1.2.2. Determinations.  Except as expressly provided otherwise in
          Article 2, any determination or calculation  contemplated by Article 2
          of this  Agreement that is made by any Lender Party shall be final and
          conclusive  and  binding  upon  the  Borrower,  and,  in the  case  of
          determinations  by the Agent,  also the other Lender  Parties,  in the
          absence  of  manifest  error.  References  in  this  Agreement  to any
          "determination"  by any Lender Party  include good faith  estimates by
          such Lender Party (in the case of  quantitative  determinations),  and
          good faith  beliefs by such Lender  Party (in the case of  qualitative
          determinations).  All references  herein to "discretion" of any Lender
          Party (or terms of  similar  import)  shall  mean  "absolute  and sole
          discretion."  All  consents  and other  actions  of any  Lender  Party
          contemplated  by this Agreement may be given,  taken,  withheld or not
          taken in such Lender Party's discretion (whether or not so expressed),
          except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

               1.2.3.  Accounting  Terms and  Determinations.  Unless  otherwise
          specified   herein,   all  accounting   terms  used  herein  shall  be
          interpreted,  all accounting  determinations  hereunder shall be made,
          and all financial  statements required to be delivered hereunder shall
          be prepared on a consolidated  basis in accordance with GAAP,  applied
          on a  basis  consistent  (except  for  changes  concurred  in  by  the
          independent  public  accountants  of the  Borrower)  with the  audited
          consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Borrower  and  Guarantor
          referred to in Section 4.5.

                                       24
<PAGE>

               1.2.4.  Governing Law. THIS  AGREEMENT  SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND
          CONSTRUED  IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH,  THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF  CALIFORNIA
          (OTHER THAN CHOICE OF LAW RULES THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE  APPLICATION OF
          THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION).

               1.2.5.  Headings.  The Article and Section  headings used in this
          Agreement are for  convenience  of reference only and shall not affect
          the construction hereof.

               1.2.6. Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be
          held to be invalid,  illegal or unenforceable  under Applicable Law in
          any  jurisdiction,  such provision  shall be  ineffective  only to the
          extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability, which shall
          not affect any other  provisions  hereof or the validity,  legality or
          enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

               1.2.7.  Independence  of  Covenants.  All  covenants  under  this
          Agreement  shall  each  be  given  independent  effect  so  that  if a
          particular  action or condition is not permitted by any such covenant,
          the  fact  that it would  be  permitted  by  another  covenant,  by an
          exception  thereto,  or be otherwise  within the limitations  thereof,
          shall not avoid the  occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default if
          such action is taken or condition exists.

               1.2.8.  Exhibits,  Etc.  All  of  the  appendices,  exhibits  and
          schedules  attached  to this  Agreement  shall be deemed  incorporated
          herein by reference.

               1.2.9.  Other  Definitions.  Terms otherwise defined in Preamble,
          the Recitals,  and in any other  provision of this Agreement or any of
          the other Loan  Documents  not defined or  referenced  in Section 1.1.
          have their respective defined meanings when used herein or therein.


                                   ARTICLE 2.

                   AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE CREDIT FACILITIES

     Section 2.1. Revolving Loans. Each Lender severally agrees,  upon the terms
and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement,  at any time from and
after the Closing  Date until the  Business  Day next  preceding  the  Revolving
Commitment  Termination  Date, to make revolving loans (each a "Revolving Loan")
to the  Borrower  in an  aggregate  principal  amount  not to exceed at any time
outstanding,  when added to other Revolving  Commitment  Usage of such Lender at
such time, the Revolving Commitment of such Lender,  provided that the Revolving
Commitment Usage of all Lenders at any time, in the aggregate,  shall not exceed
the  lesser of (i)  aggregate  Revolving  Commitments  of all  Lenders  and (ii)
Availability.


                                       25
<PAGE>
          2.1.0.1.  Revolving  Loans  may be  voluntarily  prepaid  pursuant  to
Section 2.6.2. and, subject to the provisions of this Agreement,  any amounts so
prepaid may be re-borrowed,  up to the amount  available under this Section 2.1.
at the time of such re-borrowing.

          2.1.1.  Type of Loans and  Minimum  Amounts.  Loans  made  under  this
Section 2.1. may be Base Rate Loans or LIBOR Rate Loans (each a "Type" of Loan),
subject, however, to Section 2.2.2.

          2.1.1.1.  Each  Borrowing of Loans (other than LIBOR Rate Loans) shall
be in a minimum  aggregate amount of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars  ($200,000.00)
and integral  multiples of Ten Thousand Dollars  ($10,000.00).  Unless the Agent
otherwise consents in writing:  (i) the principal amount of each LIBOR Rate Loan
shall be an integral multiple of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00), but not less
than Two Hundred Thousand Dollars  ($200,000.00);  and (ii) no more than fifteen
(15) LIBOR Rate Loans shall be permitted to be outstanding at any one time.

          2.1.2. Notice of Borrowing.


          2.1.2.1.  When the  Borrower  desires  to borrow  Loans  pursuant  to
Section 2.1., it shall deliver to the Agent a Notice of Borrowing  substantially
in the form of Exhibit B-1, duly completed and executed by a Responsible Officer
(each such notice  shall be referred to herein as a "Notice of  Borrowing"),  no
later than 9:00 a.m.  (Pacific  Coast time) (a) at least one Business Day before
the proposed  Funding Date in the case of a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, or (b)
at least three LIBOR Business Days before the proposed Funding Date, in the case
of a Borrowing of LIBOR Rate Loans.  Except to the extent  designated as a LIBOR
Rate Loan pursuant to this Section 2.1.2.,  the unpaid principal  balance of all
Loans shall constitute a Base Rate Loan, and each LIBOR Rate Loan shall become a
Base Rate Loan on the last day of the applicable Borrowing Period.

          2.1.2.2.  Subject  to the  terms  and  conditions  set  forth in this
Agreement,  at any time and from time to time from the Closing Date to the LIBOR
Business Day next  preceding  the Revolving  Commitment  Termination  Date,  the
Borrower  may request  that any portion of  requested  or  outstanding  Loans be
designated,  pro rata as to each  Lender  according  to the  Commitment  of that
Lender,  as a LIBOR Rate Loan,  provided  that the amount  included  in any such
request shall not exceed the aggregate Revolving  Commitments less the aggregate
Revolving  Commitment  Usage  (other than LIBOR Rate Loans with respect to which
the last day in the applicable  Borrowing Period coincides with the first day in
the Borrowing Period applicable to the proposed LIBOR Rate Loan).

          2.1.2.3.  As  soon  as  practicable  after  receipt  of a  Notice  of
Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.1.2.2., the Agent shall determine the applicable
LIBOR Rate (which  determination  shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest
error) and shall  promptly  (and in any event not later  than 9:00 a.m.  Pacific
Coast time on the date of receipt of such  request)  give  notice of the same to
the Borrower by telephone; at the time of receipt of such telephonic notice, the
Borrower shall  immediately  either accept such rate for the Loan in question or
reject such rate, in which case the Borrower's  Notice of Borrowing with respect
to such Loan shall be ineffective.
  
                                     26
<PAGE>

          2.1.2.4.  If the Borrower gives  confirmation  by 9:00 a.m.,  Pacific
Coast time, on the date of delivery of a Notice of Borrowing pursuant to Section
2.1.2.1.,  that it accepts the applicable  LIBOR Rate for the LIBOR Rate Loan in
question, as provided in Section 2.1.2.3., the Agent shall, prior to 10:00 a.m.,
Pacific  Coast time,  three (3) Business  Days before any LIBOR Rate Loan,  give
notice  to each  Lender  by  telephone,  telecopier  or  telex  stating  (i) the
effective  date of the LIBOR Rate  Loan,  (ii) the amount of the LIBOR Rate Loan
and (iii) the applicable LIBOR Rate. In no event shall the Agent's failure to so
notify each Lender affect the Borrower's election of the LIBOR Rate with respect
to any Loan.

          2.1.2.5.  Upon fulfillment of the applicable  conditions set forth in
this Section  2.1.2.  and in Section 3.2., the LIBOR Rate quoted to and accepted
by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1.2.3. shall become effective with respect
to the LIBOR Rate Loan in question on the first day of the applicable  Borrowing
Period.

          2.1.2.6.  The  Borrower  shall  notify  the Agent of the names of its
officers and employees of its general  partner  which are  authorized to request
and take other  actions with respect to loans on behalf of the Borrower  (each a
"Responsible  Officer")  by  providing  the Agent  with a Notice of  Responsible
Officers  substantially  in the form of Exhibit B-3, duly completed and executed
by a Senior  Officer (a "Notice of  Responsible  Officer").  The Agent  shall be
entitled to rely  conclusively on a Responsible  Officer's  authority to request
and take other actions with respect to Loans on behalf of the Borrower until the
Agent  receives a new Notice of  Responsible  Officer that no longer  designates
such Person as a Responsible Officer. The Agent shall have no duty to verify the
authenticity  of the signature  appearing on any Notice of Borrowing,  Notice of
Responsible Officer or any other notice given under the Loan Documents.

          2.1.2.7.  Except as  provided  in  Section  2.1.2.3.,  any  Notice of
Borrowing delivered pursuant to this Section 2.1.2. shall be irrevocable and the
Borrower shall be bound to make a borrowing in accordance therewith.

          2.1.2.8.  The Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the contents
of any Notice of Borrowing  received by it and such Lender's pro rata portion of
the Borrowing  requested.  Not later than 10:00 a.m. (Pacific Coast time) on the
date specified in such notice as the Funding Date,  each Lender,  subject to the
terms and  conditions  hereof,  shall make its pro rata portion of the Borrowing
available, in immediately available funds, to the Agent at the Agent's Account.

          2.1.3. Funding.

          Not later than 12:00 noon  (Pacific  Coast time) or such later time as
may be  agreed  to by the  Borrower  and the  Agent,  and  subject  to and  upon
satisfaction  of the applicable  conditions set forth in Article 3 as determined
by the Agent, the Agent shall make the proceeds of the requested Loans available
to the  Borrower  in  Dollars in  immediately  available  funds in the  Borrower
Account.

          Section 2.2. Interest; Late Charge; Conversion/Continuation.

          2.2.1. Interest Rate and Payment.

          2.2.1.1.  Each Loan shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount
thereof, from and including the date of the making of such Loan to and excluding
the due date or the date of any repayment  thereof,  at the following  rates per
annum:  (a) for so long as and to the extent that such Loan is a Base Rate Loan,
at the Base Rate (as in effect  from time to time) (b) for so long as and to the
extent that such Loan is a LIBOR Rate Loan, at the LIBOR Rate for each Borrowing
Period applicable thereto plus the Applicable Margin.

                                       27
<PAGE>

          2.2.1.2.  In the event  that the  Borrower  fails to pay any  interest
payable  under this  Agreement  on or prior to the  expiration  of ten (10) days
after such interest first becomes due and payable, the Borrower shall pay to the
Agent  for the pro rata  benefit  of the  Lenders  a late  charge  equal to four
percent  (4%) of the  amount  of such  unpaid  interest  payment.  The  Borrower
acknowledges  and agrees that an accurate  determination  of the Lender Parties'
damages as a result of the  Borrower's  failure to pay  interest as and when due
hereunder is not reasonably practicable, and the late charge provided for herein
is a reasonable  estimate of the amount of additional  cost and the value of the
loss of use of funds that will be  suffered  by the Lender  Parties in the event
that an interest payment is not paid when due.

          2.2.1.3.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  provisions  of this Section
2.2.1.,  any interest  payable under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents
that is not paid  within  thirty (30) days after the date such amount is due, or
any principal or other amount payable under this Agreement that is not paid when
due,  shall in each case  thereafter  bear interest at a rate per annum equal to
the  Post-Default  Rate,  without notice or demand of any kind. Such interest at
the  Post-Default  Rate  shall be in  addition  to, and not in lieu of, the late
charge provided for in Section 2.2.1.2.

          2.2.1.4.  Accrued interest shall be payable in arrears (a) in the case
of any Type of Loan, on each Periodic  Payment Date;  and (b) in the case of any
Loan,  when the Loan  shall  become  due  (whether  at  maturity,  by  reason of
prepayment, acceleration or otherwise).

          2.2.1.5.  In order  to  assure  timely  payment  to  Agent of  accrued
interest,  principal,  fees and late  charges  due and owing  under  the  Loans,
Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes Agent to directly debit Borrower's demand
deposit account with Agent, account number 4828-665364,  for payment when due of
all such amounts payable  hereunder.  Borrower  represents and warrants to Agent
that Borrower is the legal owner of said account.  Written  confirmation  of the
amount and purpose of any such direct  debit shall be given to Borrower by Agent
not less  frequently  than monthly.  In the event any direct debit  hereunder is
returned  for  insufficient  funds,  Borrower  shall pay Agent upon  demand,  in
immediately available funds, all amounts and expenses due and owing to Agent.

          2.2.2. Conversion or Continuation.

          2.2.2.1.  Subject to  Section  2.1.2.  and this  Section  2.2.2.,  the
Borrower  shall have the option (a) at any time,  to convert  all or any part of
its outstanding  Base Rate Loans to Fixed Rate Loans, or (b) upon the expiration
of any Borrowing Period  applicable to a Fixed Rate Loan, to continue all or any
portion of such Loan as a Fixed Rate Loan provided that,  there does not exist a
Default or an Event of Default at such time. If a Default or an Event of Default
shall exist upon the expiration of the Borrowing Period  applicable to any Fixed
Rate Loan, such Loan automatically shall be converted into a Base Rate Loan.

                                       28
<PAGE>

          2.2.2.2.  If the  Borrower  elects to convert or continue a Loan under
this   Section   2.2.2.,   it  shall   deliver   to  the   Agent  a  Notice   of
Continuation/Conversion substantially in the form of Exhibit B-5, duly completed
and executed by a Responsible  Officer (a "Notice of  Continuation/Conversion"),
not later than 10:00 a.m.  (Pacific  Coast time) at least  three LIBOR  Business
Days before the  proposed  conversion  or  continuation  date,  if the  Borrower
proposes to convert into, or to continue, a LIBOR Rate Loan.

          2.2.2.3.  Any Notice of  Continuation/Conversion  shall be irrevocable
and the Borrower shall be bound to convert or continue in accordance  therewith.
If any  request  for the  conversion  or  continuation  of a Loan is not made in
accordance with this Section 2.2.2., or if no notice is so given with respect to
a LIBOR  Rate  Loan as to which the  Borrowing  Period  expires,  then such Loan
automatically shall be converted into a Base Rate Loan.

          2.2.3.  Computations.  Interest  on each  Loan and all Fees and  other
amounts  payable  hereunder or the other Loan Documents shall be computed on the
basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed. Any change in the
interest  rate on any Loan or other amount  resulting  from a change in the rate
applicable thereto (or any component thereof) pursuant to the terms hereof shall
become  effective  as of the opening of business on the day on which such change
in the applicable rate (or component) shall become effective.

          2.2.4.  Maximum Lawful Rate of Interest.  The rate of interest payable
on any  Loan  or  other  amount  shall  in no  event  exceed  the  maximum  rate
permissible under Applicable Law. If the rate of interest payable on any Loan or
other  amount  is ever  reduced  as a  result  of this  Section  and at any time
thereafter the maximum rate permitted by Applicable Law shall exceed the rate of
interest  provided  for in this  Agreement,  then the rate  provided for in this
Agreement  shall be increased to the maximum rate provided by Applicable Law for
such period as is required so that the total amount of interest  received by the
Lenders  is that which  would  have been  received  by the  Lenders  but for the
operation of the first sentence of this Section.

          Section 2.3. Notes, Etc.

          2.3.1.  Loans  Evidenced by Notes.  The  Revolving  Loans made by each
Lender  shall be  evidenced  by a single  Revolving  Loan  Note in favor of such
Lender. The Revolving Loan Notes shall each be dated the Closing Date and stated
to mature in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement  applicable to the
relevant Loans.

          2.3.2.  Notation of Amounts and  Maturities,  Etc. The Agent is hereby
irrevocably  authorized  to  generate  a  computer  record  of  the  information
contemplated  by  Schedule A to the Notes and to attach  same to the Notes (or a
continuation  thereof).  The failure to record,  or any error in recording,  any
such  information  shall not,  however,  affect the  obligations of the Borrower
hereunder or under any Note to repay the principal amount of the Loans evidenced
thereby,  together with all interest accrued  thereon.  All such notations shall
constitute  conclusive  evidence of the accuracy of the information so recorded,
in the absence of manifest error.

          2.3.3.  Loan  Account.  The Agent shall  maintain a loan  account (the
"Loan  Account")  on its books in which shall be recorded  (a) all Loans made by
the  Lenders  to  the  Borrower  pursuant  to  this  Agreement,  (b)  all  other
appropriate  debits  and  credits  as and  when  due  in  accordance  with  this
Agreement,  including  all Fees,  charges,  expenses and  interest,  and (c) all
payments  made by the  Borrower  on the  Obligations.  All  entries  in the Loan
Account shall be made in accordance with the customary  accounting  practices of
the Agent as in effect from time to time.

                                       29
<PAGE>

          Section 2.4. Fees.

          2.4.1.  Facility Fee. On each October 1, January 1, April 1 and July 1
of each year, the Borrower  shall pay in advance to the Agent,  for the pro rata
benefit of the Lenders,  a facility fee for the Fiscal  Quarter then  commencing
equal to one-fourth of the product of (i) the aggregate  Commitments  times (ii)
0.25% ("Facility Fee"). On or before the Closing Date, Borrower shall pay to the
Agent,  for the pro rata  benefit of the  Lenders,  the Facility Fee due for the
period from the Closing Date to October 1, 1998.

          2.4.2.  Extension  Fee.  If an  extension  occurs  pursuant to Section
2.5.2. as of the first  anniversary of the Closing Date, then the Borrower shall
pay to the Agent,  for the pro rata  benefit of the Lenders,  an  extension  fee
equal to .05% per annum of the aggregate  amount of the  Revolving  Commitments.
The extension  fee due for any  subsequent  extension  pursuant to Section 2.5.2
shall be  equal to .10% per  annum  of the  aggregate  amount  of the  Revolving
Commitments.

          2.4.3.  Other  Fees.  On the  Closing  Date  and  from  time  to  time
thereafter as specified in the Fee Letter,  the Borrower  shall pay to the Agent
the fees specified in the Fee Letter.

          2.4.4.  Fees  Non-Refundable.  All fees  shall be  fully  earned  when
accrued hereunder and shall be non-refundable.

          Section  2.5.  Termination  and  Reduction  of  Revolving  Commitment;
Extension.

          2.5.1. Termination. Unless extended pursuant to Section 2.5.2. hereof,
each Lender's Revolving Commitment shall terminate without further action on the
part of such Lender on the earlier to occur of (a) the Maturity Date (or if that
date is not a Business Day, the next preceding  LIBOR Business Day) (the "Stated
Revolving Commitment  Termination Date"), and (b) the date of termination of the
Revolving  Commitment pursuant to Section 7.2. (such earlier date being referred
to herein as the "Revolving Commitment Termination Date").

          2.5.2.  Extension.  Borrowers  may request  extensions of the Maturity
Date by making such  request to Agent  ("Extension  Notice") in writing at least
ninety (90) days prior to each  anniversary  of the Closing Date.  The Agent and
the Lenders have no obligation to extend the Maturity Date and the Maturity Date
shall not be extended  unless (i) the Borrower is in full compliance with all of
the terms, conditions and covenants of this Agreement at the time of request and
on the applicable  anniversary  Date, (ii) all of the Lenders and the Agent have
                                       30
<PAGE>

agreed to do so in writing,  (iii) Borrower shall, on or prior to the applicable
anniversary,  have executed and delivered to the Agent an extension agreement in
the  form  provided  by  Agent,  and  (iv)  Borrower  shall,  on or prior to the
applicable  anniversary,  provided all Lenders  shall have approved the request,
have remitted to the Agent the extension fee due pursuant to Section  2.4.2.  If
Borrower's request for extension is approved and the other foregoing  conditions
are met,  then (i) the  extension of the Maturity  Date shall be for a period of
one (1) year and (ii) such  extension  shall be effective  as of the  applicable
anniversary.  The Agent and the Lenders shall have a period of  forty-five  (45)
days from  receipt  of  written  notice of  Borrowers'  intention  to extend the
Maturity Date to approve such extension,  in their sole and absolute discretion.
If Borrower has not received written notice of the Lenders'  intention to extend
the Maturity  Date within such  forty-five  (45) day period,  then the extension
request shall be deemed to be not approved. If an extension is granted, Borrower
may request  subsequent one (1) year extensions subject to the same criteria and
procedures  established in this Section 2.5.2. As an example, in order to extend
the initial Maturity Date,  Borrower must notify Agent at least ninety (90) days
prior to August 6, 1999.  If approved,  the Maturity Date would then be extended
from  August 6, 2000 to August 6,  2001.  In the event that  Borrower's  initial
request for extension is not granted,  any  subsequent  request for extension is
not granted,  or Borrower does not request an extension pursuant to this Section
2.5.2, then,  commencing on the Maturity Date,  Borrower shall no longer be able
to obtain Loans  hereunder  and all  outstanding  Loans shall become all due and
payable.

          Section 2.6. Repayments and Prepayments.

          2.6.1. Mandatory Prepayment.

          2.6.1.1.  Excess  Revolving  Loans.  (i) If at any time the  aggregate
Revolving  Commitment  Usage of all Lenders exceeds the aggregate  amount of the
Revolving Commitments,  the Borrower shall, on or prior to two (2) Business Days
after  the day on which a  Responsible  Officer  of the  Borrower  learns  or is
notified of the excess, make mandatory prepayments of the Revolving Loans as may
be necessary so that, after such prepayment, such excess is eliminated.

          (ii)  If  at  any  time  on  or  prior  to  the  Revolving  Commitment
Termination  Date, there is an Overdraw,  the Borrower shall, on or prior to two
(2) Business Days after the day on which a  Responsible  Officer of the Borrower
learns  or is  notified  of the  Overdraw,  make  mandatory  prepayments  of the
Revolving  Loans as may be  necessary,  so that,  after  such  prepayment,  such
Overdraw is eliminated (unless prior thereto the Borrower has taken such actions
as have  resulted in a sufficient  increase in  Availability  to eliminate  such
Overdraw).

          (iii)  Each  Mandatory  Prepayment  shall  be  applied  to the  unpaid
principal  amount of Revolving  Loans;  provided that each Mandatory  Prepayment
shall be applied  first to reduce the Base Rate Loan  constituting  a portion of
the  respective  Loan and then to the Fixed  Rate Loans  constituting  a portion
thereof,  in the order of termination of Borrowing Periods  applicable  thereto.
Each Mandatory  Prepayment  shall be made together with accrued  interest on the
amount prepaid to the date of prepayment.

                                       31
<PAGE>

          2.6.2. Optional Prepayments

          2.6.2.1.  Subject to this Section  2.6.2.,  the  Borrower  may, at its
option,  at any time or from time to time, prepay the Loans in whole or in part,
without  premium or penalty,  provided  that (a) any  prepayment  shall be in an
aggregate   principal   amount  of  at  least  Two  Hundred   Thousand   Dollars
($200,000.00)  and in integral  multiples of Ten Thousand  Dollars  ($10,000.00)
(or,  alternatively,  the whole  amount of Loans then  outstanding)  and (b) any
prepayment of a Fixed Rate Loan, if made on a day other than the last day of the
Borrowing Period applicable thereto, shall be made with amounts payable pursuant
to Section 2.9.5.

          2.6.2.2.  If the  Borrower  elects to prepay a Loan under this Section
2.6.2.2.,  it shall deliver to the Agent a notice of optional prepayment (a) not
later than 10:00 a.m.  (Pacific  Coast time) at least three LIBOR  Business Days
before the proposed prepayment,  if the Borrower proposes to prepay a LIBOR Rate
Loan,  and (b) otherwise not later than 10:00 a.m.  (Pacific  Coast time) on the
Business Day on which Borrower proposes to prepay a Loan. Any notice of optional
prepayment shall be irrevocable, and the payment amount specified in such notice
shall be due and payable on the date  specified  in such notice.  Each  optional
prepayment shall be applied pro-rata to the unpaid principal amount of Revolving
Loans.

          2.6.3.  Payments  Set  Aside.  To the  extent  the Agent or any Lender
receives  payment  of any  amount  under the Loan  Documents,  whether by way of
payment by the Borrower, the Guarantor,  set-off or otherwise,  which payment is
subsequently invalidated,  declared to be fraudulent or preferential,  set aside
or  required  to be repaid to a trustee,  receiver  or any other party under any
bankruptcy law, other law or equitable  cause, in whole or in part, then, to the
extent of such payment received,  the Obligations or part thereof intended to be
satisfied  thereby  shall be revived and continue in full force and effect as if
such payment had not been received by the Agent or Lender.  If prior to any such
invalidation,  declaration,  setting aside or requirement,  this Agreement shall
have been canceled or  surrendered,  this Agreement  shall be reinstated in full
force and effect,  and such prior  cancellation or surrender shall not diminish,
discharge or otherwise  affect the obligations of the Borrower in respect of the
amount of the affected payment.

          Section 2.7. Manner of Payment.

          2.7.1. The amount of each payment under this Agreement or on the Notes
shall be made in lawful money of the United  States of America,  in  immediately
available  funds.  Each such payment shall be made to the Agent, for the account
                                       32
<PAGE>

of each of the Lenders or for the account of the Agent,  as the case may be. All
payments received by the Agent from the Borrower after 10:00 a.m., Pacific Coast
time,  on any Business  Day, or on a day which is not a Business  Day,  shall be
deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day.

          2.7.2.  Each  payment or  prepayment  of  principal or interest on the
Notes  shall be made and applied  pro rata among the  Lenders  according  to the
unpaid  principal  amount  of the Note  held by each  Lender  (with  appropriate
adjustments  for the periods during which each Lender's share of such amount was
loaned  by or  otherwise  owing to such  Lender);  provided,  however,  that the
Borrower shall have no liability  whatsoever for the Agent's failure to so apply
any such payment.

          2.7.3. Following receipt by the Agent from the Borrower of any payment
under this  Agreement  or on the  Notes,  the Agent  shall,  prior to 2:00 p.m.,
Pacific  Coast  time,  of the  Business  Day such  payment  is deemed  received,
initiate wire transfers to the other Lenders in immediately  available  funds of
the portions of such payment to which they are  entitled  under this  Agreement.
Delivery of a payment by the  Borrower to the Agent shall  discharge  all of the
Borrower's obligations to the Lenders with respect to the making of the payment.
In no event shall the Borrower  have any  liability for any failure by the Agent
to pay over to the  Lenders  their  respective  shares of  payments  made by the
Borrower.

          2.7.4.  Whenever any payment to be made pursuant to this  Agreement or
on any Note is due on a day that is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on
the next  succeeding  Business Day, and such extension of time shall be included
in the computation of interest.

          2.7.5.  Any payment of the  principal  of any LIBOR Rate Loan shall be
made on a LIBOR Business Day.

          2.7.6.  The Agent (and each  Lender  with  respect to its own pro rata
portion of Loans)  shall keep a record of Loans made by each Lender and payments
of  principal  with respect to each Note,  and such record shall be  presumptive
evidence of the principal amount owing under each Note.

          2.7.7.  Each payment of principal  and interest and all other  amounts
payable by the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents  shall
be made free and clear of, and without  reduction or offset for or by reason of,
any offset,  counterclaims,  taxes  (except as  permitted  by Section  2.10.3.),
assessments or other charges imposed by any Governmental Agency.


          Section  2.8.  Pro Rata  Treatment.  Except  to the  extent  otherwise
expressly provided herein,  Revolving Loans shall be requested from the Lenders,
pro rata according to their respective Revolving Commitments.

          Section 2.9. Additional Fees and Costs.

          2.9.1.  So long as any Lender,  any Assignee  Lender or Participant is
required to maintain  reserves against LIBOR Obligations under Regulation D, the
Borrower  shall pay to any such Lender,  Assignee  Lender or  Participant,  with
respect  to each LIBOR Rate Loan,  a fee  (hereinafter  referred  to as a "LIBOR
Fee")  (determined as though the LIBOR Lending  Office of such Lender,  Assignee
Lender or Participant had funded one hundred percent (100%) of such Lender's pro
rata portion of, or such Assignee Lender's or Participant's share in, such LIBOR
Rate Loan in the Designated Market) calculated as follows:

                                       33
<PAGE>

          (i) [LIBOR  Rate  applicable  to the LIBOR  Rate Loan]  divided by [(1
minus rate [expressed as a decimal] of reserve  requirements  under Regulation D
in respect of LIBOR Obligations)] minus [LIBOR Rate applicable to the LIBOR Rate
Loan], times

          (ii) [average daily unpaid  principal amount of such Lender's pro rata
portion of or such Assignee  Lender's or Participant's  share in such LIBOR Rate
Loan] times [number of days in the applicable Borrowing Period divided by 360].

          Notification  that a LIBOR  Fee is  payable  shall be  given  within a
reasonable time after discovery by the loan officers  responsible for the credit
or share hereunder that such LIBOR Fee is payable, and may be given by telephone
if communicated to a Responsible Officer or, if an attempt has been made by such
Lender,  Assignee  Lender or Participant  in good faith to communicate  with any
Responsible Officer and such attempt is not successful, then another responsible
official of the Borrower and, in either case, confirmed within a reasonable time
by letter to the Borrower,  with a copy of such letter sent  concurrently to the
Agent. The LIBOR Fee with respect to each LIBOR Rate Loan or share therein shall
be payable on the later of: (i) the last day of the applicable Borrowing Period;
or (ii) five (5) calendar  days after the relevant  Lender,  Assignee  Lender or
Participant  notifies  the  Borrower  of the  amount  due,  except  that  (x) if
notification  of the amount due is not given within  ninety (90) days after such
LIBOR Fee becomes payable with respect to the applicable  Borrowing Period, then
the Borrower  shall be allowed to pay such amount  within thirty (30) days after
the date upon which  notification is given; and (y) on final payment of any Note
in full,  any LIBOR Fee with respect to any LIBOR Rate Loan made  thereunder not
earlier paid or earlier payable  pursuant hereto shall be payable on the date of
payment  of such  Note.  In  determining  the  amount of any  LIBOR Fee  payable
pursuant to this Section, each Lender, Assignee Lender or Participant shall take
into account any transitional  adjustment or phase-in  provisions of the reserve
requirements which would reduce the reserve requirements otherwise applicable to
LIBOR Obligations  during the applicable  Borrowing Period,  and in the event of
any change or  variation  in the  reserve  requirements  during  the  applicable
Borrowing  Period,  each  Lender,  Assignee  Lender or  Participant  may use any
reasonable  averaging  or  attribution  method which it deems  appropriate.  The
determination  by each Lender,  Assignee  Lender or Participant of the amount of
any LIBOR Fee  payable to it shall be  conclusive  in the  absence  of  manifest
error. Terms used in Regulation D shall have the same meanings when used in this
Section.

          2.9.2.  If, after the date of this  Agreement,  the  occurrence of any
Special Circumstance shall:

          (i) Subject any Lender,  Assignee Lender or Participant,  or the LIBOR
Lending Office of any Lender,  any Assignee Lender or  Participant,  to any tax,
duty or other charge or cost,  or shall change the basis of taxation of payments
to any Lender, Assignee Lender or Participant of the principal of or interest on
such  Lender's pro rata portion of, or such Assignee  Lender's or  Participant's
share in, any LIBOR Rate Loan,  any Note of such Lender,  or the  obligation  of
such Lender to permit LIBOR Rate Loans or the obligation of any Assignee  Lender
or Participant  to acquire any share therein  (except for changes in the rate of
tax  on the  overall  net  income  of  such  Lender,  such  Assignee  Lender  or
Participant,  or the LIBOR  Lending  office of such Lender,  Assignee  Lender or
Participant, imposed by the jurisdiction in which the principal executive office
or LIBOR  Lending  office of such  Lender,  Assignee  Lender or  Participant  is
located);

                                       34
<PAGE>

          (ii) Impose,  modify or deem applicable any reserve (including without
limitation any reserve  imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System  other than with  regard to  Regulation  D),  special  deposit or similar
requirements  against assets of,  deposits with or for the account of, or credit
extended by, any Lender, any Assignee Lender or Participant or the LIBOR Lending
office of any Lender, Assignee Lender or Participant; or

          (iii) Impose on any Lender, Assignee Lender or Participant,  the LIBOR
Lending Office of any Lender, Assignee Lender or Participant,  or the Designated
Market any other  condition  affecting  any  Lender's pro rata portion of or any
Assignee  Lender's or  Participant's  share in, any LIBOR Rate Loan, any Note of
such Lender,  or the obligation of such Lender to permit LIBOR Rate Loans or the
obligation of any Assignee  Lender or  Participant to acquire any share therein,
or this Agreement,  or shall otherwise affect any of the same; and the result of
any of the foregoing would, in the reasonable  opinion of such Lender,  Assignee
Lender or  Participant,  increase  the cost to such Lender,  Assignee  Lender or
Participant  or the LIBOR  Lending  Office of such  Lender,  Assignee  Lender or
Participant of permitting, making, maintaining or funding any LIBOR Rate Loan or
share  therein,  or with  respect to such  Lender's pro rata portion of, or such
Assignee  Lender's or  Participant's  share in, any LIBOR Rate Loan, any Note of
such Lender,  or its  obligation to permit LIBOR Rate Loans or the obligation of
any Assignee  Lender or Participant to acquire any share therein,  or reduce the
amount of any sum  received or  receivable  by such Lender,  Assignee  Lender or
Participant  or the LIBOR  Lending  Office of such  Lender,  Assignee  Lender or
Participant  with respect to any LIBOR Rate Loan, such Lender's pro rata portion
of, or such Assignee  Lender's or  Participant's  share in, any LIBOR Rate Loan,
any Note of such  Lender,  or its  obligation  to permit LIBOR Rate Loans or the
obligation of any Assignee  Lender or  Participant  to acquire any share therein
(assuming  such Lender,  Assignee  Lender or  Participant  [or, in the case of a
LIBOR Rate Loan,  the LIBOR Lending  Office of such Lender,  Assignee  Lender or
Participant]  had funded one hundred  percent  [100%] of such  Lender's pro rata
portion of, or such Assignee Lender's or Participant's share in, such LIBOR Rate
Loan in the Designated  Market),  then,  within ten (10) calendar days following
notice and demand by such Lender,  Assignee Lender or Participant,  which demand
shall be made within a  reasonable  time after  discovery  by the loan  officers
responsible  for the  credit  or share  hereunder  that such  increased  cost or
reduction has been  incurred,  the Borrower  shall pay to such Lender,  Assignee
Lender or Participant such additional amount or amounts (taking into account any
LIBOR Fee paid to such Lender,  Assignee  Lender or  Participant by the Borrower
pursuant to Section 2.9.1.) as will  compensate such Lender,  Assignee Lender or
Participant for such increased cost or reduction. Any Lender, Assignee Lender or
Participant  which makes  demand on the  Borrower  for payment  pursuant to this
Section 2.9.2.  shall notify the Agent of such demand promptly (and in any event
within ten (10) days after making such demand).  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,
if demand is not made  within  ninety  (90) days  after such  increased  cost or
reduction  is incurred,  then the  Borrower  shall be allowed to pay such amount
within  thirty (30) days after the date upon which demand is made.  The Borrower
  
                                     35
<PAGE>

hereby  indemnifies  each Lender,  Assignee Lender or Participant  against,  and
agrees to hold each Lender,  Assignee  Lender or  Participant  harmless from and
reimburse each Lender,  Assignee Lender or Participant on demand for, all costs,
expenses,  claims,  penalties,  liabilities,  losses,  legal  fees  and  damages
incurred  or  sustained  by such  Lender,  Assignee  Lender  or  Participant  in
connection  with  this  Agreement,  any  share in this  Agreement  or any of the
rights,  obligations or transactions  provided for or  contemplated  herein as a
result of the occurrence of any Special Circumstance. A statement of any Lender,
Assignee Lender or Participant  claiming  compensation under this Section 2.9.2.
and setting forth the additional  amount or amounts to be paid to it pursuant to
this  Agreement  shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error or knowing
misrepresentation.

          2.9.3.  If, after the date of this  Agreement,  the  occurrence of any
Special  Circumstance  shall, in the reasonable opinion of any Lender,  Assignee
Lender or  Participant,  make it unlawful,  impossible or  impractical  for such
Lender,  Assignee  Lender or  Participant  or the LIBOR  Lending  Office of such
Lender,  Assignee  Lender or Participant to permit,  make,  maintain or fund any
LIBOR Rate Loan or share therein,  or materially  restrict the authority of such
Lender,  Assignee Lender or Participant to purchase or sell, or to take deposits
of,  nonpersonal  time deposits,  or to determine or charge interest rates based
upon the LIBOR  Rate,  then such  Lender's  obligation  to make LIBOR Rate Loans
shall  be  suspended  for the  duration  of such  illegality,  impossibility  or
impracticality  and such Lender  shall  immediately  give notice  thereof to the
Borrower.  Upon receipt of such notice, the outstanding  principal amount of all
LIBOR Rate Loans shall be automatically  converted to Base Rate Loans on either:
(i) the last day of the applicable Borrowing Period(s) if such Lender,  Assignee
Lender or Participant may lawfully continue to maintain and fund such LIBOR Rate
Loans or shares  therein to such  day(s);  or (ii)  immediately  if such Lender,
Assignee  Lender or Participant  may not lawfully  continue to fund and maintain
such LIBOR Rate Loans to such day(s); provided that in such event the conversion
shall not be subject to payment of a prepayment fee pursuant to Section 2.9.5.

          2.9.4. If, with respect to any proposed LIBOR Rate Loan:

          (i) the Agent  reasonably  determines that, by reason of circumstances
affecting  the  Designated  Market  generally  which are beyond  the  reasonable
control of the Lenders,  Assignee Lenders or  Participants,  deposits in dollars
(in the  applicable  amounts)  are not  being  offered  to each of the  Lenders,
Assignee  Lenders or  Participants  in the Designated  Market for the applicable
Borrowing Period; or

          (ii) the Agent reasonably determines that the LIBOR Rate: (i) does not
represent  the  effective   pricing  to  such  Lenders,   Assignee   Lenders  or
Participants  for deposits in dollars in the  Designated  Market in the relevant
amount for the  applicable  Borrowing  Period;  or (ii) will not  adequately and
fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders,  Assignee  Lenders or  Participants  of
making the applicable LIBOR Rate Loan or share therein;

                                       36
<PAGE>


          then the Agent shall  forthwith  give notice  thereof to the Borrower,
whereupon  until the Agent notifies the Borrower that the  circumstances  giving
rise to such suspension no longer exist, the obligation of the Lenders to permit
(and the  Borrower's  right to  designate)  any future LIBOR Rate Loans shall be
suspended.

          2.9.5.  Upon  payment  or  prepayment  of  any  LIBOR  Rate  Loan,  or
conversion of a LIBOR Rate Loan (other than a conversion  required under Section
2.9.3.),  on a day other than the last day of the  applicable  Borrowing  Period
(whether  involuntarily,  by reason of acceleration or otherwise),  the Borrower
shall pay to the Agent a prepayment fee calculated as follows (and determined as
though one hundred  percent (100%) of the LIBOR Rate Loan had been funded in the
Designated Market):

          2.9.5.1.  the  Interest  Differential  with respect to such LIBOR Rate
Loan (which,  when received by the Agent,  shall be  distributed by the Agent to
the Lenders in proportion to their respective Lender Commitments); plus

          2.9.5.2.  All  out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred  by the  Lenders  and
reasonably  attributable to such payment or prepayment (which,  when received by
the  Agent,  shall  be  distributed  by the  Agent  to the  Lenders  in  amounts
corresponding to their respective out-of-pocket expenses);

          provided  that no  prepayment  fee shall be payable  (and no credit or
rebate shall be required) under Section  2.9.5.1.  if the Interest  Differential
with respect to such LIBOR Rate Loan is not positive.  The  determination by the
Agent of the amount of any  prepayment  fee payable  under this  Section  2.9.5.
shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

          2.9.6. The Borrower hereby  indemnifies  each Lender,  Assignee Lender
and  Participant  against,  and agrees to hold each Lender,  Assignee Lender and
Participant  harmless from and reimburse each Lender,  each Assignee  Lender and
Participant  within ten (10)  calendar days  following  notice and demand (which
notice and demand must be made within a reasonable  time after  discovery by the
loan officers  responsible  for the credit or share  hereunder)  for, all costs,
expenses,  claims,  penalties,  liabilities,  losses,  legal  fees  and  damages
(including  without  limitation  any interest  paid or that would be paid by any
Lender, Assignee Lender or Participant for deposits in dollars in the Designated
Market and any loss sustained or that would be sustained by any Lender, Assignee
Lender or Participant in connection with the  reemployment of funds) incurred or
sustained, or that would be incurred or sustained, by each such Lender, Assignee
Lender or Participant,  as reasonably  determined by each such Lender,  Assignee
Lender or Participant, as a result of any failure of the Borrower to consummate,
or the failure of any condition  required for the  consummation or effectiveness
of, any LIBOR Rate Loan on the date or in the amount  requested by the Borrower,
such indemnification to be determined as though each Lender, Assignee Lender and
Participant  (or, in the case of a LIBOR Rate Loan,  the LIBOR Lending office of
each  Lender,  Assignee  Lender and  Participant)  had or would have  funded one
hundred  percent (100%) of its pro rata portion of, or share in, such LIBOR Rate
Loan in the Designated Market. Any Lender,  Assignee Lender or Participant which
makes demand on the Borrower for payment  pursuant to this Section 2.9.6.  shall
notify the Agent of such demand  promptly (and in any event within ten (10) days
after making such demand).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if demand is not made
within  ninety  (90) days  after the date upon  which the event  giving  rise to
liability of the Borrower  under this Section 2.9.6.  occurs,  then the Borrower
shall be allowed to pay the amounts  demanded  within thirty (30) days after the
date upon which demand is made. The determination of such amount by each Lender,
Assignee Lender and  Participant  shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest
error.


                                       37
<PAGE>

          2.9.7.  In the event that any Lender,  Assignee  Lender or Participant
shall have determined  that the adoption of any law,  treaty,  governmental  (or
quasi-governmental)  rule,  regulation,  guideline  or order  regarding  capital
adequacy, or any change therein or in the interpretation or application thereof,
or the  compliance  by such  Lender,  Assignee  Lender or  Participant  with any
request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force
of law and whether or not failure to comply  therewith  would be unlawful)  from
any central bank or  governmental  agency or body having  jurisdiction,  does or
shall have the effect of (i)  increasing  the amount of capital  required  to be
maintained by such Lender,  Assignee Lender or Participant with respect to Loans
made by such Lender or shares in Loans by such  Assignee  Lender or  Participant
and/or the Lender  Commitment  of such Lender or  obligations  of such  Assignee
Lender  or  Participant  to fund  portions  of any  Lender  Commitment,  or (ii)
increasing  the cost to such Lender with respect to making any Loan made by such
Lender or issuing or maintaining the  Commitments of such Lender,  or increasing
the cost to such  Assignee  Lender or  Participant  of  funding  or  issuing  or
maintaining  its share in any Loan or  Commitment,  then the Borrower shall from
time to time, within fifteen (15) days after written notice and demand from such
Lender,  Assignee Lender or Participant,  which notice and demand shall be given
and made  within a  reasonable  time,  pay to such  Lender,  Assignee  Lender or
Participant,  additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender,  Assignee
Lender  or  Participant  for the cost of such  additional  required  capital.  A
certificate,  evidencing the basis of such calculation in reasonable  detail, as
to the amount of such cost,  submitted  to  Borrower  by such  Lender,  Assignee
Lender or Participant,  shall,  absent manifest error, be final,  conclusive and
binding for all purposes. Any Lender, Assignee Lender or Participant which makes
demand on the Borrower for payment pursuant to this Section 2.9.7.  shall notify
the Agent of such demand  promptly  (and in any event within ten (10) days after
making such demand).  No Lender,  Assignee Lender or Participant  shall have the
right to collect  payments  from the Borrower  pursuant to this  Section  2.9.7.
unless it is the policy of such Lender,  Assignee Lender or Participant,  at the
time of such collection, to collect similar payments from borrowers (if any) who
are  comparable to the Borrower,  in connection  with credit  facilities to such
borrowers which credit  facilities are similar to those made available  pursuant
to  this  Agreement,  where  the  documents  governing  such  credit  facilities
establish the right of such Lender,  Assignee  Lender or  Participant to collect
such payments.

          2.9.8.  Each Lender,  Assignee  Lender and  Participant  shall, at the
request of the Borrower, provide reasonable detail to the Borrower regarding the
manner in which the  amount  of any  payment  requested  by it  pursuant  to the
provisions of Section 2.9. has been determined.

                                       38
<PAGE>

          2.9.9.  Any  request by any  Lender  Party for  payment of  additional
amounts  pursuant  to  Sections  2.9.1.  through  2.9.4.  and  2.9.7.  shall  be
accompanied  by a  certificate  of such Lender Party setting forth the basis and
amount of such request.  In determining the amount of such payment,  such Lender
Party may use such  reasonable  attribution  or  averaging  methods  as it deems
appropriate and practical.

          Section 2.10. Taxes.

          2.10.1.  If the  Borrower is required  by  Applicable  Law to make any
deduction or  withholding  in respect of any Taxes (other than  Excluded  Taxes)
from any amount  payable  under any Loan  Document  to or for the account of any
Lender Party, the Borrower shall pay to or for the account of such Lender Party,
on the date such amount is payable, such additional amounts as such Lender Party
reasonably determines may be necessary so that the net amounts received by it or
for  its  account,  in  the  aggregate,   after  all  applicable  deductions  or
withholdings,  shall  equal the amount  that such  Lender  Party would have been
entitled to receive if no deductions or withholdings were made. "Excluded Taxes"
means, with respect to any payment to any Lender Party, any (a) taxes imposed on
or measured by the overall net income  (including  a franchise  tax based on net
income) of such Lender  Party by the United  States of America or any  political
subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, and (b) any taxes imposed on
or measured by the overall net income  (including  a franchise  tax based on net
income) of such Lender Party or its agent's Offices or Lending Office in respect
of which the payment is made, by the  jurisdiction in which it is  incorporated,
maintains its principal executive office or in which such agent's Lending Office
is located.  Whenever any such Taxes (other than Excluded  Taxes) are payable by
the Borrower,  as promptly as possible after payment is made, the Borrower shall
send to such Lender  Party a certified  copy of any  original  official  receipt
received by the Borrower showing payment.

          2.10.2.  If any Lender Party is required by law to make any payment on
account  of Taxes  (other  than  Excluded  Taxes) on or in  relation  to any sum
received or receivable by it under any Loan Document, or any liability for Taxes
(other than Excluded Taxes) in respect of any such payment is imposed, levied or
assessed  against such Lender Party,  then the Borrower  shall pay when due such
additional amounts as such Lender Party reasonably determines to be necessary so
that the amount  received by it, less any such Taxes  paid,  imposed,  levied or
assessed,  including  any Taxes  (other  than  Excluded  Taxes)  imposed on such
additional  amounts,  shall equal the amount  that such Lender  Party would have
been  entitled  to retain in the  absence of the  payment,  imposition,  levy or
assessment  of such Taxes.  Each Lender Party shall make  reasonable  efforts to
minimize the amount of such Taxes and shall remit to the Borrower any refunds of
Taxes paid,  less the costs of such Lender  Party  expended  in  obtaining  such
refund.

          2.10.3.  Notwithstanding  Section 2.10.1.,  if any Lender Party is not
organized  and  existing  under the laws of the United  States of America or any
political  subdivision  thereof or  therein  (a  "Foreign  Lender  Party"),  the
Borrower shall be entitled, in respect of payments to or for the account of such
Foreign Lender Party,  to the extent it is required to do so by Applicable  Law,
to deduct or withhold  (and shall not be required to make  payments as otherwise
required in Section 2.10.1. on account of such deductions or withholdings) Taxes
imposed by the United  States of America,  except (a) Taxes (other than Excluded
Taxes)  payable as a result of any  Regulatory  Change (i) after the date hereof
(in the case of any  Foreign  Lender  Party  hereto on the date  hereof) or (ii)
after the date on which such Lender Party becomes a Lender Party (in the case of

                                       39
<PAGE>

any Foreign Lender Party becoming a party hereto after the date hereof  pursuant
to Section  9.6.) and (b) if the Foreign  Lender  Party shall on the date hereof
(or on a  subsequent  date on which such Foreign  Lender Party  becomes a Lender
Party  pursuant to Section 9.6.) be entitled to furnish,  and the Borrower shall
have been furnished by such Foreign Lender Party, a duly executed certificate to
the effect  that such  Foreign  Lender  Party is  entitled  to receive  all such
payments  without  deduction or  withholding of such Taxes imposed by the United
States (A) pursuant to the terms of an applicable  tax treaty in effect with the
United States of America (in which case such certificate shall be accompanied by
two executed copies of IRS Form 1001),  (B) under Code Section 1441(c) (in which
case such  certificate  shall be accompanied by two executed  copies of IRS Form
4224) or (C)  pursuant to an  exemption  certificate  received  from the IRS (in
which case such  certificate  shall be  accompanied  by a copy of such exemption
certificate)  (such forms or  statements  being the  "Prescribed  Forms".)  Such
Foreign Lender Party shall  thereafter,  to the extent entitled under Applicable
Law,  provide to the Borrower new Prescribed  Forms upon the obsolescence of any
previously  delivered  form,  in each case duly  executed and  completed by such
Foreign Lender Party.  If the Borrower shall so deduct or withhold any Taxes, it
shall provide a statement to such Foreign Lender Party, setting forth the amount
of such  Taxes so  deducted  or  withheld,  the  applicable  rate and any  other
information  or  documentation  that such Foreign  Lender  Party may  reasonably
request.

          Section 2.11.  Lending  Office;  Discretion of Lenders as to Manner of
Funding. Each Lender may make, carry or transfer Fixed Rate Loans at, to, or for
the account of an Affiliate of the Lender,  provided  that such Lender shall not
be entitled to receive any greater amount under Section 2.10. as a result of the
transfer  of any such Loan than such Lender  would be  entitled  to  immediately
prior  thereto  unless (a) such transfer  occurred at a time when  circumstances
giving rise to the claim for such greater amount did not exist or (b) such claim
would have arisen even if such  transfer had not occurred.  Notwithstanding  any
other  provision  of this  Agreement,  each Lender shall be entitled to fund and
maintain its funding of all or any part of its Fixed Rate Loans in any manner it
sees fit, it being understood,  however, that for purposes of this Agreement all
determinations hereunder shall be made as if each Lender had actually funded and
maintained each Fixed Rate Loan through the purchase of deposits in the relevant
interbank market having a maturity corresponding to such Loan's Borrowing Period
and bearing interest at the applicable rate.

                                       40
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 3.

                               CONDITIONS TO LOANS

          Section 3.1.  Closing  Conditions.  The occurrence of the Closing Date
shall be subject to satisfaction of the following conditions:

          3.1.1. Certain Documents.  The Agent shall have received the documents
listed on Schedule 3.1.1, and the Lenders shall have received the Revolving Loan
Notes, all of which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and
the Lenders.

          3.1.2.  Fees and Expenses  Paid. The Borrower shall have paid all Fees
and expenses then due and payable, on the Closing Date.

          3.1.3.  General.  All other  documents and legal matters in connection
with the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement shall have been delivered
or executed in form and substance  satisfactory to the Agent and the Lenders and
the Agent shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified copies
thereof as Agent may request.

          Section 3.2.  Conditions  Precedent to Loans.  The  obligation  of the
Lenders to make any Loan on any Funding  Date shall be subject to the  following
conditions precedent:

          3.2.1.  Conditions  Precedent.  The conditions  precedent set forth in
Section 3.1. shall have been satisfied.

          3.2.2.  Notice of Borrowing.  The Borrower shall have delivered to the
Agent,  after the time the  conditions set forth in Section 3.1. shall have been
satisfied or waived and otherwise in accordance  with the applicable  provisions
of this Agreement, a Notice of Borrowing.

          3.2.3.  Representations and Warranties. All of the representations and
warranties  of the Borrower  contained in the Loan  Documents  shall be true and
correct in all material respects on and as of the Funding Date as though made on
and as of that date.

          3.2.4.  No  Default.  No Default or Event of  Default  shall  exist or
result from the making of the Loan.

          3.2.5. No Overdraw. There shall be no Overdraw then in existence.

          3.2.6. Covenant Compliance.

          The Borrower  Parties shall be in full  compliance  with the financial
covenants set forth in Section 6.4.

          3.2.7.  No Material  Adverse  Change No Material  Adverse Change shall
have occurred since the date of the financial statements most recently delivered
to the Lenders pursuant hereto (or, in the case of any Funding Date prior to the
delivery  of  financial  statements  pursuant  hereto,  since  the  date  of the
financial statements referred to in Section 4.5.2.).

          3.2.8.  Satisfaction  of  Conditions.  Each  borrowing of a Loan shall
constitute a representation  and warranty by the Borrower as of the Funding Date
that the  conditions  contained  in Sections  3.2.3.  through  3.2.7.  have been
satisfied.

                                       41
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 4.

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

          The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender Parties as follows:

          Section  4.1.  Organization,  Powers  and Good  Standing.  Each of the
Borrower  Parties (a) is duly organized as a  corporation,  partnership or other
organization,  as shown as of the date  hereof on Schedule  4.1,  (b) is validly
existing  and  in  good  standing  under  the  laws  of  its   jurisdiction   of
organization,  as shown as of the date hereof on Schedule  4.1,  and (c) has all
requisite corporate, partnership or other organizational power and authority and
the legal right to own and operate its  properties,  to carry on its business as
heretofore  conducted  and as proposed to be  conducted,  to enter into the Loan
Documents to which it is a party and to carry out the transactions  contemplated
thereby.  Each of the Borrower  Parties is duly  qualified  and in good standing
authorized to do business in each state or other  jurisdiction  where the nature
of its business  activities  conducted or proposed to be conducted or properties
owned or leased  requires it to be so  qualified.  The Borrower is a partnership
for purposes of federal income  taxation and for purposes of the tax laws of any
state or  locality in which the  Borrower  is subject to  taxation  based on its
income.   Guarantor  is  organized  in  conformity  with  the  requirements  for
qualification as a real estate investment trust under the Code and its ownership
and method of operation  enables it to meet the  requirements  for taxation as a
real estate investment trust under the Code.

          Section 4.2. Authorization, Binding Effect, No Conflict, Etc.

          4.2.1.  Authorization,  Binding Effect, Etc. As of the Closing Date or
any  date  thereafter,  (a) the  execution,  delivery  and  performance  by each
Borrower Party of each Loan Document to which it is or will be a party have been
duly authorized by all necessary corporate,  partnership or other organizational
action on the part of such Borrower Party;  (b) each such Loan Document has been
duly executed and delivered by such Borrower  Party and (c) is the legal,  valid
and  binding  obligation  of such  Borrower  Party,  enforceable  against  it in
accordance  with its terms,  except as  enforcement  may be limited by equitable
principles and by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,  moratorium or similar
laws relating to creditors' rights generally.

          4.2.2.  No Conflict.  The execution,  delivery and  performance by any
Borrower Party of each Loan Document to which it is or will be a party,  and the
consummation of the transactions  contemplated  thereby, do not and will not (a)
violate any provision of the charter or other  organizational  documents of such
Borrower  Party,  (b) conflict with,  result in a breach of, or constitute  (or,
with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would  constitute) a default
under,  or require  the  approval  or consent  of any  Person  pursuant  to, any
material Contractual Obligation of any Borrower Party, or violate any Applicable
Law binding on any Borrower  Party,  except for consents that have been obtained
and are in full force and effect, or (c) result in the creation or imposition of
any Lien upon any asset of the Borrower.

                                       42
<PAGE>

          4.2.3.  Partnership Units; General Partner.  Guarantor owns 19,595,122
Partnership  Units (as defined in partnership  agreement of the Borrower),  free
and clear of any Liens.  All  partnership  units owned by Guarantor were offered
and sold in compliance with all Applicable Law (including,  without  limitation,
federal and state securities laws). Except as set forth on Schedule 4.2.3, there
are no outstanding  securities  convertible into or exchangeable for partnership
units of the  Borrower,  or options,  warrants  or rights to  purchase  any such
partnership  units,  or  commitments  of any kind for the issuance of additional
partnership units or any such convertible or exchangeable securities or options,
warrants or rights to purchase  such  partnership  units.  Guarantor is the sole
general partner of the Borrower.  The Shareholder Agreement is in full force and
effect and has not been amended or supplemented in any respect.  No party to the
Shareholder  Agreement  is in default  under such  agreement,  nor has any event
occurred  which,  but for the  passing of time or the  giving of  notice,  would
constitute  a default  under  such  Agreement.  The "PSA  Registration  Date" as
defined in the Shareholder Agreement is March 17, 2001.

          4.2.4.  Governmental Approvals. No Governmental Approval is or will be
required in  connection  with the  execution,  delivery and  performance  by any
Borrower  Party of any Loan  Document  to which it is party or the  transactions
contemplated  thereby.  Each Borrower  Party and each of the other  Consolidated
Entities possesses all Government Approvals,  in full force and effect, that are
necessary for the  ownership,  maintenance  and operation of its  properties and
conduct of its business as now  conducted  and proposed to be conducted  and the
absence of which would not result in a Material  Adverse  Effect on any Borrower
Party, and is not in violation thereof.

          Section 4.3. Guarantor. All of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock
of the Guarantor have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid
and nonassessable.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.3, as amended from time to
time, there are not outstanding any securities  convertible into or exchangeable
for shares of Capital Stock of the Guarantor, or any options,  warrants or other
rights to purchase any such Capital  Stock,  or any  commitments of any kind for
the issuance of additional  shares of such Capital Stock or any such convertible
or  exchangeable  securities  or options,  warrants  or rights to purchase  such
Capital Stock. Except for directors qualifying shares or similar arrangements or
as disclosed on Schedule  4.3,  neither the Borrower nor Guarantor is a party to
any agreement with respect to the issuance, voting or sale of issued or unissued
shares of Capital Stock of the Guarantor.

          Section 4.4. Subsidiaries.  The Borrower has no Subsidiaries except as
set forth in Schedule 4.4.

          Section 4.5. Financial  Information.  4.5.1. The consolidated  balance
sheets of the  Borrower  and  Guarantor as of December 31, 1996 and December 31,
1997 and the consolidated  statements of income, retained earnings and cash flow
of the Borrower and Guarantor for the Fiscal Years then ended,  certified by the
Borrower's  independent certified public accountants,  copies of which have been
delivered  to  the  Lender  Parties,  were  prepared  in  accordance  with  GAAP
consistently  applied and fairly present the consolidated  financial position of
the Borrower  and its  Consolidated  Subsidiaries,  as of the  respective  dates
thereof  and the  results  of  operations  and cash flow of the  Guarantor,  the
Borrower  and its  Consolidated  Subsidiaries  for the periods  then  ended.  No
Borrower  Party nor any  Consolidated  Subsidiary on such dates had any material
Contingent  Obligations,  liabilities for Taxes or long-term leases,  forward or
long-term commitments or unrealized losses from any unfavorable commitments that
are not reflected in the foregoing  statements or in the notes thereto and which
are Material.

                                       43
<PAGE>

          4.5.2. The unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Guarantor as at
September 30, 1997 and March 31, 1998 and related statements of income, retained
earnings  and cash  flow for the  period  then  ended,  certified  by the  Chief
Financial  Officer of the  Guarantor,  a copy of which has been delivered to the
Lender,  were prepared in accordance with GAAP  consistently  applied (except to
the extent noted therein) and fairly present the consolidated financial position
of the Guarantor, the Borrower and the Consolidated Entities as of such date and
the results of operations and cash flow for the period covered thereby,  subject
to normal  year-end audit  adjustments.  No Borrower Party nor any  Consolidated
Entity had on such date any material  Contingent  Obligations,  liabilities  for
Taxes  or  long-term  leases,   unusual  forward  or  long-term  commitments  or
unrealized  losses from any unfavorable  commitments  which are not reflected in
the foregoing statements or in the notes thereto and which are Material.

          4.5.3.  Except as  otherwise  disclosed  in writing to and approved in
writing by the Agent prior to the date hereof,  with respect to the Projections:
(a) all  assumptions  made therein were, in the Borrower  Parties' best business
judgment, reasonable under the circumstances existing at the time of preparation
of the Projections, and (b) the forecasts or projections contained therein were,
in the  Borrower  Parties'  best  business  judgment,  reasonably  based  on the
assumptions contained therein.

          Section 4.6. No Material Adverse  Changes.  Since March 31, 1998 there
has been no Material Adverse Change.

          Section 4.7.  Litigation.  Except as disclosed in Schedule 4.7,  there
are no actions,  suits or  proceedings  pending or, to the best knowledge of the
Borrower,  threatened  against or affecting  any Borrower  Party or any of their
respective properties before any Governmental  Authority (a) in which there is a
reasonable  possibility  of an  adverse  determination  that  could  result in a
Material  liability or have a Material  Adverse Effect or (b) that in any manner
draws  into  question  the  validity,  legality  or  enforceability  of any Loan
Document or any transaction contemplated thereby.

          Section  4.8.  Agreements;  Applicable  Law. No  Borrower  Party is in
violation  of any  Applicable  Law, or in default  under any of its  Contractual
Obligations, except where such violation or default could not individually or in
the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect. No Borrower Party is a party to or
bound by any unduly burdensome Contractual  Obligation that,  individually or in
the aggregate, has a Material Adverse Effect.

          Section 4.9.  Taxes.  All income tax returns of the  Borrower  Parties
have been filed with the appropriate  Governmental  Authority through the fiscal
year ended  December 31, 1997.  All United States Federal income tax returns and
all other material tax returns required to be filed by the Borrower Parties have
been filed and all Taxes due  pursuant to such  returns  have been paid,  except
such  Taxes,  if any,  as are  being  contested  in good  faith  and as to which
adequate  reserves have been  established  in accordance  with GAAP. To the best
knowledge  of the  Borrower,  there have not been  asserted  or  proposed  to be
asserted any Tax  deficiency  against any Borrower  Party that would be Material
that is not  reserved  against on the  financial  books of the  Borrower and its
Subsidiaries. No Borrower Party is a party to or obligated under any Tax sharing
or similar agreement.
                                       44
<PAGE>

          Section 4.10.  Governmental  Regulation.  No Borrower  Party is (a) an
"investment   company"  registered  or  required  to  be  registered  under  the
Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended,  or a company  controlled by such a
company,  or (b) subject to regulation  under the Public Utility Holding Company
Act of 1935,  the  Federal  Power Act,  the  Interstate  Commerce  Act or to any
Federal or state,  statute or regulation  limiting its ability to incur Debt for
money borrowed (other than the Margin Regulations).

          Section  4.11.  Margin  Regulations.  No  Borrower  Party  is  engaged
principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending
credit for the purposes of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock. The value of all
Margin  Stock  held by the  Borrower  Parties  constitutes  less than 25% of the
value, as determined in accordance with the Margin Regulations, of all assets of
the  Borrower  Parties.  The  execution,  delivery and  performance  of the Loan
Documents by the Borrower Parties will not violate the Margin Regulations.

          Section 4.12.  Employees.  As of the date hereof,  the Borrower has no
employees.  The Borrower has not had, on any date prior to the date hereof,  any
employees. As of the date hereof, the Borrower has no ERISA Affiliates.

          Section  4.13.  Title to Property.  Each  Borrower  Party has good fee
title to, or valid and existing leasehold interests in, all of its Real Property
reflected  in its books and  records as being owned or leased by it. Each of the
Real Properties listed in Schedule 1.1C is an Unencumbered Asset.

          Section 4.14.  Intellectual Property, Etc. Each Borrower Party owns or
holds  valid  licenses  in and to all  Trademarks,  copyrights,  patents,  trade
secrets and other intellectual  property rights that are material to the conduct
of its  business as  heretofore  operated  and as proposed to be  conducted.  No
Borrower Party has  infringed,  or been charged or, to the best knowledge of the
Borrower,  threatened  to be charged  with any  infringement  of, any  unexpired
Trademark,  copyright, patent, trade secret or other intellectual property right
of any Person where such infringement  could result in a Material Adverse Effect
on any of the Borrower Parties.
                                       45

<PAGE>
          Section 4.15. Environmental Condition.

          4.15.1.  Except as disclosed in Schedule 4.15.1, to the best knowledge
of the  Borrower,  each  Real  Property  in the  Unencumbered  Pool is free from
contamination  from  any  Hazardous  Materials.  To the  best  knowledge  of the
Borrower,  no  polychlorinated  biphenyls  (PCBs)  (including  PCBs contained in
dialectic fluid in any  transformers,  capacitors,  ballasts or other equipment)
stored,  used  or  located  on,  or  disposed  of at any  Real  Property  in the
Unencumbered Pool in violation of Applicable Law and no asbestos is stored, used
or located on, or has been disposed of at, any Real Property in the Unencumbered
Pool, other than asbestos that does not pose a hazard to human health,  which is
not required to be remediated  under  Applicable Law, and which is subject to an
operations and  maintenance  plan of the Borrower which  restricts and regulates
the disturbance thereof. Neither the Borrower Parties nor, to the best knowledge
of the  Borrower,  any prior  owner or other  user of any Real  Property  in the
Unencumbered Pool has caused or suffered any Environmental Damages.

          4.15.2.  Except as disclosed in Schedule 4.15.2,  neither the Borrower
Parties  nor, to the best  knowledge of the  Borrower,  any prior owner or other
user of any Real Property in the  Unencumbered  Pool has received  notice of any
actual or alleged  violation  of  Environmental  Requirements,  or notice of any
actual or alleged  liability for  Environmental  Damages in connection  with any
Real  Property in the  Unencumbered  Pool.  There  exists no order,  judgment or
decree,  and there is not pending  or, to the best  knowledge  of the  Borrower,
threatened, any action, suit, proceeding or investigation relating to any actual
or alleged  liability  arising  out of the  presence  or  suspected  presence of
Hazardous   Material,   any  actual  or  alleged   violation  of   Environmental
Requirements  or any actual or alleged  liability for  Environmental  Damages in
connection  with any Real Property in the  Unencumbered  Pool or the business or
operations  of any of the  Borrower  Parties  nor, to the best  knowledge of the
Borrower,  does  there  exist any basis for such  action,  suit,  proceeding  or
investigation being instituted or filed.

          4.15.3.  There is no  violation  of  Environmental  Requirements  with
respect to any Real Property  owned by any Borrower Party which Real Property is
not in the  Unencumbered  Pool, which violation has a Material Adverse Effect on
the Borrower.  The Borrower is not obligated to pay  Environmental  Damages with
respect to any Real  Property not in the  Unencumbered  Pool which payment has a
Material Adverse Effect on the Borrower.

          4.15.4.  None of the Real Property in the  Unencumbered  Pool has been
designated as Border Zone Property under the provisions of California Health and
Safety Code, Sections 25220 et seq. or any comparable statute and there has been
no occurrence or condition on any real property  adjoining or in the vicinity of
any of the Real Property in the  Unencumbered  Pool that could cause any of such
Real Property or any part thereof to be designated as Border Zone Property.

          Section 4.16.  Labor Matters.  There are no material  strikes or other
material labor disputes or material grievances pending or, to the best knowledge
of the Borrower,  threatened against any Borrower Party.  Except as set forth in
Schedule  4.16,  there  are no  collective  bargaining  agreements  to which any
Borrower  Party is a party.  Each  Borrower  Party has  complied in all material
respects  with  the  requirements  of  the  Worker  Adjustment  and  Restraining
Notification  Act, 29 U.S.C.  Section 2101 et seq.  (the "WARN  Act").  No claim
under  the WARN  Act is  pending  or,  to the best  knowledge  of the  Borrower,
threatened  against  any  Borrower  Party nor is there any  reasonable  basis to
anticipate any such claim.

          Section 4.17.  Disclosure.  All factual  information  in any document,
certificate or written statement furnished to the Lender Parties by any Borrower
Party and prepared by any Borrower  Party or any Affiliate  thereof with respect
to the business, assets, prospects,  results of operation or financial condition
of any Borrower Party for use in connection with the  transactions  contemplated
by this  Agreement was true and correct in all material  respects as of the date
of such  document,  certificate  or  statement.  There  is no fact  known to the
Borrower (other than matters of a general economic nature) that has had or could
reasonably be expected to have a Material  Adverse  Effect and that has not been
disclosed herein or in such other documents,  certificates or statements. To the
best of the  Borrower's  knowledge,  all factual  information  in any  document,

                                       46
<PAGE>

certificate or written statement furnished to the Lender Parties by any Borrower
Party and prepared by any Person (other than a Borrower Party or an Affiliate of
any Borrower Party) with respect to the business, assets, prospects,  results of
operation or financial  condition  of any Borrower  Party for use in  connection
with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement was true and correct in all
material respects as of the date of such document, instrument or certificate and
the Borrower has no actual knowledge,  without duty of investigation or inquiry,
of any materially untrue or misleading statement or omission therein.


                                   ARTICLE 5.

                      AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER

          So  long  as  any  portion  of  the  Commitment  is in  effect  or any
Obligations  remain  unpaid or have not been  performed  in full,  the  Borrower
covenants with the Lender Parties as follows:

          Section 5.1.  Financial  Statements  and Other  Reports.  The Borrower
shall deliver to the Agent:

          5.1.1. As soon as practicable and in any event within ninety-five (95)
days after the end of each Fiscal Year,  (i) the  consolidated  balance sheet of
the  Borrower  Parties as of the end of such year and the  related  consolidated
statements  of  income,  stockholders'  equity  and  cash  flow of the  Borrower
Parties,  for such Fiscal Year,  setting forth in each case in comparative  form
the consolidated  figures for the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail
and (ii) the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower Parties as of the end of
such year and the  related  consolidated  statements  of  income,  stockholder's
equity and cash flow for such fiscal  years,  all in  reasonable  detail and, in
each  case,  certified  by the  Guarantor's  chief  financial  officer as fairly
presenting the  consolidated  financial  condition of the Borrower Parties as of
the dates  indicated and the  consolidated  results of operations and cash flows
for the periods indicated.  With respect to the financial statements of Borrower
Parties,  such statements shall be accompanied by an unqualified  report thereon
of Ernst & Young,  LLP or other  independent  certified  public  accountants  of
recognized  national  standing  selected by the Borrower  Parties and reasonably
satisfactory to the Agent,  which report shall state that such statements fairly
present the financial  position of the Borrower Parties as of the date indicated
and their  results of  operations  and cash flows for the periods  indicated  in
conformity  with  GAAP  (except  as  otherwise  stated  therein)  and  that  the
examination by such accountants in connection with such financial statements has
been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.

                                       47
<PAGE>

          5.1.2.  As soon as practicable and in any event within fifty (50) days
after  the end of each  Fiscal  Quarter  a  consolidated  balance  sheet  of the
Borrower  Parties as of the end of such  quarter  and the  related  consolidated
statements  of income,  stockholders'  equity and cash flow for such quarter and
the portion of the Fiscal Year ended at the end of such  quarter,  setting forth
in each case in comparative form the consolidated  figures for the corresponding
periods of the prior Fiscal Year, all in reasonable  detail and certified by the
Guarantor's  chief  financial  officer  as fairly  presenting  the  consolidated
financial  condition of the Borrower  Parties as of the dates  indicated and the
consolidated  results of  operations  and cash flows for the periods  indicated,
subject to normal year-end adjustments and made in accordance with GAAP.

          5.1.3.  Within fifty (50) days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter, a
certificate of the senior  vice-president,  corporate  finance,  chief financial
officer,  controller or treasurer of the Guarantor  substantially in the form of
Exhibit F (a "Compliance  Certificate"),  (a) duly  completed  setting forth the
calculations required to establish Availability and compliance with Section 6.4.
on the date of such  financial  statements  and (b)  stating  that,  to the best
knowledge of such officer,  after making such inquiry and other investigation as
such officer deems reasonable under the circumstances,  no Default exists or, if
a Default  does  exist,  the nature  thereof  and the action  that the  Borrower
proposes to take with respect thereto;

          5.1.4.  Within fifty (50) days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter, a
report showing Available Financing as of the end of such Fiscal Quarter.

          5.1.5.   An   Unencumbered   Pool  report  which   includes  for  each
Unencumbered  Asset,  the Property NOI for such Fiscal  Quarter with  reasonable
detail as to all Property Expenses,  Capital Expenditures  incurred, and average
Occupancy  Rate during the Fiscal  Quarter.  This portion of the report shall be
submitted  to the Agent  within  fifty  (50) days  after the end of each  Fiscal
Quarter.

          5.1.6. Within three (3) Business Days after the Borrower becomes aware
of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default,  a certificate of a Senior
Officer of the Borrower  setting  forth the details  thereof and the action that
the Borrower is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto;

          5.1.7.  Promptly upon their becoming available and in any event within
five (5) Business  Days after  submission  to the SEC,  copies of all  financial
statements,  reports (including forms 10Q and 10K), notices and proxy statements
sent  or  made  available  by  the  Guarantor  to  its  security  holders,   all
registration statements (other than the exhibits thereto) and annual,  quarterly
or monthly  reports,  if any,  filed by the Guarantor with the SEC and all press
releases by the Borrower or the Guarantor  concerning  material  developments in
the business of the Borrower or the Guarantor;

          5.1.8.  At any  time  after  the  Borrower  has any  employees  and is
required to comply with ERISA or has any ERISA  Affiliates which are required to
comply with ERISA,  within  three (3)  Business  Days after any of the  Borrower
Parties  becomes  aware  of  the  occurrence  of (a)  any  Reportable  Event  in
connection with any Plan, (b) any Prohibited  Transaction in connection with any
Plan (or any trust  created  thereunder),  or (c) any  assertion  of  withdrawal
liability of any Multiemployer  Plan, (d) any partial or complete  withdrawal by
the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from any  Multiemployer  Plan under Title IV
of ERISA (or assertion thereof), (e) any cessation of operations by the Borrower
or any ERISA Affiliate at a facility in the  circumstances  described in Section
4068(f) of ERISA, (f) the withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from

                                       48
<PAGE>

a  Multiple  Employer  Plan  during a plan year for  which it was a  substantial
employer,  as defined in Section  4001(a)(2)  of ERISA,  (g) the  failure by the
Borrower  or any ERISA  Affiliate  to make a payment  to a Plan  required  under
Section 302(f)(1) of ERISA, (h) the adoption of an amendment to a Plan requiring
the provision of security to such Plan pursuant to Section 307 of ERISA,  or (i)
the PBGC's  intent to  terminate  any Plan  administered  or  maintained  by the
Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to have a trustee appointed to administer any
such Plan, a written notice specifying the nature thereof,  and, when known, any
action  taken or  threatened  by the Internal  Revenue  Service or the PBGC with
respect thereto;

          5.1.9.  Within  three (3)  Business  Days after the  Borrower  obtains
knowledge  thereof,  notice  of  all  litigation  or  proceedings  commenced  or
threatened  affecting any Borrower Party (a) that involves alleged  liability in
excess of $2,500,000  (in the  aggregate)  and which is not covered by insurance
(or,  if  purportedly  covered by  insurance,  then as to which the  insurer has
reserved its rights with respect to such coverage),  (b) in which  injunctive or
similar relief is sought that, if obtained, could have a Material Adverse Effect
or (c) that questions the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document;

          5.1.10.  Within three (3) Business Days after the receipt  thereof,  a
copy of any notice,  summons,  citation or written communication  concerning any
actual,   alleged,   suspected  or   threatened   violation   of   Environmental
Requirements,  or  liability of any Borrower  Party for  Environmental  Damages,
where the amount in  controversy  is equal to or greater  than Two Million  Five
Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000.00);

          5.1.11.  Within five (5) Business Days after the availability thereof,
copies  of all  amendments  to  the  charter,  bylaws  or  other  organizational
documents of the Borrower or the Guarantor;

          5.1.12.  Each Borrower Party shall deliver or cause to be delivered to
the Agent, as the Agent may from time to time request, schedules identifying all
insurance then in effect and certificates evidencing such insurance;

          5.1.13.  Promptly upon request of the Agent, copies of each Schedule B
(Actuarial Information) to the most recent annual report (Form 5500 Series) with
respect to each Plan (if any);

          5.1.14.  From time to time such additional  information  regarding the
Borrower   Parties,   the   Guarantor,   the   Consolidated   Entities  and  the
Unconsolidated   Joint  Ventures  or  their   respective   businesses,   assets,
liabilities, prospects, results of operation or financial condition as the Agent
(or any Lender  through the Agent) may  reasonably  request,  including  without
limitation  evidence  regarding  the Lien  status  of any Real  Property  in the
Unencumbered Pool.

                                       49
<PAGE>

          Section  5.2.  Records and  Inspection.  The  Borrower  Parties  shall
maintain adequate books, records and accounts as may be required or necessary to
permit the preparation of consolidated  financial  statements in accordance with
sound  business  practices  and GAAP.  The  Borrower  Parties  shall permit such
Persons as the Agent may designate,  after  reasonable  advance  notice,  during
normal  business  hours,  and as often as may be  requested,  to (a)  visit  and
inspect any of the Real  Properties of any Borrower  Party or the offices of any
Borrower Party, (b) inspect and copy any Borrower Party's books and records, and
(c) discuss with its officers and employees and its independent accountants, its
business,  assets,  liabilities,  prospects,  results of  operation or financial
condition;  provided,  however, that (i) representatives of the Borrower Parties
may be present during all such  inspections  and  discussions,  (ii) each person
designated by the Agent shall take  reasonable  steps to minimize  disruption to
the  operations  of such  Borrower  Party caused by such  inspection;  and (iii)
nothing  contained  herein shall require any Borrower Party to permit any Lender
to  examine  or  otherwise  have  access to any matter  that is  protected  from
disclosure  by the  attorney-client  privilege or the doctrine of attorney  work
product.

          Section 5.3. Corporate Existence, Etc. Except as permitted pursuant to
Section 6.9.,  each Borrower  Party shall at all times preserve and keep in full
force and effect its corporate existence and all Material rights and franchises.

          Section  5.4.  Payment of Taxes.  Each  Borrower  Party  shall pay and
discharge  all Taxes  imposed upon it or any of its  properties or in respect of
any of its franchises,  business, income or property before any penalty shall be
incurred with respect to such Taxes,  provided,  however, that, unless and until
foreclosure,  distraint, levy, sale or similar proceedings shall have commenced,
a Borrower  Party need not pay or discharge any such Tax so long as the validity
or  amount  thereof  is  being  contested  in  good  faith  and  by  appropriate
proceedings and so long as any reserves or other  appropriate  provisions as may
be required by GAAP shall have been made therefor.

          Section 5.5.  Maintenance  of  Properties.  Each Borrower  Party shall
maintain or cause to be maintained  in good repair,  working order and condition
(ordinary wear and tear  excepted),  all Real Properties and other assets useful
or necessary to its business,  and from time to time each  Borrower  Party shall
make or cause to be made all  appropriate  repairs,  renewals  and  replacements
thereto;  provided,  however that the failure to maintain a  particular  item of
property (other than an improved Real Property) that is not of significant value
to such Borrower  Party or which is obsolete shall not constitute a violation of
this covenant.

          Section 5.6.  Maintenance  of  Insurance.  Each  Borrower  Party shall
maintain in full force and effect with insurers duly licensed in the  applicable
jurisdictions  insurance  of such types and in such  amounts as are  customarily
carried in their  respective lines of business,  including,  but not limited to,
fire, hazard, public liability, property damage, products liability and workers'
compensation insurance.

          Section 5.7.  Conduct of Business.  No Borrower  Party shall engage in
any business  other than the  businesses in which the Borrower and the Guarantor
are  engaged  on the date  hereof or any  businesses  substantially  similar  or
related thereto. Each Borrower Party shall conduct its business in compliance in
all  material   respects  with  all  Applicable  Law  and  all  its  Contractual
Obligations.
  
                                     50
<PAGE>

          Section 5.8.  Further  Assurances.  At any time and from time to time,
upon the request of the Agent,  each  Borrower  Party shall  execute and deliver
such  further  documents  and do such  other  acts and  things  as the Agent may
reasonably  request in order to effect fully the purposes of the Loan  Documents
and any other  agreement  contemplated  thereby  and to provide  for payment and
performance  of the  Obligations  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of the  Loan
Documents.

          Section  5.9.  Future  Information.  All  factual  information  in any
document,  certificate or written  statement  furnished to the Lender Parties by
any Borrower  Party after the date hereof and prepared by any Borrower  Party or
any Affiliate thereof with respect to the business,  assets, prospects,  results
of operation or financial  condition of any Borrower Party for use in connection
with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will be true and correct in
all material respects as of the date of such document, certificate or statement.
Each fact  known to the  Borrower  (other  than  matters  of a general  economic
nature) that has had or could  reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect  and that has not  been  disclosed  herein  or in such  other  documents,
certificates  or statements  will be disclosed  promptly to the Agent in writing
promptly after a Responsible Officer learns thereof.  All factual information in
any document,  certificate or written statement  furnished to the Lender Parties
by any Borrower Party and prepared by any Person (other than a Borrower Party or
an  Affiliate  of any  Borrower  Party) with  respect to the  business,  assets,
prospects, results of operation or financial condition of any Borrower Party for
use in connection with the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement will, to
the Borrower's  actual knowledge,  without duty of investigation or inquiry,  be
true and  correct  in all  material  respects  as of the date of such  document,
instrument  or  certificate  except as  disclosed  by the Borrower to the Lender
Parties in writing  concurrently with the delivery to the Lender Parties of such
document,  instrument or certificate;  provided, however, that Borrower makes no
covenant  regarding  the truth or accuracy of any third party  research  reports
regarding the business and  operations  of the Guarantor  which may hereafter be
delivered to the Lender Parties.

          Section 5.10. Shareholder  Agreement.  No Borrower Party shall modify,
amend,  terminate,  breach or  otherwise  violate any of the  provisions  of the
Shareholder  Agreement in any material respect without the prior written consent
of the Lenders,  which may be withheld in their sole discretion.  Borrower shall
cause PSI to comply with all provisions of the Shareholder Agreement.

          Section  5.11.  Limitation  on  Guarantor.  The  sole  Investments  of
Guarantor shall at all times be (i) its general partnership interest in Borrower
(ii) any  wholly-owned  Subsidiary  of the  Guarantor  which  Subsidiary's  sole
business is the  construction,  ownership  and operation of Office Park Property
owned by the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries,  (iii) Cash,  Cash  Equivalents and
institutional  money market funds  organized under the laws of the United States
of America or any state thereof that invest solely in Cash Equivalents, and (iv)
loans to employees of the Guarantor  for the purpose of  purchasing  the Capital
Stock of the Guarantor  pursuant to a program therefor adopted by the Guarantor.
The  Guarantor  shall  not at any time  incur  any  Liabilities  other  than (i)
Liabilities  for which the Guarantor is jointly and severally  liable due to its
status as the general  partner in the Borrower,  (ii)  Liabilities for overhead,
payroll  and  employee-related  expenses,  (iii)  Liabilities  relating  to  any
guaranty or suretyship executed by the Guarantor of the Borrower's  obligations;
and (iv) Liabilities relating to obligations of wholly-owned Subsidiaries of the
Guarantor  not to exceed at any time Two  Million  Dollars  ($2,000,000)  in the
aggregate  (including  Contingent  Obligations).  At no time shall the Guarantor
have any Debt for borrowed money other than with respect to  transactions  among
Borrower  Parties.  Guarantor  shall not hold or acquire an interest in any Real
Property other than Office Park Properties.

                                       51
<PAGE>

          Section 5.12. Environmental Matters.

          5.12.1.  Promptly upon discovery of any violation or alleged violation
of Environmental  Requirements with respect to any Real Property of any Borrower
Party,  the  Borrower  shall  attempt  in good faith as soon as  practicable  to
determine the cost to remediate such violation of Environmental Requirements and
the  Borrower  shall  thereupon  notify the Agent in  writing of the  Borrower's
reasonable,  good faith  estimate of the cost to  remediate  such  violation  or
alleged  violation.  Such  good  faith  estimate  of  the  cost  of  remediation
(exclusive of costs and expenses of investigation), as revised from time to time
pursuant hereto,  shall be deemed to be the "Liquidated  Cost" of such violation
or  alleged  violation  of  Environmental   Requirements.   From  time  to  time
thereafter,  not less than fifty (50) days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter,
the Borrower  shall review and update all  Liquidated  Costs and shall deliver a
written report to the Agent setting forth, in reasonable detail, each Liquidated
Cost  in  excess  of  One  Million  Dollars  ($1,000,000),  the  basis  for  the
determination  of the Liquidated  Cost, and the Borrower's plans with respect to
such violation or alleged violation of Environmental Requirements.

          5.12.2. The Borrower Parties shall at all times comply in all material
respects with all Environmental Requirements.

          Section 5.13.  Listing and Organizational  Requirements.  The Borrower
shall cause the  Guarantor to continue to list its Capital  Stock on the AMEX or
any other  national  stock  exchange  and  continue  to qualify as a real estate
investment  trust under the Code,  and the Borrower  will do or cause to be done
all things  necessary to cause it to be treated as a partnership for purposes of
federal  income  taxation and the tax laws of any state or locality in which the
Borrower is subject to taxation based on its income.

          Section 5.14. Year 2000.  Borrower shall ensure that the following are
Year 2000 Compliant in a timely manner,  but in no event later than December 31,
1999:  (a) the Office Park  Properties and  improvements  located  thereon;  (b)
Borrower itself; and (c) Guarantor any other major entities in which Borrower or
Guarantor hold a controlling  interest.  Borrower shall further make  reasonable
inquiries of, and request reasonable  validation that, each of the following are
similarly  Year 2000  Compliant:  (x) all major  tenants or other  entities from
which Borrower or Guarantor  receives  payments;  and (y) all major contractors,
suppliers,  service  providers and vendors of Borrower or Guarantor.  As used in
this paragraph, "major" shall mean entities the failure of which to be Year 2000
Compliant  would  have a material  adverse  economic  impact  upon  Borrower  or
Guarantor.  The term "Year 2000 Compliant" shall mean, in regard to any property
or entity, that all software, hardware,  equipment, goods or systems utilized by
or  material to the  physical  operations,  business  operations,  or  financial
reporting of such property or entity  (collectively the "systems") will properly
perform date  sensitive  functions  before,  during and after the year 2000.  In
furtherance of this covenant, Borrower shall, in addition to any other necessary
actions  perform  a  comprehensive  review  and  assessment  of all  systems  of
Borrower,  Guarantor,  the Office Park Properties and the  improvements  located
thereon, and shall adopt a detailed plan, with itemized budget, for the testing,
remediation,  and  monitoring of such  systems.  Borrower  shall,  within thirty
business days of Lender's written request, provide to Lender such certifications
or other evidence of Borrower's  compliance  with the terms of this paragraph as
Lender may from time to time reasonably require.

                                       52
<PAGE>

          Section 5.15.  Change of Management.  The Borrower Parties shall cause
Ronald  Havner,  Jr. to be actively  involved  in the  management  of  Borrower;
provided that if Mr. Havner ceases his active  involvement in management for any
reason,  within one hundred and twenty (120) calendar days after the date of the
commencement of his lack of active  involvement,  Borrower shall have retained a
replacement that is reasonably satisfactory to the Majority Lenders.







                                   ARTICLE 6.

                   NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER PARTIES

          So  long  as  any  portion  of  the  Commitment  is in  effect  or any
Obligations remain unpaid or have not been performed in full:

          Section 6.1. Payment of Obligations.

          Each  Borrower  Party shall pay within ninety (90) days of its receipt
of a bill therefor all Accounts Payable,  except that a Borrower Party shall not
be required, under this Section 6.1., to pay (a) any Account Payable (or portion
thereof)  that  is  being  actively  contested  in  good  faith  by  appropriate
proceedings;  or (b) any Account  Payable  that is less than Two  Hundred  Fifty
Thousand  Dollars  ($250,000.00)  so long as the  aggregate  amount of  Accounts
Payable of all  Borrower  Parties  with  respect  to which a Borrower  Party has
received a bill more than ninety (90) days prior to the date of calculation does
not exceed Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars  ($750,000.00).  For purposes of
this Section  6.1.,  "Accounts  Payable"  means all amounts owed by the Borrower
Parties  from  time to time,  arising  out of the  conduct  of their  respective
businesses, including utility charges, amounts owing under open purchase orders,
service contracts or equipment  leases,  and other amounts owing with respect to
maintenance,  clean-up,  landscaping and other services  performed in connection
with the  operation of the Borrower  Parties'  respective  businesses.  The term
"Accounts  Payable" shall not include  indebtedness for borrowed money,  amounts
owing with  respect to  federal,  state or local  taxes,  insurance  premiums or
amounts a Borrower Party is required to contribute to any Borrower Plan.

                                       53
<PAGE>

          Section  6.2.  Investments.   No  Borrower  Party  shall  directly  or
indirectly, make or own any investment, except:

          6.2.1.  Cash,  Cash  Equivalents or  institutional  money market funds
organized  under the laws of the United  States of America or any state  thereof
that invest solely in Cash Equivalents;

          6.2.2.  (a) Trade credit  extended on usual and customary terms in the
ordinary  course  of  business,  and  (b)  advances  to  employees  for  moving,
relocation and travel expenses, drawing accounts and similar expenditures in the
ordinary course of business;

          6.2.3.  Existing  Office Park Property or land upon which the Borrower
plans to develop commercial office, light industrial or retail projects;

          6.2.4. Subsidiaries engaged in the construction or operation of Office
Park Property;

          6.2.5. Any material acquisition, merger, formation, or investment in a
Joint Venture,  asset purchase,  or any transfer of assets permitted pursuant to
Section 6.9.; or

          6.2.6.  Subject to the limits established pursuant to Sections 6.4.8,
6.4.9, 6.4.10, 6.4.11, 6.4.12 and 6.4.13, Debt payable to a Borrower Party which
is secured by  mortgages  or deeds of trust on real  estate,  marketable  equity
securities, and unconsolidated Joint Ventures.

          Section 6.3. Asset Dispositions. Subject to Section 6.5., the Borrower
may sell,  lease or  otherwise  dispose  of assets in the  normal  course of its
business  and so long as such  dispositions  do not result in a violation of any
other provision of this Agreement.

          Section 6.4. Financial Covenants.

          6.4.1.  Ratio of Total  Liabilities to Gross Asset Value. The ratio of
Total Liabilities to Gross Asset Value shall not at any time exceed 0.50:1.


          6.4.2.  Ratio of  Unencumbered  Asset Value to  Outstanding  Unsecured
Liabilities.  The ratio of  Unencumbered  Asset Value to  Outstanding  Unsecured
Liabilities shall at all times be not less than 2.0:1.0.


          6.4.3. Minimum Tangible Net Worth.  Tangible Net Worth of Borrower and
Guarantor  shall not be less than, at any time: (i)  $620,000,000  plus (ii) Net
Income, if any, less (iii) Restricted Payments plus (iv) ninety percent (90%) of
Equity Offering Net Proceeds.

          6.4.4. Secured Debt to Gross Asset Value. The ratio of Secured Debt to
Gross Asset Value shall not be greater than 0.30:1.0.

                                       54
<PAGE>

          6.4.5. Interest Coverage. At any time, the ratio of EBITDA to Interest
Expense for the most recently  completed  Fiscal  Quarter shall not be less than
2.25:1.0.

          6.4.6.  Fixed  Charge  Coverage.  At any time,  the ratio of EBITDA to
Fixed Charges for the most recently  completed  Fiscal Quarter shall not be less
than 2.0:1.0.

          6.4.7. Distributions.  Restricted Payments paid by the Borrower during
the four  immediately  preceding  Fiscal  Quarters  shall not at any time exceed
ninety-five  percent (95%) of Funds from  Operations,  calculated  for such four
Fiscal Quarters.

          6.4.8. Land Holdings. The aggregate value of Land Holdings of Borrower
and Guarantor  (valued at the lesser of acquisition  cost or market value) shall
not at any time exceed ten percent (10%) of Gross Asset Value.

          6.4.9.  Securities  Holdings.  The aggregate value of Capital Stock of
any  Person  other than in Joint  Ventures  which is owned by  Borrower  Parties
(valued at the lesser of acquisition cost or market value) shall not at any time
exceed fifteen percent (15%) of Gross Asset Value.

          6.4.10.  Mortgage Holdings. The aggregate value of any Debt payable to
Borrower  Parties  shall not at any time exceed  fifteen  percent (15%) of Gross
Asset Value.

          6.4.11.  Joint  Ventures.  The aggregate value of Capital Stock of any
Joint  Venture  which is owned by  Borrower  Parties  (valued  at the  lesser of
acquisition  cost or market value) shall not at any time exceed fifteen  percent
(15%) of Gross Asset Value.

          6.4.12.   Construction-In-Progress.   The  aggregate  rentable  square
footage of Construction-in-Progress that is not subject to signed leases between
the  applicable  Borrower  Party and the tenant for such space  shall not at any
time exceed ten percent (10%) of the aggregate  rentable  square  footage of the
Real  Property.  In  addition,  the  aggregate  rentable  square  footage of all
Construction-in-Progress  shall not at any time exceed  twenty  percent (20%) of
the aggregate rentable square footage of the Real Property.

          6.4.13.  Other Assets.  The  aggregate  value of Other Assets owned by
Borrower  Parties  (valued at the lesser of  Acquisition  Cost or Market  Value)
shall not at any time exceed forty percent (40%) of Gross Asset Value.

          6.4.14. Unsecured Interest Expense Coverage. At any time, the ratio of
Unencumbered  Net Operating  Income to Unsecured  Interest  Expense shall not be
less than 2.00:1.0.


          Section 6.5. Restriction on Fundamental  Changes.  Except as permitted
pursuant to Section 6.9., no Borrower Party shall directly or indirectly,  enter
into any merger, consolidation,  reorganization or recapitalization,  reclassify
its Capital Stock,  liquidate,  wind up or dissolve or sell, lease,  transfer or
otherwise  dispose of, in one  transaction or a series of  transactions,  all or
substantially  all of its or their  business  or  assets,  whether  now owned or
hereafter acquired.

                                       55
<PAGE>


          Section 6.6. Transactions with Affiliates.  The Borrower Parties shall
not directly or indirectly,  enter into any transaction  (including the transfer
or lease of any property or the  rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of
the Borrower  unless (a) such  transaction is in the ordinary course of business
of the party thereto,  and (b) such  transaction is on fair and reasonable terms
no less favorable to such Borrower Party than those terms that might be obtained
at the time in a comparable arm's length transaction with a Person who is not an
Affiliate of the Borrower or, if such  transaction is not one that by its nature
could be obtained from such other Person,  is on fair and  reasonable  terms and
was negotiated in good faith and (c) if such transaction  involves a transfer or
lease of property in with a value in excess of $5,000,000.00 or the rendering of
services  resulting in gross revenues in excess of  $5,000,000.00,  the Borrower
shall  have  delivered  to the  Agent a  certified  resolution  of the  Board of
Directors of general partner of the Borrower  determining that the standards set
forth in clause  (c) above  are  satisfied  with  respect  to such  transaction,
provided that this Section 6.6. shall not restrict (i) dividends,  distributions
and other payments and transfers on account of the Capital Stock of the Borrower
or the  Guarantor,  (ii)  payments  pursuant  to the  terms  of any  Contractual
Obligations  in effect on the date hereof  listed on Schedule  6.6, or (iii) any
transaction  in the  ordinary  course of business  between the  Borrower and any
other  Borrower  Party.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  in no event shall any
Borrower  Party sell  (including  within the  meaning of a sale,  any grant of a
purchase  option or any lease of fifteen (15) or more years,  including  renewal
options) any  property or other  assets of the Borrower or any  Affiliate to the
Borrower or any  Affiliate,  unless the terms and  conditions  of such sale have
been approved by the  independent  directors of  Guarantor,  as described in its
By-Laws.

          Section  6.7.  ERISA.  In the  event  that the  Borrower  ever has any
employees,  the Borrower  will not, and will not permit any ERISA  Affiliate to:
(a) engage in any Prohibited  Transaction or engage in any conduct or commit any
act or suffer to exist any  condition  that could  give rise to any excise  tax,
penalty,   interest  or  liability,  (b)  fail  to  make  any  payments  to  any
Multiemployer  Plan  that the  Borrower  or any of its ERISA  Affiliates  may be
required to make under any agreement relating to such Multiemployer Plan, or any
law pertaining thereto; or (c) voluntarily terminate or amend any one or more of
their Plans, if such termination  would result in the imposition of Liens on the
Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

          Section 6.8.  Amendments  of Charter  Documents.  None of the Borrower
Parties  shall  amend  its  charter,  bylaws,  partnership  agreement  or  other
organizational documents in any material respect, without in each case obtaining
the prior  written  consent of the Majority  Lenders,  which consent will not be
unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, except to increase the percentage
of  shares  that  may  be  owned  by any  person  and to  reflect  issuances  of
securities.

          Section 6.9.  Certain  Obligations.  No Borrower Party shall engage in
any material acquisition, merger, formation, investment in any partnership/joint
venture/Subsidiary,  asset  acquisition  (other than of Office Park Property) or
transfer of assets  without first giving notice  thereof to Agent and certifying
compliance  with all  covenants of this  Agreement  after  giving  effect to the
proposed  transaction.  For purposes of this Section 6.9., "material" is defined
as any transaction in which the obligation of a Borrower Party equals or exceeds
ten percent (10%) of Gross Asset Value. With respect to any proposed acquisition
of Office Park Property,  if the acquisition  price of such Office Park Property
is greater than ten percent (10%) of Gross Asset Value, Borrower must first give
notice  thereof  to Agent and  certify  compliance  with all  covenants  of this
Agreement after giving effect to the proposed transaction.

                                       56
<PAGE>


          Section 6.10. Distributions. Unless waived by the Majority Lenders, no
Borrower  Party shall make any  Restricted  Payments after the occurrence of and
during the  continuation  of an Event of Default  under  Section  7.1.1.  and no
Borrower Party shall make any  Restricted  Payment in excess of that required to
maintain  Guarantor's  status as a REIT after the  occurrence  of and during the
continuation of a Material non-monetary Event of Default under Section 7.1.


                                   ARTICLE 7.

                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

          Section 7.1.  Events of Default.  The occurrence of any one or more of
the following  events,  acts or occurrences shall constitute an event of default
(each an "Event of Default"):

          7.1.1. Failure to Make Payments. The Borrower (a) shall fail to pay as
and when due  (whether at stated  maturity,  upon  acceleration,  upon  required
prepayment or otherwise) any principal of any Loan, or (b) shall fail to pay any
interest  within ten (10) days after it first  becomes due, or (c) shall fail to
pay Fees or other amounts  payable under the Loan  Documents  when due under the
Loan Documents; or

          7.1.2.  Default in Other Debt. Any Borrower Party shall have defaulted
(beyond any  applicable  grace  period) under any Debt of such party (other than
the  Obligations)  if the  aggregate  amount of such other  Debt is One  Million
Dollars  ($1,000,000)  or more and such  default  shall not have  been  cured or
waived; or

          7.1.3. Breach of Covenants.  Any Borrower Party shall fail to perform,
comply with or observe any  agreement,  covenant or obligation  under any of the
Loan  Documents  (other  than those set forth in the other  subsections  of this
Section 7.1.) and such failure  shall  continue for a period of thirty (30) days
after notice of such failure is given by the Agent; or

          7.1.4.   Breach  of  Warranty.   Any  representation  or  warranty  or
certification  made or furnished by any Borrower  Party under any Loan  Document
shall prove to have been false or incorrect  in any  Material  respect when made
(or deemed made); or

          7.1.5.  Involuntary  Bankruptcy;  Appointment of Receiver,  Etc. There
shall be commenced  against any Borrower Party an  involuntary  case seeking the
liquidation or  reorganization of such Borrower Party under Chapter 7 or Chapter
11,  respectively,  of the Bankruptcy Code or any similar  proceeding  under any
other  Applicable  Law  or  an  involuntary  case  or  proceeding   seeking  the
appointment of a receiver, liquidator, sequestrator, custodian, trustee or other
officer having similar powers of any Borrower Party or to take possession of all
or any portion of its property or to operate all or a substantial portion of its
business,  and any of the  following  events  occur:  (a)  such  Borrower  Party
consents to the  institution  of the  involuntary  case or  proceeding;  (b) the
petition   commencing  the   involuntary   case  or  proceeding  is  not  timely
controverted;  (c) the petition  commencing the  involuntary  case or proceeding
remains  undismissed  or  undischarged  and  unstayed for a period of sixty (60)
days; or (d) an order for relief shall have been issued or entered therein; or
 
                                       57
<PAGE>


          7.1.6.  Voluntary  Bankruptcy;   Appointment  of  Receiver,  Etc.  Any
Borrower  Party  shall  institute  a  voluntary  case  seeking   liquidation  or
reorganization  under Chapter 7 or Chapter 11,  respectively,  of the Bankruptcy
Code or any similar  proceeding under any other Applicable Law, or shall consent
thereto;  or  shall  consent  to the  conversion  of an  involuntary  case  to a
voluntary  case;  or shall file a  petition,  answer a  complaint  or  otherwise
institute  any  proceeding  seeking,  or shall  consent to or  acquiesce  in the
appointment  of, a receiver,  liquidator,  sequestrator,  custodian,  trustee or
other  officer  with  similar  powers  of it or to take  possession  of all or a
substantial  portion of its property or to operate all or a substantial  portion
of its  business;  or  shall  make a  general  assignment  for  the  benefit  of
creditors;  or shall  generally  not pay its debts as they  become  due; or such
Borrower  Party (or any committee  thereof)  adopts any  resolution or otherwise
authorizes action to approve any of the foregoing; or

          7.1.7.  Judgments and Attachments.  (a) A final unappealable  judgment
against a Borrower  Party shall be entered for the payment of money in excess of
Two and One Half Million Dollars  ($2,500,000.00)  and shall remain  unsatisfied
without  procurement  of a stay of execution  within  thirty (30)  calendar days
after the date of entry of judgment;  or (b) a judgment  creditor shall obtain a
lien against or possession of any Real Property in the Unencumbered  Pool by any
means, including levy, distraint, replevin or self-help; or

          7.1.8.  Termination of Loan Documents,  Etc. Any Loan Document, or any
material provision  thereof,  shall cease to be in full force and effect for any
reason,  except upon a release or termination of such Loan Document  pursuant to
the terms  thereof;  or any Borrower Party shall contest or purport to repudiate
or disavow any of its obligations under or the validity of enforceability of any
Loan Document or any material provision thereof; or

          7.1.9. Change of Control. A Change of Control shall occur;

          7.1.10. Change of Condition. The Majority Lenders reasonably determine
that a change has occurred since the date of this  Agreement in the  operations,
business or condition,  financial or otherwise,  which change has a material and
adverse  effect on the  ability of any of the  Borrower  Parties to perform  its
obligations  under the Loan Documents,  and fifteen (15) days have elapsed since
the date that  notice of such  determination  has been  given to such  Borrowing
Party; or

          7.1.11. Guaranty. An Event of Default shall occur under the Guaranty.

          Section 7.2. Remedies. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default:


                                       58
<PAGE>

          7.2.1.  If an Event of Default occurs under Section 7.1.5.  or 7.1.6.,
then the Commitment  shall  automatically  and  immediately  terminate,  and the
obligation of the Lender Parties to make any Loan hereunder shall cease, and the
unpaid  principal  amount  of  the  Loans  and  all  other   Obligations   shall
automatically become immediately due and payable,  without presentment,  demand,
protest,  notice  or other  requirements  of any kind,  all of which are  hereby
expressly waived by the Borrower.

          7.2.2. If an Event of Default occurs,  other than under Section 7.1.5.
or 7.1.6.,  the Majority  Lenders may declare the unpaid principal of all Notes,
all interest  accrued and unpaid thereon and all other amounts payable under the
Loan Documents to be forthwith due and payable,  whereupon the same shall become
and be  forthwith  due and  payable,  without  protest,  presentment,  notice of
dishonor,  demand or  further  notice of any  kind,  all of which are  expressly
waived by the Borrower.

          7.2.3.  The order and manner in which the Lenders' rights and remedies
are to be exercised  shall be determined  by the Majority  Lenders in their sole
discretion.  Regardless of how each Lender may treat payments received by it for
the purpose of its own  accounting,  for the purpose of computing the Borrower's
obligations  under this Agreement and under the Notes,  all moneys  collected or
received  by the  Agent on  account  of the  Obligations  or in  respect  of the
security for the  Obligations,  directly or indirectly,  shall be applied in the
following order of priority:

          7.2.3.1.  to the  payment  of all  proper  and  reasonable  costs  and
expenses actually incurred in the collection of such moneys;

          7.2.3.2.  to the  payment  of all  proper  and  reasonable  costs  and
expenses  (including  attorneys' fees and  disbursements and the allocated costs
and expenses of in-house  legal and other  professional  services) of the Agent,
acting as Agent, and of the Lenders as set forth above;

          7.2.3.3.  (A) in case the entire unpaid  principal of the  Obligations
shall not have become due and  payable,  first to the payment of interest on the
Obligations  ratably to the Lenders as their  respective pro rata shares appear,
and then to the payment of principal to the Lenders as their respective pro rata
shares appear, or (B) in case the entire unpaid principal of the Loan shall have
become due and payable,  to the payment of the whole amount then due and payable
on the  Obligations  until paid in full,  for  principal to the Lenders as their
respective  pro rata shares appear,  and for interest  ratably to the Lenders as
their respective pro rata shares appear; and

          7.2.3.4.  to the payment of all other  amounts  (including  fees) then
owing to the Agent or the Lenders under the Loan Documents.

          No  application  of the  payments  will cure any Event of  Default  or
prevent acceleration,  or continued  acceleration,  of amounts payable under the
Loan  Documents or prevent the  exercise,  or continued  exercise,  of rights or
remedies of the Lenders under this Agreement or under law.

 
                                     59
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 8.

               APPOINTMENT, POWERS AND DUTIES OF LENDERS AND AGENT

          Section 8.1.  Relationship  of Borrower  and Lenders.  It is expressly
understood  and  agreed  that  with the  exception  of this  Section  8.1.,  the
provisions of Article 8. are among,  and for the benefit of, the Lenders and the
Agent only and contain terms, conditions and agreements to which the Borrower is
not bound,  under which the Borrower  does not have  rights,  and with which the
Borrower need not be concerned.  Each of the Lenders and the Agent hereby agrees
that as to all matters  relating to the Loans and any other provision  contained
in this Agreement to which the Borrower is bound, unless expressly stated to the
contrary, the Borrower need only deal with the Agent and need not send notice to
or seek the consent or approval of any of the Lenders other than the Agent.  The
Borrower shall be entitled to rely solely on notices,  consents,  authorizations
and  directions  received from the Agent and shall have no duty to inquire as to
whether the Agent shall have received the consents or approval of the Lenders as
provided in this Article 8. In the event the Agent or any of the Lenders  breach
their  respective  obligations  under this  Article  8., the sole  remedy of the
non-breaching  parties shall be against the Lender or Agent which committed such
breach, and the Borrower shall have no liability for such breach.

          Section  8.2.  Appointment  and  Authorization.   Each  Lender  hereby
irrevocably  appoints and  authorizes  the Agent to take such action as agent on
its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Loan Documents as are delegated
to the Agent by the terms thereof or are reasonably incidental, as determined by
the Agent,  thereto;  and each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes
the Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers
under the Loan  Documents as are  delegated to the Agent by the terms thereof or
are  reasonably   incidental,   as  determined  by  the  Agent,  thereto.  These
appointments  and   authorizations  are  intended  solely  for  the  purpose  of
facilitating the servicing of the Loans and do not constitute the appointment of
the Agent as trustee for any Lender or as a representative of any Lender for any
other purpose and,  except as  specifically  set forth in this  Agreement to the
contrary,  the Agent shall take such action and exercise  such powers only in an
administrative and ministerial capacity.

          Section  8.3.  Agent and  Affiliates.  The  Agent  and each  successor
thereto,  has the same rights and powers  under the Loan  Documents as any other
Lender  and may  exercise  the same as  though  it were not a Agent.  The  terms
"Lender(s)" or "Lender Parties" includes each Agent.  Unless otherwise expressly
prohibited  hereunder,  each  Agent and each  Lender  (and each of the  Lenders'
respective  successors) and its respective  Affiliates may accept deposits from,
lend  money to,  and  generally  engage in any kind of  banking,  trust or other
business with, the Borrower, the Guarantor,  any Affiliate of the Borrower or of
the  Guarantor,  as if it were not a Agent or a Lender,  as the case may be, and
without  any duty to account  therefor to the other  Lenders.  No Agent shall be
obligated to account to any other  Lender for any monies  received by it for any
credit  facility  management  fees,  reimbursement  of its costs and expenses as
Agent under this Agreement,  or for any monies received by it in its capacity as
                                       60
<PAGE>

a Lender  under this  Agreement.  If any  property  is taken by any Agent or any
Lender as  collateral  for any other loans or  extensions  of credit made by any
Agent or any Lender to or for the Borrower, or any property is in any Agent's or
any Lender's possession or control, or any deposit is held or other indebtedness
is owing by any Agent or any Lender, and that property, deposit or indebtedness,
or the proceeds thereof,  may be or become collateral for or otherwise available
for  payment  in  connection  with the  Obligations  by  reason  of the  general
description of secured obligations  contained in any security agreement or other
agreement or instrument held by any Agent, or any Lender or by reason of a right
of setoff,  counterclaim or otherwise,  the other Lenders shall have no interest
in that property, deposit or indebtedness,  or the indebtedness, or the proceeds
thereof, except that if the property,  deposit or indebtedness,  or the proceeds
thereof, shall be applied in reduction of amounts outstanding in connection with
the  Obligations,  then each  Lender  shall be  entitled  to its pro rata  share
therein.

          Section  8.4.   Lenders'   Credit   Decisions.   Each  Lender   hereby
acknowledges  that it has received the Loan Documents and financial  statements,
certificates,  instruments, documents, affidavits, resolutions and agreements as
it deemed  necessary to make its own credit  analysis and decision to enter into
this  Agreement.  Each  Lender  agrees  that it has,  independently  and without
reliance  upon the  Agent,  any  Lender or the  directors,  officers,  agents or
employees of the Agent or any Lender,  and instead in reliance upon  information
supplied to it by or on behalf of the Borrower  and upon such other  information
as it has deemed  appropriate,  made its own  independent  credit  analysis  and
decision  to enter into this  Agreement.  Each Lender also agrees that it shall,
independently  and without reliance upon the Agent, any Lender or the directors,
officers,  agents or employees of the Agent or any Lender,  continue to make its
own independent  credit analyses and decisions in acting or not acting under the
Loan Documents.

          Section 8.5. Action by Agent.

          8.5.1. The Agent has only those  obligations  under the Loan Documents
as are expressly set forth therein.

          8.5.2.  The Agent may assume  that no Event of Default  has  occurred,
unless the Agent has actual  knowledge  of the Event of  Default,  has  received
notice from the  Borrower  stating  the nature of the Event of  Default,  or has
received  notice  from a Lender  stating  the nature of the Event of Default and
that the Lender considers the Event of Default to have occurred.

          8.5.3. If the Agent has actual  knowledge of an Event of Default,  has
received  notice from the Borrower  stating the nature of an Event of Default or
has  received  notice  from a Lender  stating the nature of an Event of Default,
such Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders.

          8.5.4.  Except  for any  obligation  expressly  set  forth in the Loan
Documents  and as long as the  Agent may  assume  that no Event of  Default  has
occurred,  the Agent may, but shall not be required to,  exercise its discretion
to act or not act,  except  that (i) the Agent may, if it elects to do so in its
sole   discretion,   suspend  the  taking  of  any  action  pending  receipt  of
instructions  or  authorizations  from the Majority  Lenders of the action to be
taken  and  (ii)  the  Agent  shall  be  required  to act or not  act  upon  the
instructions  of the Majority  Lenders and those  instructions  shall be binding
upon the  Agent  and all the  Lenders,  provided  that the  Agent  shall  not be
required to act or not act if to do so would be contrary to any Loan Document or
to applicable Law.

                                       61
<PAGE>

          8.5.5.  If the  Agent  has  knowledge  that an  Event of  Default  has
occurred,  the Agent shall act or not act upon the  instructions of the Majority
Lenders,  provided  that the Agent shall not be required to act or not act if to
do so would be contrary to any Loan  Document or to  applicable  Law, and except
that if the Majority  Lenders fail to instruct the Agent within the time periods
set forth  herein,  then the Agent in its  discretion,  may act or not act as it
deems advisable for the protection of the interests of the Lenders.

          8.5.6. The Agent shall have no liability to any Lender for acting,  or
not acting, notwithstanding any other provision hereof, except for its own gross
negligence or willful misconduct while so acting or not acting.

          Section  8.6.  Non-Liability  of Agent.  The Agent  shall  perform its
duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the same degree of
care as the Agent would use in performing  similar  functions  with respect to a
loan of similar size and type held for its own account.  Neither the Agent,  nor
any of its respective directors,  officers,  agents or employees shall be liable
for any action taken or not taken by them under or in  connection  with the Loan
Documents or as  instructed  by the Majority  Lenders,  except for its own gross
negligence  or willful  misconduct.  Without  limitation on the  foregoing,  but
subject to the  foregoing  provisions  concerning  gross  negligence  or willful
misconduct,  the  Agent  and its  respective  directors,  officers,  agents  and
employees:

          8.6.1. may treat the payee of any Note as the holder thereof until the
Agent receives notice of the assignment or transfer thereof,  and may treat each
Lender  as the  owner  of that  Lender's  interest  in the  Obligations  for all
purposes of this Agreement  until the Agent receives notice of the assignment or
transfer thereof;

          8.6.2.  may  consult  with legal  counsel  (including  in-house  legal
counsel),  accountants  (including in-house accountants) and other professionals
or  experts  selected  by it,  or  with  legal  counsel,  accountants  or  other
professionals  or  experts  for the  Borrower,  and shall not be liable  for any
action  taken or not taken by it or them in good  faith in  accordance  with the
advice of such legal counsel, accountants or other professionals or experts;

          8.6.3.  make no  representation or warranty to any Lender and will not
be responsible to any Lender for any statement,  warranty or representation made
in any of the Loan Documents or in any notice,  certificate,  report, request or
other  statement  (written or oral) in connection with any of the Loan Documents
or the  financial  condition of the Borrower or any other party or for the title
of any collateral hereunder;

          8.6.4. except to the extent expressly set forth in the Loan Documents,
will have no duty to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance by
the  Borrower of any of the terms,  conditions  or  covenants of any of the Loan
Documents or to inspect the property, books or records of the Borrower;

          8.6.5.  will not be  responsible  to any Lender for the due execution,
legality, validity,  enforceability,  genuineness,  effectiveness,  sufficiency,
value or collectability of any Loan Document, or any other instrument or writing
furnished pursuant thereto or in connection therewith;


                                       62
<PAGE>

          8.6.6.  will  not be  responsible  to any  Lender  for  the  legality,
validity, enforceability,  genuineness,  sufficiency, perfection (other than the
timely filing of any continuation  statements for financing  statements given to
the Agent by the Borrower in connection with the collateral  hereunder),  value,
collectability or priority of any rights in all or any portion of the collateral
hereunder;

          8.6.7.  will not  incur  any  liability  by  acting  or not  acting in
reliance  upon any  Loan  Document,  notice,  consent,  certificate,  statement,
request or other  instrument  or writing  (which may be by  telegram,  telecopy,
cable or telex)  believed  by it or them to be genuine and signed or sent by the
proper party or parties; and

          8.6.8.  will not incur any  liability  for any  arithmetical  error in
computing any amount payable to or receivable  from any Lender  pursuant to this
Agreement,  including without limitation  principal,  interest,  fees, Loans and
other  amounts;  provided  that  promptly  upon  discovery  of such an  error in
computation,  the Agent, the Lenders and (to the extent applicable) the Borrower
shall  make such  adjustments  as are  necessary  to  correct  such error and to
restore the parties to the position  that they would have occupied had the error
not occurred.

          Section 8.7. Indemnification.

          8.7.1. Each Lender,  individually and severally in accordance with its
pro rata share, agrees to indemnify,  defend,  reimburse and hold the Agent (and
its directors,  officers, agents or employees) ("Indemnified Parties") harmless,
within ten (10) Business Days of request  therefor (to the extent not reimbursed
by the  Borrower),  in  accordance  with  its pro  rata  share,  for any and all
liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits,
and costs,  expenses or  disbursements  which may be imposed on, incurred by, or
asserted  against the Indemnified  Parties in any way relating to or arising out
of the  Obligations,  or any action taken or omitted by the Indemnified  Parties
under the Loan Documents,  provided that each Lender shall not be liable for any
portion of such liabilities,  obligations,  losses, damages, penalties, actions,
judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from: (i) the gross
negligence  or willful  misconduct  of the  Indemnified  Parties or their breach
hereunder or (ii) the acts or  omissions  of any other Lender or Agent.  Without
limitation of the foregoing,  each Lender agrees to reimburse the Agent promptly
upon  demand  for its  pro  rata  share  in any  and  all  out-of-pocket  costs,
disbursements and expenses (including  appraisal fees,  third-party expanses and
reasonable  counsel fees) incurred or made by the Agent or any of them after the
Closing  Date  in  connection  with  the   preparation,   execution,   delivery,
modification,    amendment,   collection   or   enforcement   (whether   through
negotiations,  legal proceedings,  foreclosure or otherwise) of, or legal advice
in respect  of rights or  responsibilities  under,  the Loan  Documents,  to the
extent that the Agent is not  reimbursed  for such expenses by the Borrower.  In
addition, each Lender agrees to reimburse the Agent promptly upon demand for its
pro rata share in all protective  advances made by the Agent. The Agent shall be
entitled  to  deduct  from any  payments  to be made to any  Lender  under  this
Agreement,  and to retain,  amounts  due the Agent as  reimbursement  hereunder,
provided  that the Agent shall have first  delivered to such Lender  thirty (30)
days prior  written  notice of such  amounts and the  circumstances  giving rise
thereto,  and such  Lender  has not paid  such  amounts  The  Agent  shall  make
reasonable  attempts to collect such amounts  referred to in this Section 8.7.1.
from the  Borrower to the extent that the  Borrower  is  obligated  to make such
reimbursement under this Agreement.  If the Agent receives payment of any amount
referred to in this Section 8.7.1.  from the Borrower or any third party after a
Lender has reimbursed the Agent for such amount, the Agent shall promptly return
to such Lender the amount of the reimbursement (or, if more than one Lender made
reimbursement, such Lender's ratable portion thereof).

                                       63
<PAGE>

          8.7.2.  Each Defaulting  Lender shall  indemnify,  defend and hold the
Agent  and each of the  other  Lenders  harmless  from and  against  any and all
losses,  damages,  liabilities  or  expenses  (including,  but not  limited  to,
reasonable  attorneys'  fees and  interest at the Default  Rate set forth in the
Loan  Documents  for funds  advanced by any of the Agent or any other  Lender on
account of such Defaulting  Lender) which they may sustain or incur by reason of
or in consequence of each Defaulting Lender's failure or refusal to abide by its
obligations  under this Agreement.  The Agent shall setoff against principal and
interest  payments due to each Defaulting Lender for the claims of the Agent and
the other  Lenders  against such  Defaulting  Lender.  The exercise of the above
remedies  shall not reduce,  diminish or liquidate the  Defaulting  Lender's pro
rata share of the  obligations  for the sharing of losses and  reimbursement  of
costs, liabilities and expenses under the Loan Documents.

          Section  8.8. The Agent.  The Agent shall have primary  responsibility
for the following activities:

          (i)  Funding  the  Loans in  accordance  with the  provisions  of this
Agreement and the Loan Documents. With respect to the respective pro rata shares
of the Lenders in the Loans,  unless the Agent receives  notice from a Lender on
or prior to the Closing or, with respect to any Loan made after the Closing,  at
least one Business Day prior to the date of such Loan, that such Lender will not
make  available as and when  required  hereunder to the Agent for the account of
the Borrower the amount of such  Lender's pro rata share of the Loan,  the Agent
may assume  that each  Lender  has made such  amount  available  to the Agent in
immediately available funds on the Funding Date and the Agent may (but shall not
be so  required),  in  reliance  upon such  assumption,  make  available  to the
Borrower on such date a  corresponding  amount.  If and to the extent any Lender
shall  not have  made its full  amount  available  to the  Agent in  immediately
available  funds and the Agent in such  circumstances  has made available to the
Borrower  such amount,  that Lender shall on the  Business  Day  following  such
Funding Date make such amount available to the Agent,  together with interest at
the Federal  Funds Rate for each day during such  period.  A notice of the Agent
submitted  to any Lender with  respect to amounts  owing  under this  subsection
shall be conclusive, absent manifest error. If such amount is so made available,
such payment to the Agent shall  constitute  such  Lender's  Loan on the Funding
Date for all purposes of this Agreement. If such amount is not made available to
the Agent on the Business Day following the Funding Date,  the Agent will notify
the Borrower of such failure to fund and, upon demand by the Agent, the Borrower
shall  pay such  amount  to the Agent for the  Agent's  account,  together  with
interest thereon for each day elapsed since the date of such Loan, at a rate per
annum equal to the interest rate applicable at the time to such Loan;

          (ii)  Receiving  all payments of principal,  interest,  fees and other
charges paid by, or on behalf of, the Borrower and distribute  such funds to the
Lenders as specifically required in this Agreement.

                                       64
<PAGE>

          Section 8.9. Successor Agent.

          8.9.1.  Upon written  notice to the  Lenders,  the Agent may resign as
Agent  hereunder at any time without the prior written consent of the Lenders or
any of  them.  Upon any  such  resignation  in  accordance  with  the  foregoing
provisions,  the  Majority  Lenders  shall have the right to appoint a successor
Agent (subject to the provisions below).

          8.9.2. In addition,  the Majority Lenders may elect, by written notice
to the  Agent,  to remove  the Agent  hereunder  for good  cause.  Upon any such
removal in accordance with the foregoing provisions,  the Majority Lenders shall
have the right to appoint a successor.

          8.9.3.  If,  within  thirty  (30) days of the  giving of notice of the
Agent's  resignation,  a successor  Agent has not been appointed by the Majority
Lenders or such successor has not accepted such appointment,  the retiring Agent
may, on behalf of the Lenders,  appoint a successor  Agent.  Any successor Agent
must be a Lender.  Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Agent hereunder
by a successor Agent, such successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become
vested with all rights, powers, privileges and duties of a retiring (or removed)
Agent, including the right to any agency fee to be paid by the Borrower, and the
retiring (or removed) Agent shall be discharged  from its duties and obligations
under this Agreement.

          Section  8.10.  Powers of the  Agent.  Except as  otherwise  expressly
provided for in this  Agreement,  and subject to the provisions of Section 8.11.
hereof,  the  Agent  shall  have  the  right,  in its sole  discretion,  in each
instance:  (a) to grant or withhold  approvals under the Loan Documents;  (b) to
exercise or refrain  from  exercising  any rights which the Agent or the Lenders
may have with respect to the obligations, the Loan Documents, or with respect to
any of the collateral  hereunder;  and (c) including,  without  limitation,  the
right to:

          (i) Receive, review and process all documents, certificates, opinions,
insurance  policies,  reports,  requisitions and other materials of every nature
and description submitted by, or on behalf of, the Borrower or any other party;

          (ii) Enforce all of the rights,  remedies and  privileges  afforded or
available to the Lenders  under the terms of this  Agreement  and the other Loan
Documents, any opinion, certificates,  warranties,  representations or insurance
policies  furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other party (but only
after  election  to declare an Event or Events of Default  and/or to  accelerate
amounts outstanding under the Loan Documents as provided in this Agreement); and


                                       65
<PAGE>

          (iii)  Do or  refrain  from  doing  all  such  other  acts  as  may be
reasonably  necessary  or  incident  to the  implementation,  administration  or
servicing of the Loan  Documents and the  enforcement of the rights and remedies
of the Lenders.

          Section 8.11.  Limitations on the Agent.  Notwithstanding  anything to
the contrary herein contained, the Agent shall not (a) agree to the modification
or waiver of any of the terms of this  Agreement,  the Notes,  or the other Loan
Documents,  or (b) consent to any act or omission by the Borrower,  or any other
party,  or (c)  exercise  any rights  which either Agent or the Lenders may have
with respect to the  Obligations,  this Agreement,  the Notes, or the other Loan
Documents,  if any such  modification,  waiver,  agreement,  consent or exercise
would  compromise  or settle any  litigation  or legal  proceeding  against  the
Borrower or the Guarantor in connection with the Obligations in any manner which
would have a Material  and Adverse  Effect on the  interest of any Lender in the
Obligations  once such litigation or legal  proceeding has been commenced by the
Agent;  or, unless  consented to in writing by the Majority Lenders or by all of
the Lenders if required by Section 9.3.1.1.

          As to any matters  which are  subject to the  consent of the  Majority
Lenders (as the case may be),  the Agent shall not be  permitted to exercise any
discretion  or take any action  except  upon the  instructions  of the  Majority
Lenders, which instructions shall be binding upon all Lenders. The Agent and its
directors,  officers, agents and employees shall be fully protected in acting or
in refraining from acting upon such instructions  (subject to Section 8.5.), but
in no event  shall the Agent be required  to take any action  which  exposes the
directors,  officers,  agents or employees of the Agent to personal liability or
which is contrary to the Loan Documents or applicable Law. As to any matters not
expressly provided for by the Loan Documents or this Agreement,  the Agent shall
not be required  to  exercise  any  discretion  or take any action,  unless such
inaction on the part of an Agent exposes the Agent or its  directors,  officers,
agents or employees to personal  liability or is contrary to applicable  Law. In
acting  hereunder  as an Agent,  Agent shall be acting for the account of and as
agent for all Lenders,  to the extent of their respective pro rata shares in the
Obligations.

          Section 8.12. Approval of Lenders.

          8.12.1.  All  communications  ("Communication")  from the Agent to the
Lenders requesting the Lenders' determination,  consent, approval or disapproval
(i) shall be given in the form of a written notice to each Lender, (ii) shall be
accompanied  by  a  description  of  the  matter  or  thing  as  to  which  such
determination,  approval,  consent or disapproval is requested,  or shall advise
each Lender  where such  matter or thing may be  inspected,  or shall  otherwise
describe the matter or issue to be resolved,  (iii) shall include, if reasonably
requested by a Lender and to the extent not previously  provided to such Lender,
written materials and a summary of all oral information provided to the Agent by
the  Borrower in respect of the matter or issue to be  resolved,  and (iv) shall
include the Agent's  recommended  course of action or  determination  in respect
thereof and the date by which the Lender shall respond.  Each Lender shall reply
promptly, but in any event (x) if this Agreement or any other Loan Document sets
forth a period within which the Lenders are to reply to the Communication,  each
Lender shall reply to the  Communication  within such period,  or (y) if no such
period is set forth, within ten (10) Business Days (or such lesser period as may
be required under the Loan Documents for the Agent to respond) for those matters
requiring  the consent by all Lenders,  Majority  Lenders or less than  Majority
Lenders,  in each instance,  after receipt of the request therefore by the Agent
(in any event, the "Lender Reply Period").

                                       66
<PAGE>

          8.12.2. Unless a Lender shall give written notice to the Agent that it
objects to the  recommendation  or  determination  of the Agent (together with a
written  explanation  of the reasons behind such  objection),  within the Lender
Reply  Period,  such Lender shall be deemed to have  approved of or consented to
such recommendation or determination.

          Section  8.13.  Method of  Payment.  Upon  receipt of any  payments of
principal,  interest  and  late  payment  charges  in  connection  with the Loan
Documents or Fees,  the Agent shall  distribute  each such payment in accordance
with the  applicable  provisions of this  Agreement.  If the Agent fails to make
such  distribution  by the close of business on the  Business  Day on which such
payment is required to be delivered pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the
Agent  shall  remit to each  Lender  its Pro Rata  Share in such  payment on the
immediately  following  Business  Day,  together  with  interest  thereon at the
overnight  rate for federal funds  transactions  between  member  Lenders of the
Federal  Reserve  System,  as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.
Each payment to the Agent under this Section  8.13.  shall  constitute a similar
payment by the Borrower to each Lender,  and any portion of the Obligations paid
by any such  payment to the Agent by or on behalf of the  Borrower  shall not be
considered  outstanding  for any  purpose  after the date of its  receipt by the
Agent;  provided,  however,  as between each Lender and the Agent,  such payment
shall be deemed outstanding until made by the Agent to each Lender in accordance
with the  provisions  above.  In the  absence  of gross  negligence  or  willful
misconduct,  the Agent shall not be liable for any apportionment or distribution
of payments made by it in good faith pursuant to this Agreement, and if any such
apportionment  or distribution  is subsequently  determined to have been made in
error,  the sole  recourse of any Person to whom  payment was due, but not made,
shall be, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement,  to recover
from the  recipient of such payment any payment in excess of the amount to which
they are determined to have been entitled.

          Section  8.14.  Increased  Costs.  If any  Lender is  entitled  to and
decides to require  payment of any amounts  described in Sections 2.9. or 2.10.,
such Lender  shall:  (a) give written  notice  thereof to the Borrower and shall
send a copy of such notice to the Agent,  and such  amounts  shall be payable to
such  Lender in  accordance  with the terms of Sections  2.9. or 2.10.;  and (b)
simultaneously  with the giving of such  notice,  furnish to the  Borrower  (and
deliver a copy to the Agent)  (i) a  certificate  of an  officer of such  Lender
setting  forth the  amount to which such  Lender is then  entitled  pursuant  to
Section  2.9.  or 2.10.  and (ii) such  other  information,  certifications  and
documentation  as is required to be furnished to the Borrower under the terms of
Section 2.9. or 2.10.

          Section  8.15.  Taxes.  Except  as  specifically  set  forth  in  this
Agreement,  all taxes due and payable on any  payments to be made to the Lenders
in respect of the Obligations or under this Agreement shall be the Lenders' sole
responsibility. All payments payable to the Lenders hereunder or with respect to
the Loan Documents shall be made to the Lenders without deduction for any taxes,
charges,  levies or withholdings except to the extent, if any, that such amounts
are required to be withheld by the Agent under the laws,  rules and  regulations
of the United States of America and any other applicable taxing authority.  If a
Lender  is  organized  or is  existing  under the laws of  another  jurisdiction
outside  the United  States,  such  Lender  shall  provide to the Agent upon the
execution of this  Agreement  and, from time to time  thereafter,  completed and
signed  copies of any form that may be  required by the United  States  Internal
Revenue Service in order to certify such Lender's  exemptions from United States
withholding  taxes with respect to payments to be made to such Lender in respect
of the Obligations or under this Agreement.


                                       67
<PAGE>

          Section 8.16.  Excess  Payments.  If a Lender shall obtain any payment
(whether voluntary,  involuntary, through the exercise of any right of setoff or
otherwise)  on account of its interest in the  Obligations  in excess of its pro
rata share in the Obligations,  such excess shall be shared among all Lenders in
accordance with their respective pro rata shares. However, if all or any portion
of such excess  payment is  thereafter  recovered by the Borrower or other party
entitled  thereto through legal action or otherwise,  each Lender shall promptly
reimburse  the party  required to refund such  payment to the  Borrower or other
party entitled thereto in an amount equal to such Lender's pro rata share in the
amount of the excess  required to be refunded.  Within three Business Days after
obtaining any such payment,  the Lender  obtaining the same agrees to notify the
Agent of such excess payment.

          Section 8.17. Return of Payments.  If, for any reason, the Agent makes
any  payment  to a  Lender  before  the  Agent  has  received  or  applied  that
corresponding  payment on the obligations (it being understood that the Agent is
under no obligation to do so), and,  thereafter,  the Agent does not receive the
corresponding  payment  within five  Business Days after the date the Agent made
such  payment to a Lender (or in the event the Agent by error makes a payment to
a  Lender  to which it is not  entitled),  such  Lender  shall,  at the  Agent's
request,  promptly  return that payment to the Agent  (together with interest on
that payment at the overnight rate for federal funds transactions between member
Lenders of the Federal Reserve System,  as published by the Federal Reserve Bank
of New York for each day from the making of that  payment to such  Lender  until
its return to the Agent); provided,  however, interest on such payment shall not
be due:  (a) if such  payment  was  made to a  Lender  and  such  Lender  had no
knowledge  that it had received such payment due to error which was the fault of
the Agent (except for the period after which such Lender receives notice that it
has received  such  payment),  and (b) if such Lender can provide the Agent with
evidence,  reasonably  satisfactory to the Agent, that any such payment received
by such Lender was not  invested by such  Lender.  If the Agent has  received or
applied any payment in respect of the  Obligations and has paid a Lender its Pro
Rata Share in such  payment  and,  thereafter,  the  payment or  application  is
rescinded or must  otherwise  be returned or paid over by the Agent,  whether or
not  required  pursuant to any  bankruptcy  or  insolvency  law,  the sharing of
payments  clause of any loan  agreement or  otherwise,  such Lender will, at the
Agent's  request,  promptly  return  its  pro  rata  share  in that  payment  or
application  to the Agent,  together  with such  Lender's  pro rata share in any
interest or other  amount  required to be paid by the Agent with respect to that
payment or application.

          Section 8.18.  Default By The Borrower;  Acceleration.  The Agent will
send to each  Lender  copies of any  notices of a Default or an Event of Default
sent by the Agent to the Borrower under the terms of the Loan Documents promptly
after  sending the same to the Borrower,  but in any case within three  Business
Days after  sending  the same to the  Borrower.  In the event of any  Default or
Event  of  Default,  the  Agent  shall  (as  soon as is  practicable  under  the
circumstances)  consult  with the  Lenders in an effort to  determine a mutually
acceptable course of action with respect to the Default or Event of Default. The
Agent may deliver to the Lenders a written  recommendation of a course of action
(the  "recommended  course of  action"),  in which case each Lender shall either
approve such action in writing or object in writing to such action within thirty
(30) days (or such  lesser  period as  specified  in the notice  from the Agent)
following such notice. Failure to deliver a written objection within thirty (30)
days (or such lesser period) will be deemed to constitute an approval. The Agent
may take the  recommended  course of action if consented or approved as provided
above by the Majority Lenders; provided that no rights shall be released without
the consent of all Lenders. In furtherance of the foregoing, and notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary, each Lender hereby appoints and constitutes the
Agent its agent with full power and authority to exercise in the name of, and on
behalf of each  Lender,  any and all rights and  remedies  which each Lender may
have with respect to, and to the extent  necessary under applicable law for, the
enforcement  of the Loan  Documents,  or which the Agent may have as a matter of
law. It is  understood  and agreed that in the event the Agent  determines it is
necessary to engage  counsel for the Lenders from and after the occurrence of an
Event of Default, said counsel shall be selected by the Agent and written notice
of the same shall be delivered to the Lenders.

                                       68
<PAGE>

          Section 8.19. Defaults by Lender.

          8.19.1. If for any reason any Lender ("Defaulting  Lender") shall fail
or refuse to abide by its  obligations  under this  Agreement  or under any Loan
Document and such failure or refusal  shall  continue for five (5) Business Days
after  notice with respect to monetary  obligations  hereunder or under any Loan
Document  or  thirty  (30)  days  after  notice  with  respect  to  non-monetary
obligations  hereunder or under any Loan Document  (provided,  however,  that if
such  non-monetary  default is of a nature  that the same  cannot be  reasonably
cured within thirty (30) days and such Lender shall have  commenced to cure such
non-monetary  default  within  such  period and shall  thereafter  proceed  with
reasonable due diligence and good faith to cure such non-monetary  default, such
period shall be extended for such longer  period as shall be necessary  for such
Lender to cure  such  default  with all  reasonable  diligence,  but in no event
beyond  that date which is one  hundred  twenty  (120)  days  after such  Lender
received  notice of such default),  then, in addition to the rights and remedies
that  may be  available  to the  Agent  at law and in  equity,  such  Defaulting
Lender's  right to  participate  in the  administration  of the Loan  Documents,
including,  without limitation, any rights to consent to or direct any action or
inaction of the Agent,  pursuant to Section 8.11.  above or otherwise,  or to be
taken into account in the  calculation of Majority  Lenders,  shall be suspended
during the pendency of such failure or refusal. If for any reason a Lender fails
to make  timely  payment  to the Agent of any amount  required  to be paid to it
hereunder (without giving effect to any notice or cure periods),  in addition to
other rights and remedies which the Agent may have under this Section 8.19.1. or
otherwise,  the Agent shall be entitled (i) to collect interest from such Lender
for the period from the date on which the payment was due at the overnight  rate
for federal funds  transactions  between member  Lenders of the Federal  Reserve
System,  as  published  by the Federal  Reserve  Bank of New York,  for each day
during such period,  (ii) to withhold or setoff,  and to apply to the payment of
the defaulted  amount and any related  interest,  any amounts to be paid to such
Lender under this  Agreement,  and (iii) to bring an action or suit against such
Lender in a court of competent  jurisdiction to recover the defaulted amount and
any related interest.

          8.19.2.  In the event a Lender  becomes  a  Defaulting  Lender,  other
Lenders shall have the right, but not the obligation,  in their sole discretion,
to acquire (or, if more than one Lender  exercises such right,  each such Lender
shall  have the right to  acquire,  pro  rata,  or such  proportion  as they may
mutually agree) the pro rata share in the Obligations of the Defaulting  Lender.
Upon  any  such  purchase  of the  Pro  Rata  Share  in the  Obligations  of the
Defaulting Lender,  the Defaulting  Lender's interest in the Obligations and its
rights  hereunder (but not its liability with respect  thereof or under the Loan
Documents or this Agreement to the extent the same relate to the period prior to
the effective date of the purchase) shall terminate at the date of purchase, and
the Defaulting Lender shall promptly execute all documents  reasonably requested
to surrender and transfer such interest, including an Assignment and Assumption.
On or before the date of such purchase,  the Defaulting  Lender shall pay to the
Agent a processing fee of Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00).

                                       69
<PAGE>

          8.19.3. The Lenders, and each of them, shall have the right to acquire
the pro rata share in the  Obligations  of the  Defaulting  Lender  pursuant  to
Section 8.19.2. for a purchase price equal to the proportionate  share amount of
the principal balance of the Obligations outstanding and owed by the Borrower to
the Defaulting Lender. Payment of the purchase price for the Defaulting Lender's
pro rata share in the Loan so acquired shall be deferred and shall be limited to
and made only from the  repayment of the  outstanding  principal  balance of the
Obligations  (after all of the  non-defaulting  Lenders  have been paid the full
principal  amount of their  respective  proportionate  shares of the Obligations
exclusive of any Defaulting  Lender's  proportionate  share-which  may have been
purchased  pursuant to Section  8.19.2.),  if and as received  in  repayment  of
principal  of the  Obligations,  and  credited  to the  pro  rata  share  in the
Obligations previously owned by the Defaulting Lender.  Interest on the purchase
price of the Defaulting Lender's pro rata share in the Obligations shall be paid
to the Defaulting Lender.  Such interest shall be equal to the amount that would
have  been  payable  to the  Defaulting  Lender  pursuant  to the  terms of this
Agreement,  calculated on the unpaid balance of the purchase price,  and payment
thereof  shall be limited to and made only from the repayment of interest on the
Obligations,  and credited to the pro rata share in the  Obligations  previously
owned by the Defaulting  Lender. The Defaulting Lender shall also be entitled to
receive  amounts  owed to it by the  Borrower  under  the Loan  Documents  which
accrued prior to the date of the default by the Defaulting Lender, to the extent
the same are  received  by the Agent  from or on behalf of the  Borrower.  There
shall be no  recourse  against any  non-defaulting  Lender nor the Agent for the
payment of such sums  except to the extent of the  receipt of such sums from the
Borrower by a  non-defaulting  Lender or the Agent.  Payments to the  Defaulting
Lender shall be made  promptly  after  receipt of such  payments by the Agent in
accordance with the payment provisions set forth in Section 8.13. hereof.

          8.19.4.  The  provisions  of Sections  8.19.2.  and 8.19.3.  shall not
preclude any Lender from  acquiring  the interest of a Defaulting  Lender on any
other terms agreed to by the Defaulting Lender and the purchasing Lender(s).

          Section 8.20. No Partnership  or Joint Venture.  Neither the execution
of this  Agreement nor the purchase of the pro rata share in the  Obligations or
in the Loan  Documents,  or any agreement to share in profits and losses arising
out of this transaction, is intended to be, nor shall it be construed to be, the
formation of a partnership or joint venture  between any of the Lenders,  or the
Agent,  and none of the Agent or Lenders  shall be liable to any other person or
entity for the  liability  in tort or contract of the Agent or any other  Lender
arising in connection with the Obligations or any transaction connected herewith
or therewith nor shall the Agent have any fiduciary  obligations  to any Lender.
The Agent shall have and may exercise such powers as are specifically  delegated
to it under this Agreement.

                                       70
<PAGE>

          Section  8.21.  Indemnification.  Agent  shall  not  in any  event  be
required to take any action  under the Loan  Documents  or in  relation  thereto
unless it shall first be indemnified to its  satisfaction  by the Lender parties
against any and all  liability and expense that it may incur by reason of taking
any such action. Each Lender agrees to indemnify and hold the Agent harmless (to
the extent not promptly paid or reimbursed by the Borrower, ratably according to
their respective Commitments),  from and against any and all (a) costs, expenses
and other  amounts  incurred  by the Agent  otherwise  payable  by the  Borrower
pursuant to Section 9.1. and (b) Indemnified Liabilities that may be imposed on,
incurred  by, or  asserted  against  the Agent,  except to the  extent  they are
finally adjudged by a court of competent  jurisdiction to have directly resulted
from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Agent. Without limitation
of the foregoing, each Lender agrees to reimburse the Agent promptly upon demand
for its ratable share of any  out-of-pocket  expenses  (including  counsel fees)
incurred by the Agent in connection with the preparation,  execution,  delivery,
administration,   modification,   amendment  or  enforcement   (whether  through
negotiations,  legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect to
rights or  responsibilities  under,  the Loan Documents,  to the extent that the
Agent is not promptly reimbursed for such expenses by the Borrower.


                                   ARTICLE 9.

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

          Section 9.1. Expenses. The Borrower shall pay on demand:

          9.1.1.  Any and  all  reasonable  attorneys'  fees  and  disbursements
(including  allocated  costs of in-house  counsel)  and  out-of-pocket  cost and
expenses incurred by the Agent in connection with the development,  drafting and
negotiation  of  the  Loan  Documents,   and  the   arrangement,   underwriting,
syndication,   administration  and  closing  of  the  transactions  contemplated
thereby; and

          9.1.2.  all costs and expenses  (including fees and  disbursements  of
in-house and other attorneys, appraisers and consultants) incurred by the Lender
Parties in any amendment, workout,  restructuring or similar arrangements or, in
connection with the  administration  (including  photocopying and overnight mail
cost for  communication  with Lenders),  protection,  preservation,  exercise or
enforcement of any of the terms of the Loan Documents or in connection  with any
collection or bankruptcy proceedings.

          Section 9.2. Indemnity.

          9.2.1. Borrower shall indemnify,  defend and hold harmless each Lender
Party and the officers,  directors,  employees,  agents, attorneys,  affiliates,
successors and assigns of each Lender Party  (collectively,  the  "Indemnitees")
from and against (a) any and all transfer taxes,  documentary taxes, assessments
or charges made by any  Governmental  Authority by reason of the  execution  and
delivery of the Loan  Documents or the making of the Loans,  and (b) any and all
liabilities,  losses, damages, penalties,  judgments, claims, costs and expenses
  
                                       71
<PAGE>

of  any  kind  or  nature  whatsoever  (including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees,
including  allocated costs of in-house counsel,  and disbursements in connection
with  any  actual  or  threatened  investigative,   administrative  or  judicial
proceeding,  whether or not such Indemnitee shall be designated a party thereto)
that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Indemnitee,  in any
manner relating to or arising out of the relationship between any Borrower Party
and any Lender  Party  under any of the Loan  Documents,  the Loans,  the use or
intended  use of the  proceeds  of the Loans  (the  "Indemnified  Liabilities");
provided that (i) no Indemnitee  shall have the right to be  indemnified or held
harmless  hereunder  for its own gross  negligence  or  willful  misconduct,  as
determined by a final  judgment of a court of competent  jurisdiction,  and (ii)
Indemnified  Liabilities  shall include  amounts  attributable to the passive or
active negligence of any Lender Party

          9.2.2. Each Indemnitee will promptly notify the Borrower of each event
of which it has  knowledge  that may give rise to a claim  under  clause  (b) of
Section 9.2.1.,  provided that the failure to so notify the Borrower shall in no
way impair the  Borrower's  obligations  under this Section 9.2.  (except to the
extent  that such  failure  to so notify  arises  from the gross  negligence  or
willful  misconduct  of  such  Indemnitee  and  has  an  adverse  effect  on the
Borrower).  If any  investigative,  judicial  or  administrative  proceeding  is
brought  against  any  Indemnitee  indemnified  or  intended  to be  indemnified
pursuant to this Section  9.2.,  the  Borrower,  to the extent and in the manner
directed by the Indemnitee,  will resist and defend such proceeding with counsel
designated by the Borrower  (which counsel shall be reasonably  satisfactory  to
the  Indemnitee).  Each Indemnitee will use its best efforts to cooperate in the
defense of any such action,  writ, or  proceeding.  The Borrower shall keep such
Indemnitee  advised  of the  status  of  such  defense  and  consult  with  such
Indemnitee  prior to taking any material  position  with respect  thereto.  Such
Indemnitee shall,  however,  be entitled to employ counsel separate from counsel
for the Borrower and from any other party in such  proceeding if such Indemnitee
shall  reasonably  determine  that a conflict of interest or other  circumstance
exists  that  makes  representation  by  counsel  chosen  by  the  Borrower  not
advisable.  The fees and disbursements of such separate counsel shall be paid by
the  Borrower.  Such  Indemnitee  shall not agree to the  settlement of any such
claim without the consent of the Borrower,  unless the Borrower  shall have been
given notice of the  commencement  of an action and shall have failed to provide
the  defense  thereof  as herein  provided  or an Event of  Default  shall  have
occurred.

          9.2.3.  To the  extent  that the  undertaking  to  indemnify  and hold
harmless set forth in Section 9.2.1.  may be  unenforceable  as violative of any
Applicable  Law  or  public   policy,   the  Borrower  shall  make  the  maximum
contribution  to the  payment  and  satisfaction  of  each  of  the  Indemnified
Liabilities   that  is  permissible   under   Applicable  Law.  All  Indemnified
Liabilities shall be payable on demand.

                                       72
<PAGE>

          Section 9.3. Waivers; Modifications in Writing.

          9.3.1.  No amendment of any  provision of this  Agreement or any other
Loan Document  (including a waiver thereof or consent relating thereto) shall be
effective  unless the same  shall be in writing  and signed by the Agent and the
Majority Lenders. Notwithstanding the foregoing,

          9.3.1.1.  no amendment that has the effect of (a) reducing the rate or
amount,  or extending the stated  maturity or due date, of any amount payable by
the Borrower to any Lender Party under the Loan  Documents,  (b)  increasing the
amount,  or extending the stated  termination or reduction date, of any Lender's
Revolving  Commitment hereunder or subjecting any Lender Party to any additional
obligation  to extend  credit,  (c) altering the rights and  obligations  of the
Borrower to prepay the Loans,  (d) releasing  any Guarantor  under the Guaranty,
(e) changing this Section 9.3. or the definition of the term "Majority Lenders,"
or (f)  forgiving of principal or interest,  shall be effective  unless the same
shall be signed by or on behalf of all of the Lenders;

          9.3.1.2. no amendment that has the effect of (a) increasing the duties
or obligations of the Agent,  (b) increasing the standard of care or performance
required  on the  part  of  the  Agent,  or  (c)  reducing  or  eliminating  the
indemnities  or  immunities  to which  the  Agent  is  entitled  (including  any
amendment of this Section 9.3.1.2.), shall be effective unless the same shall be
signed by or on behalf of the Agent; and

          9.3.1.3. any waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific
instance and for the specific purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on
the  Borrower  in any case shall  entitle  the  Borrower to any other or further
notice or demand in similar or other  circumstances.  Any amendment  effected in
accordance  with this Section 9.3. shall be binding upon each present and future
Lender Party and the Borrower.

          Section 9.4.  Cumulative  Remedies;  Failure or Delay.  The rights and
remedies  provided for under this Agreement are cumulative and are not exclusive
of any rights and remedies  that may be available  to the Lender  Parties  under
Applicable Law or otherwise. No failure or delay on the part of any Lender Party
in the  exercise of any power,  right or remedy under the Loan  Documents  shall
impair such power, right or remedy or operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any
single or partial exercise of any such power,  right or remedy preclude other or
further exercise thereof or of any other power, right or remedy.

          Section 9.5. Notices,  Etc. All notices and other communications under
this Agreement shall be in writing and (except for financial  statements,  other
related informational documents and routine communications, which may be sent by
first-class  mail,  postage  prepaid)  shall be personally  delivered or sent by
prepaid courier,  by overnight,  registered or certified mail (postage prepaid),
or by prepaid telex or telecopy,  and shall be deemed given when received by the
intended  recipient  thereof.  Unless  otherwise  specified  in a notice sent or
delivered  in  accordance   with  this  Section  9.5.,  all  notices  and  other
communications  shall  be  given  to the  parties  hereto  at  their  respective
addresses (or to their respective telex or telecopier  numbers) indicated on the
signature pages attached hereto.


                                       73
<PAGE>

          Section 9.6.  Successors and Assigns.  
          9.6.1.  This Agreement  shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit
of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. The
Borrower  may not assign or transfer any  interest  hereunder  without the prior
written consent of each Lender.

          9.6.2.  Each  Lender  shall  have the right at any time to assign  (an
"Assignment") all or any portion of such Lender's Revolving Commitment to one or
more Lenders or other institutions;  provided that the following  conditions are
satisfied: (a) each Assignment shall be of a portion of the Revolving Commitment
at least equal to $10,000,000 and, unless  otherwise  agreed by the Agent,  each
such assignment shall be of a constant, and not a varying,  percentage of all of
the assigning Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents;  (b) no Assignment (other than an Assignment to a Person that is
then a Lender  or an  Affiliate  of a Lender)  shall be  effective  without  the
consent of the Borrower and the Agent,  which consents shall not be unreasonably
withheld or  delayed;  provided,  however,  no consent of the  Borrower  will be
required if a monetary  Event of Default has  occurred and has not been cured on
or prior to the date  that is six (6)  months  after  such  occurrence,  and the
Majority  Lenders have not, on or prior to the  expiration of such six (6) month
period,  agreed upon a plan  submitted by the Borrower  (which may be an interim
plan)  setting  forth the  Borrower's  then  intended plan to cure such Event of
Default (provided, further, that nothing herein shall constitute a waiver by any
Lender Party of any rights or remedies of any Lender  Party upon the  occurrence
of a Default or an Event of Default);  (c) the parties to the  Assignment  shall
execute and deliver to the Agent, with a copy to the Borrower, an Assignment and
Assumption   substantially  in  the  form  of  Exhibit  E  (an  "Assignment  and
Assumption");  (d)  the  assignee  shall  pay  to the  Agent  a  processing  and
recordation  fee of $3,000;  (e) if the assignee is not  organized  and existing
under the laws of the  United  States of America  or any  political  subdivision
thereof or therein,  the  assignee  shall have  furnished  to the  Borrower  the
Prescribed Forms; and (f) the Revolving  Commitment  retained by the Agent shall
not be reduced below the amount of the largest Revolving  Commitment held by any
Lender other than Agent.  Each proposed assignee must be an existing Lender or a
bank or financial  institution which (A) has (or, in the case of a bank which is
a  subsidiary,  such bank's  parent has) a rating of its senior  unsecured  debt
obligations  of not less than  Baa-2 by one of the Rating  Agencies  and (B) has
total assets in excess of Ten Billion Dollars ($10,000,000,000). Unless Borrower
gives  written  notice to the  assigning  Lender that it objects to the proposed
assignment  (together  with a written  explanation  of the  reasons  behind such
objection)  within ten (10)  Business  Days  following  receipt of the assigning
Lender's written request for approval of the proposed assignment, Borrower shall
be deemed to have approved such assignment. From and after the date on which the
conditions in the foregoing  clauses and the Assignment and Acceptance have been
satisfied,  the assignee  shall be a "Lender"  hereunder and, to the extent that
rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it, shall have the rights
and  obligations,  and the assigning Lender shall, to the extent that rights and
obligations  hereunder  have been assigned by it,  relinquish  its rights and be
released  from its  obligations  under this  Agreement  (and,  in the case of an
Assignment  covering  all or the  remaining  portion of the  assigning  Lender's
rights and obligations under this Agreement, cease to be a party hereto).

                                       74
<PAGE>

          9.6.3.  Each Lender  shall have the right at any time to grant or sell
participations  (each a "Participation")  in all or any portion of such Lender's
Revolving  Commitment,  Loans  to one or more  Lenders  or  other  institutions,
subject to the terms and  conditions  set forth in this Section  9.6.3..  If any
Lender sells or grants a  Participation,  (a) such Lender shall make and receive
all payments for the account of its participant,  (b) such Lender's  obligations
under this Agreement shall remain  unchanged,  (c) such Lender shall continue to
be the sole  holder  of its  Notes  and  other  Loan  Documents  subject  to the
Participation  and shall have the sole right to enforce its rights and  remedies
under the Loan  Documents,  (d) the Borrower and the other Lender  Parties shall
continue to deal solely and directly  with such Lender in  connection  with such
Lender's  rights  and  obligations  under  the  Loan  Documents,   and  (e)  the
Participation agreement shall not restrict such Lender's ability to agree to any
amendment  of the terms of the Loan  Documents,  or to exercise or refrain  from
exercising any powers or rights that such Lender may have under or in respect of
the Loan  Documents,  except  that the  participant  may be granted the right to
consent to any (A)  reduction  of the rate or amount,  or any  extension  of the
stated  maturity or due date, of any principal,  interest or Fees payable by the
Borrower  and  subject  to the  Participation,  (B)  increase  in the  amount or
extension  of the  stated  termination  or any  reduction  date of the  affected
Revolving  Commitment or Term Commitment or (C) release of the Guaranty,  except
to the extent otherwise provided in the Loan Documents. A participant shall have
the rights of the Lenders under  Sections 2.9.,  2.10. and 9.9.,  subject to the
obligations  imposed by such  Sections;  provided  that  amounts  payable to any
participant shall not exceed the amounts that would have been payable under such
Sections to the Lender granting the  Participation,  had such  Participation not
been granted, unless the Participation is made with the prior written consent of
the Borrower.

          9.6.4. Each Lender may at any time assign or pledge any portion of its
rights under the Loan Documents to a Federal Reserve Bank. No such assignment or
pledge shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 9.6.2. or 9.6.3.

          9.6.5.  Subject to the  provisions of Section 9.7.,  each Lender shall
have  the  right at any  time to  furnish  one or more  potential  assignees  or
participants with any information concerning the Borrower and the Guarantor that
has been supplied by the Borrower to any Lender Party. The Borrower shall supply
all  reasonably   requested   information  and  execute  and  deliver  all  such
instruments  and take  all such  further  action  (including,  in the case of an
Assignment,  the execution and delivery of  replacement  Notes) as the Agent may
reasonably   request  in  connection   with  any  Assignment  or   Participation
arrangement.

                                       75
<PAGE>

          Section 9.7. Confidentiality.

          Each Lender Party will maintain any  confidential  information that it
may receive  from the  Borrower  or the  Guarantor  pursuant  to this  Agreement
confidential  and shall not disclose such  information to third parties  without
the prior consent of the Borrower, except for disclosure:  (a) to legal counsel,
accountants  and  other  professional  advisors  to  the  Lender  Party;  (b) to
regulatory  officials having jurisdiction over the Lender Party; (c) required by
Applicable  Law or in  connection  with any legal  proceeding;  (d) to any other
Lender Party; (e) to another Person in connection with a potential Assignment or
Participation,  provided  such Person shall have agreed in writing to be subject
to this Section 9.7.; and (g) of information that has been previously  disclosed
publicly without breach of this provision.  Each Lender Party shall return, upon
request by the Borrower made within a reasonable time after  termination of this
Agreement,   any  confidential   material  clearly  and   conspicuously   marked
"Confidential  and Subject to Return" by the  Borrower  when  furnished  to such
Lender Party, provided that the return of such material is not inconsistent with
standard  banking  practice or, in the judgment of the Lender  Party,  otherwise
disadvantageous to it.

          Section 9.8. Set Off.

          In addition to any rights now or hereafter  granted  under  Applicable
Law, upon and after any acceleration of the Maturity Date hereunder, each Lender
Party is hereby irrevocably authorized by the Borrower, at any time or from time
to time,  without notice to the Borrower or to any other Person, any such notice
being hereby  expressly  waived,  to set off and to appropriate and to apply any
and all deposits (general or special, including certificates of deposit, whether
matured  or  unmatured,   but  not  including  trust  accounts)  and  any  other
indebtedness,  in each case whether  direct or indirect or contingent or matured
or unmatured at any time held or owing by such Lender Party to or for the credit
or the account of the Borrower, against and on account of the Obligations of the
Borrower to such Lender Party under the Loan  Documents to which the Borrower is
a party,  irrespective  of whether or not such Lender  Party shall have made any
demand  for  payment  and  although  such  Obligations  may  be  contingent  and
unmatured.  Each Lender Party agrees to notify the Borrower promptly of any such
set-off and the application made by such Lender Party, provided that the failure
to  give  such  notice  shall  not  affect  the  validity  of such  set-off  and
application.

          Section 9.9. Changes in Accounting Principles.

          If any changes in generally accepted accounting  principles from those
used  in the  preparation  of  the  financial  statements  referred  to in  this
Agreement  hereafter  result  from by the  promulgation  of rules,  regulations,
pronouncements, or opinions of or required by the Financial Accounting Standards
Board or the American  Institute of Certified Public  Accountants (or successors
thereto or agencies with similar functions),  or there shall occur any change in
the Borrower's  fiscal or tax years and, as a result of any such changes,  there
shall  result  a  change  in the  method  of  calculating  any of the  financial
covenants,  negative covenants,  standards or other terms or conditions found in
this  Agreement,  then the parties  hereto agree to enter into  negotiations  in
order to amend such provisions so as to equitably  reflect such changes with the
desired  result  that the  criteria  for  evaluating  the  Borrower's  financial
condition  shall be the same after such  changes as if such changes had not been
made.

          Section 9.10. Survival of Agreements, Representations and Warranties.

          All  agreements,  representations  and  warranties  made herein  shall
survive  the  execution  and  delivery  of this  Agreement,  the closing and the
extensions of credit  hereunder and shall continue until payment and performance
of any and all Obligations.  Any  investigation at any time made by or on behalf
  
                                       76
<PAGE>

of Lender  Parties  shall not  diminish  the  right of  Lender  Parties  to rely
thereon.  Without  limitation,  the agreements  and  obligations of the Borrower
contained in Sections 2.9.,  2.10.,  9.1. and 9.2.,  and the  obligations of the
Lender  Parties  under  Section  8.21.  shall survive the payment in full of all
other Obligations.

          Section 9.11. Execution in Counterparts.

          This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts,  each of
which  counterparts,  when so executed and  delivered,  shall be deemed to be an
original and all of which counterparts, taken together, shall constitute but one
and the same Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution
of a counterpart hereof by each of the parties hereto.  Faxed signatures to this
Agreement shall be binding for all purposes.

          Section 9.12. Complete Agreement.

          This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, is intended by
the parties as the final  expression  of their  agreement  regarding the subject
matter  hereof  and as a  complete  and  exclusive  statement  of the  terms and
conditions of such agreement.

          Section 9.13. Inspections.

          Lender shall have the right to enter upon the Office Park  Property at
all reasonable times to inspect the improvements  thereon to verify  information
disclosed or required pursuant to this Agreement, provided that Lender shall not
unreasonably  disturb any tenants  occupying  such  Office  Park  Property.  Any
inspection  or review  of the  improvements  by  Lender  is solely to  determine
whether  Borrower is properly  discharging its obligations to Lender and may not
be relied upon by Borrower or by any third party as a representation or warranty
of compliance with this Agreement or any other agreement. Lender owes no duty of
care to Borrower or any third party to protect against, or to inform Borrower or
any third party of, any  negligent,  faulty,  inadequate or defective  design or
construction of the improvements as determined by Lender.

          Section 9.14. Waiver of Right to Trial By Jury.

          EACH  PARTY TO THIS  AGREEMENT  HEREBY  EXPRESSLY  WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO
TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND,  ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION (a) ARISING UNDER
THE LOAN  DOCUMENTS,  INCLUDING,  WITHOUT  LIMITATION,  ANY  PRESENT  OR  FUTURE
MODIFICATION  THEREOF OR (b) IN ANY WAY CONNECTED  WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL
TO THE  DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES  HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH  RESPECT TO THE LOAN
DOCUMENTS (AS NOW OR HEREAFTER  MODIFIED) OR ANY OTHER  INSTRUMENT,  DOCUMENT OR
AGREEMENT  EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN  CONNECTION  HEREWITH,  OR THE  TRANSACTIONS
RELATED HERETO OR THERETO.  IN EACH CASE WHETHER SUCH CLAIM,  DEMAND,  ACTION OR
CAUSE OF ACTION IS NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER  ARISING,  AND WHETHER  SOUNDING IN
CONTRACT OR TORT OR  OTHERWISE;  AND EACH PARTY HEREBY  AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT
ANY PARTY TO THIS  AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL  COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS
SECTION WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN  EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE PARTIES HERETO
TO THE WAIVER OF ANY RIGHT THEY MIGHT OTHERWISE HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY.
  
                                     77
<PAGE>
          Section 9.15. Limitation of Liability.

          In the event that any Lender is found to have breached its obligations
hereunder,  then such Lender shall be severally  and not jointly  liable for all
damages  available under Applicable Law for breach of contract.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing  sentence or anything in this Agreement to the contrary,  no claim
shall be made by the  Borrower  against  any  Lender  Party  or the  Affiliates,
directors,  officers,  employees  or agents of any Lender Party for any special,
indirect,  consequential  or punitive damages in respect of any claim for breach
of contract or under any other theory of liability  arising out of or related to
the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement,  or any act, omission or event
occurring in connection therewith;  and the Borrower waives, releases and agrees
not to sue upon any claim  for any such  damages,  whether  or not  accrued  and
whether or not known or suspected to exist in its favor.

  

                                     78
<PAGE>
          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be executed and delivered as of the date first set forth above.

                                            Borrower:

                                            PS BUSINESS PARKS, L.P.
                                            a California limited partnership

                                            By:    PS Business Parks, Inc.
                                                   a California corporation,
                                                   General Partner


                                            By:    /s/Jack Corrigan
                                                   ------------------------
                                                   Name:   Jack Corrigan
                                                   Title:  Vice President
                                                   Chief Financial Officer

THE BORROWER:                               PS BUSINESS PARKS, L.P.
                                            701 Western Avenue
                                            Glendale, California  91201
                                            Attention:  Chief Financial Officer
                                            Telephone:  (818) 244-8080
                                            Telecopier:  (818) 244-9267




<PAGE>
                                     Agent:
                                     Wells Fargo Bank, National Association


                                      By:   /s/ KIM SURCH
                                            ----------------------------------
                                      Name: Kim Surch
                                            ----------------------------------
                                      Title:Vice President
                                            ----------------------------------



WELLS FARGO:                          Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
                                      2030 Main Street, 8th Floor
                                      Irvine, California 92614
                                      Attention:  Office Manager
                                      Telephone:  (949) 251-4300
                                      Telecopier:  (949) 851-9728






<PAGE>


                                      Lender:
                                      Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

                                      By:   /s/ KIM SURCH
                                           ----------------------------
                                      Name:     Kim Surch
                                           ----------------------------
                                      Title:    Vice President
                                           ----------------------------


WELLS FARGO:                          Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
                                      2030 Main Street, 8th Floor
                                      Irvine, California 92614
                                      Attention:  Office Manager
                                      Telephone:  (949) 251-4300
                                      Telecopier:  (949) 851-9728



WELLS FARGO'S                          Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
LIBOR LENDING                          2120 East Park Place, Suite 100
OFFICE:                                El Segundo, California 90245
                                       Attention: Anne Colvin
                                       Telephone: (310) 335-9458
                                       Telecopier: (310) 615-1014


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<CIK>                         0000866368

   <NAME>                                            PS Business Parks, Inc.
   <MULTIPLIER>                                                            1
   <CURRENCY>                                                         U.S. $
          
   <S>                                                                   <C>
   <PERIOD-TYPE>                                                       6-MOS
   <FISCAL-YEAR-END>                                             DEC-31-1998
   <PERIOD-START>                                                JAN-01-1998
   <PERIOD-END>                                                  JUN-30-1998
   <EXCHANGE-RATE>                                                         1
   <CASH>                                                         36,355,000
   <SECURITIES>                                                            0
   <RECEIVABLES>                                                           0
   <ALLOWANCES>                                                            0
   <INVENTORY>                                                             0
   <CURRENT-ASSETS>                                               36,355,000
   <PP&E>                                                        645,812,000
   <DEPRECIATION>                                               (10,314,000)
   <TOTAL-ASSETS>                                                675,766,000
   <CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                                          11,256,000
   <BONDS>                                                                 0
                                                      0
                                                                0
   <COMMON>                                                          236,000
   <OTHER-SE>                                                    483,159,000
   <TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                                  675,766,000
   <SALES>                                                                 0
   <TOTAL-REVENUES>                                               36,699,000
   <CGS>                                                                   0
   <TOTAL-COSTS>                                                  11,019,000
   <OTHER-EXPENSES>                                                8,621,000
   <LOSS-PROVISION>                                                        0
   <INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                              1,069,000
   <INCOME-PRETAX>                                                11,376,000
   <INCOME-TAX>                                                            0
   <INCOME-CONTINUING>                                            11,376,000
   <DISCONTINUED>                                                          0
   <EXTRAORDINARY>                                                         0
   <CHANGES>                                                               0
   <NET-INCOME>                                                   11,376,000
   <EPS-PRIMARY>                                                        0.76
   <EPS-DILUTED>                                                        0.76
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission